Electoral Area Directors Committee Agenda (UPDATED) April 13, 2016; 10:30 AM SLRD Boardroom 1350 Aster Street, Pemberton, BC

Item Item of Business and Number Page

1. Call to Order

We would like to recognize that this meeting is being held on the Traditional Territory of the Lil’wat Nation.

2. Approval of Agenda

3. Electoral Area Directors Closed Meeting

THAT the Committee close the meeting to the public under the authority of Section 90(1)(a) of the Community Charter.

4. Rise & Report from the Closed Meeting

5. Delegation (1:00 PM)

5.1 Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015 8 - 37 Electoral Area Crime Statistics; Corporal Chris Dodds, Operations Supervisor, Sea to Sky Detachment (Pemberton) RCMP; Staff Sergeant Steve LeClair, NCO i/c Operations, Whistler Pemberton RCMP

6. Consent Agenda

(Voting rule on each item may vary; unanimous vote required)

Items appearing on the consent agenda which present a conflict of interest for Committee Members must be removed from the Consent Agenda and considered separately.

Any items to be debated or voted against must be removed from the Consent Agenda and considered separately.

THAT the resolutions set out in the Consent Agenda be approved, and those Consent Agenda items which do not have resolutions related thereto be received.

6.1 Confirmation and Receipt of Minutes

6.1.1. Electoral Area Directors Committee Meeting Draft 38 - 47 Minutes of March 2, 2016

THAT the Electoral Area Directors Committee Meeting Minutes of March 2, 2016 be approved as circulated. Item Item of Business and Page Number

Page

6.2 Staff Reports & Other Business

6.2.1. March 2016 Select Funds Report 48 - 52 For Information

6.2.2. Information Report - Building Report for March 2016 53 - 59 For Information

6.3 Correspondence for Information

6.3.1. Sea to Sky Clean Air Society - Bike to Work Week - 60 Thank you

6.3.2. Electoral Area A - Appreciation Fund - Jacket and 61 - 65 Volunteers

6.3.3. UBCM - Completion of Fuel Management Project 66 (SWPI-269: Gun Lake Prescriptions, 2012)

7. Business Arising from the Minutes

8. Staff Reports and Other Business

Unweighted All Vote (except as noted)

8.1 CAO Verbal Update  Fire Update

8.2 Request for Decision - Notice on Title - Construction Contrary 67 - 70 to Building Bylaw Regulations - Chelswick & Denis & Duncan - Area D (Weighted All Vote)

THAT a Notice on Title be registered against LOT 17 DISTRICT LOT 2077 PLAN 14180, pursuant to the Community Charter, Section 57, as the permit was not obtained or the inspection not satisfactorily completed.

AND THAT further information regarding this Notice on Title may be inspected at the offices of the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District, located at 1350 Aster Street, Pemberton, BC, between the hours of 8:00 am and 4:30 pm, Monday through Friday, except Statutory Holidays.

8.3 Request for Decision - Notice on Title - Construction Contrary 71 - 74 to Building Bylaw Regulations - Sidhu - Area D (Weighted All Vote)

THAT a Notice on Title be registered against LOT 136 DISTRICT LOTS 891 AND 1897 GROUP 1 NEW WESTMINSTER DISTRICT PLAN BCP20004, pursuant to the Community Charter, Section 57, as the permit was not obtained or the inspection not satisfactorily completed.

Page 2 of 304 Item Item of Business and Page Number

Page

AND THAT further information regarding this Notice on Title may be inspected at the offices of the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District, located at 1350 Aster Street, Pemberton, BC, between the hours of 8:00 am and 4:30 pm, Monday through Friday, except Statutory Holidays.

8.4 Request for Decision - Notice on Title - Construction Contrary 75 - 79 to Building Bylaw Regulations - Ptolemy - Area C (Weighted All Vote)

THAT a Notice on Title be registered against LOT 3 DISTRICT LOT 2679 LILLOOET DISTRICT PLAN 33675, pursuant to the Community Charter, Section 57, as the permit was not obtained or the inspection not satisfactorily completed.

AND THAT further information regarding this Notice on Title may be inspected at the offices of the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District, located at 1350 Aster Street, Pemberton, BC, between the hours of 8:00 am and 4:30 pm, Monday through Friday, except Statutory Holidays.

AND THAT a court injunction be initiated to compel the property owner to complete the building permit process by demolishing the building.

8.5 Request for Decision - Notice on Title - Construction Contrary 80 - 83 to Building Bylaw Regulations - Taylor - Area D (Weighted All Vote)

THAT a Notice on Title be registered against STRATA LOT 53 DISTRICT LOTS 2668 AND 5589 STRATA PLAN VR. 559 TOGETHER WITH AN INTEREST IN THE COMMON PROPERTY IN PROPORTION TO THE UNIT ENTITLEMENT OF THE STRATA LOT AS SHOWN ON FORM 1, pursuant to the Community Charter, Section 57, as the permit was not obtained or the inspection not satisfactorily completed.

AND THAT further information regarding this Notice on Title may be inspected at the offices of the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District, located at 1350 Aster Street, Pemberton, BC, between the hours of 8:00 am and 4:30 pm, Monday through Friday, except Statutory Holidays.

AND THAT a court injunction be initiated to compel the property owner to complete the building permit process and remove the portion of the structure that extends beyond the property owner’s circle.

8.6 Request for Decision - Notice on Title - Construction Contrary 84 - 87 to Building Bylaw Regulations - Boys - Area C (Weighted All Vote)

Page 3 of 304 Item Item of Business and Page Number

Page

THAT a Notice on Title be registered against LOT A DISTRICT LOT 1171 LILLOOET DISTRICT PLAN 11681, pursuant to the Community Charter, Section 57, as the permit was not obtained or the inspection not satisfactorily completed.

AND THAT further information regarding this Notice on Title may be inspected at the offices of the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District, located at 1350 Aster Street, Pemberton, BC, between the hours of 8:00 am and 4:30 pm, Monday through Friday, except Statutory Holidays.

8.7 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area 88 - 141 Updates OCP Amendment Bylaw No. 1433-2016

THAT it be recommended to the Regional Board:

1. THAT Bylaw No. 1433‐ 2016, cited as “Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135‐ 2013, Amendment Bylaw No. 1433‐ 2016” be read a first time; and

2. THAT Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135‐ 2013, Amendment Bylaw No. 1433‐ 2016 be referred to the appropriate First Nations, the District of Squamish, the Resort Municipality of Whistler, and provincial agencies including the Vancouver Coastal Health Authority, the Agricultural Land Commission, and the Ministries of Forests, Lands, and Natural Resource Operations, Agriculture, and Transportation & Infrastructure, for comment.

8.8 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North 142 - 193 Water and Gold Bridge Water Rates and Regulations Bylaws

THAT it be recommended to the Regional Board:

1. THAT Bylaw No. 1479-2016 cited as “Britannia Beach Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1479-2016”, be introduced and read a first, second and third time; and

2. THAT Bylaw No. 1480-2016 cited as “Pemberton North Water System Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1480-2016”, be introduced and read a first, second and third time; and

3. THAT Bylaw No. 1481-2016 cited as “Gold Bridge Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1481-2016”, be introduced and read a first, second and third time; and

4. THAT Bylaw No. 1479-2016 cited as “Britannia Beach Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1479-2016”, be adopted; and

Page 4 of 304 Item Item of Business and Page Number

Page

5. THAT Bylaw No. 1480-2016 cited as “Pemberton North Water System Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1480-2016”, be adopted; and

6. THAT Bylaw No. 1481-2016 cited as “Gold Bridge Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1481-2016”, be adopted; and

7. THAT property owners in Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Water System and Gold Bridge be informed of their respective new Water Rates and Regulations Bylaws.

8.9 Information Report - Impacts of the New BC Water 194 - 199 Sustainability Act

8.10 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hall 200 - 243 Purposes – Gun Lake Fire Protection Society

THAT it be recommended to the Regional Board:

THAT the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District, as holder of the License of Occupation for fire hall purposes from the Province of British Columbia in respect of the land legally described as “That part of the surface of District Lot 2413, Lillooet District, being surveyed as “Eve No. 2” Mineral Claim, except Plan H16902, containing 0.75 hectares, more or less (the “Land”), apply to the Province of British Columbia for its consent to the SLRD entering into a sublicence agreement (“Sublicence to Occupy”) with the Gun Lake Fire Protection Society for an initial term of 10 years with up to four (4) renewal periods of five (5) years each for a total possible period of 30 years; and

THAT as part of such application, the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District Board Chair and/or Chief Administrative Officer be authorized to execute the Sublicence to Occupy in respect of the Land on substantially the same terms and conditions as the Sublicence to Occupy that is attached to the staff report, as well as any additional documentation that may be required for such application.

8.11 Direction Request - BC Rural Dividend Fund 244 - 252

The Board provide direction to staff in relation to projects for grant funding applications available through the BC Rural Dividend Fund.

8.12 Electoral Area Priorities 253 (From March 2, 2016 EAD Meeting)

THAT each Electoral Area Director develop their Electoral Area Priorities and differentiate between aspirational strategic plan items and actionable items and bring this information to the April 13, 2016 EAD Committee meeting.

Page 5 of 304 Item Item of Business and Page Number

Page

9. Director's Reports

9.1 East Hurley Road as Emergency Route (Director Demare) 254 - 255

Request that a letter be written to the Ministry of Transportation and Infrastructure, District Manager indicating the need for a passable second exit route via the E. Hurley & expressing concern for the deteriorating condition of this road.

10. Correspondence for Information

10.1 Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako - Strategic Emergency 256 - 281 Management Framework for Agriculture in Canada - Consultation Letter

11. Correspondence for Action

11.1 Lillooet Secondary School Grad Class of 2016 - Dry Grad 282 Celebration - Request for Contribution

The Lillooet Secondary School Grad Class of 2016 request for a contribution for it's Dry Grad Celebration being held at the Lillooet Recreation Centre on June 24, 2016.

11.2 Rotary Club of Pemberton / Pemberton & District Chamber of 283 - 286 Commerce - Golf Tournament - Sponsorship Request

The Rotary Club of Pemberton / Pemberton & District Chamber of Commerce request for support for their annual golf tournament fundraiser being held at The Meadows at Pemberton golf course on June 24, 2016.

11.3 Pemberton & District Public Library - Redesign and Refit of the 287 - 293 Children's Room - Request for Funding

The Pemberton & District Public Library requests funding from SLRD Area C Select Funds of $50,000 to redesign and refit the Children's Room in order to better accommodate the needs of the young and growing community.

11.4 Pemberton Visitor Centre - 2016 Season - Request for Funding 294 - 295

The Pemberton Visitor Centre requests funding from SLRD Area C Select Funds of $4,000 to help finance its operation for the 2016 season.

11.5 Pemberton Lions Club - 50 Years of Service - Fundraiser - 296 Request for Funding

The Pemberton Lions Club requests funding from SLRD Area C Select Funds of $1,500 to help finance the Playground Builder and other community projects.

11.6 Minto Communications Society - Industry Canada's Digital 150 297 Program - High Speed Internet for Bridge River Valley -

Page 6 of 304 Item Item of Business and Page Number

Page

Request for Funding

The Minto Communications Society requests funding from SLRD Area A Select Funds of $7,000 to assist with increased costs to the original budget pricing done in 2014 for the successful funding application to expand high speed internet in the Bridge River Valley as part of Industry Canada's Digital 150 program.

11.7 Lillooet Camelsfoot TV and Radio Association - Emergency 298 - 300 Alerts - Request for Funding

The Lillooet Camelsfoot T. V. and Radio Association requests funding from SLRD Area B Select Funds in the amount of $2,700 for the installation of hardware and software to accommodate automated broadcasting of emergency alerts as required by the Canadian Radio-Television and Telecommunications Commission (CRTC) to be in place by March 31, 2016.

11.8 Lillooet Hospice Society - Seniors Transit Program 301

The Lillooet Hospice Society requests funding from SLRD Area B Select Funds of $1,065 for financial support to rent a bus to take the seniors from Red Rock Manor, Sumac Suites and McLean Manor on excursions every two weeks beginning April 29, 2016.

11.9 Lillooet Outdoors Society - Lillooet Outdoors Festival - Request 302 - 304 for Funding

The Lillooet Outdoors Society request for funding from SLRD Area B Select Funds of $1,000 to pay for digital advertising for its Lillooet Outdoors Festival at Fort Berens Estate Winery, May 27-28, 2016.

12. Late Business

12.1 Director's Report - Seton/Shalath Update (Director Macri) (No Attachment)

13. Decision on Additional Late Business

(requires 2/3 majority vote)

THAT the late items be considered at this meeting.

14. Director's Notice of Motion

15. Adjournment

THAT the meeting be adjourned.

Page 7 of 304 Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015... Lillooet RCMP Detachment

2015 Report Page 8 of 304 Sgt. Mike ELING, April 2016 Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015... Traffic Safety

Reduce MV Collisions involving alcohol

LOCATION 2014 2015 % CHG

AREA A 0 0 0%

AREA B 2 1 -50% Page 9 of 304 XWISTEN / BRIDGE RIVER 0 0 0%

LILLOOET (ALL OTHER) 5 1 -80%

LILLOOET RCMP TOTALS 7 2 -70%

2 Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015... Traffic Safety

Increase impaired charges (CC/IRP/24hr)

LOCATION 2014 2015 % CHG

AREA A 1 2 100%

AREA B 1 0 -100% Page 10 of 304 XWISTEN / BRIDGE RIVER 1 1 0%

LILLOOET (ALL OTHER) 24 20 -17%

LILLOOET RCMP TOTALS 27 23 -15%

3 Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015... Vulnerable Persons

Domestic Violence Files

LOCATION 2014 2015 % CHG

AREA A 0 0 0%

AREA B 1 1 0% Page 11 of 304 XWISTEN / BRIDGE RIVER 1 0 -100%

LILLOOET (ALL OTHER) 19 14 -26%

LILLOOET RCMP TOTALS 21 15 -29%

4 Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015... Vulnerable Persons

Repeat Victims of Domestic Violence

LOCATION 2014 2015 % CHG

AREA A 0 0 0%

AREA B 0 0 0% Page 12 of 304 XWISTEN / BRIDGE RIVER 0 0 0%

LILLOOET (ALL OTHER) 2 1 -50%

LILLOOET RCMP TOTALS 2 1 -50%

5 Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015... Vulnerable Persons

Mental Health Related Files

LOCATION 2014 2015 % CHG

AREA A 0 1 N/C

AREA B 3 5 67% Page 13 of 304 XWISTEN / BRIDGE RIVER 1 0 -100%

LILLOOET (ALL OTHER) 41 38 -7%

LILLOOET RCMP TOTALS 45 43 -4%

6 Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015... Community Relations

Reduce negative contacts with youth

LOCATION 2014 2015 % CHG

AREA A 0 0 0%

AREA B 0 0 0% Page 14 of 304 XWISTEN / BRIDGE RIVER 0 0 0%

LILLOOET (ALL OTHER) 6 7 17%

LILLOOET RCMP TOTALS 6 7 17%

7 Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015... Crime Reduction

Reduce property crime 5%

LOCATION 2014 2015 % CHG

AREA A 6 5 -17%

AREA B 13 5 -62% Page 15 of 304 XWISTEN / BRIDGE RIVER 6 4 -33%

LILLOOET (ALL OTHER) 125 114 -9%

LILLOOET RCMP TOTALS 150 128 -15%

8 Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015... Violent / Person Crimes

LOCATION 2014 2015 % CHG

AREA A 0 0 0%

AREA B 3 2 -33% Page 16 of 304 XWISTEN / BRIDGE RIVER 3 1 -66%

LILLOOET (ALL OTHER) 66 48 -27%

LILLOOET RCMP TOTALS 72 50 -31%

9 Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015... Total Criminal Code Offences

LOCATION 2014 2015 % CHG

AREA A 9 5 -44%

AREA B 19 13 -32% Page 17 of 304 XWISTEN / BRIDGE RIVER 9 5 -44%

LILLOOET (ALL OTHER) 269 240 -11%

LILLOOET RCMP TOTALS 306 263 -14%

10 Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015... Lillooet 2011 to 2015 Page 18 of 304

11 Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015...

Squamish RCMP - Area D 2015 Annual Statistics Page 19 of 304 Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015...

Violent Crime 2014 / 2015

Jan to Dec Jan to Dec 5 Year Average Violent Crime 2014 2015 % Change 2010-2014 Total Violent CC 22 20 -9.10% 15

Jan to Dec Jan to Dec 5 Year Average Violent Crime 2014 2015 % Change 2010-2014 Murder 0 0 N/C 0 Page 20 of 304 Attempt Murder 0 0 N/C 0.2 Robbery 2 1 -50.00% 0.4 Sexual Assault 0 1 n/a 0.6 Domestic Violence 8 4 -50.00% 4 Assault w/ Weapon / CBH 2 4 100.00% 1 All Assault 16 13 -18.75% 8.2 Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015...

Property Crime 2014 / 2015

Jan to Dec Jan to Dec 5 Year Average Property Crime 2014 2015 % Change 2010-2014 Total Property CC 100 105 5.00% 75.8

Jan to Dec Jan to Dec 5 Year Average Property Crime 2014 2015 % Change 2010-2014 Business B&E 1 2 100.00% 6.2 Residential B&E 2 5 150.00% 2.4

Page 21 of 304 Other B&E 1 0 -100.00% 1.2 Auto Theft 9 6 -33.33% 3.4 Theft from Vehicle 34 35 2.94% 21.6 Theft over $5000 1 0 -100.00% 1.6 Theft under $5000 20 15 -25.00% 12.4 Mischief to Property over $5000 0 0 N/C 0.8 Mischief to Property under $5000 20 27 35.00% 15.6 Bicycle Theft 2 0 -100.00% 1 Stolen Property 0 1 n/a 1.6 Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015...

Other Crime 2014 / 2015

Jan to Dec Jan to Dec 5 Year Average Other Crime 2014 2015 % Change 2010-2014 Abandon 911 20 15 -25.00% 21.2 Cause Disturbance 19 23 21.05% 11.6 Intoxicated in Public Place 6 5 -16.67% 3.2 Missing Persons 9 4 -55.56% 11.4 Frauds 5 8 60.00% 6 Counterfeit Currency 0 0 N/C 0 Possession Cannabis 30 grams or under 9 17 88.89% 10

Page 22 of 304 Possession Cannabis over 30 grams 0 0 N/C 0.2 Possession Cocaine 1 0 -100.00% 0.4 Possession Ecstasy 0 0 N/C 0 Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015...

Traffic Safety 2014 / 2015

Jan to Dec Jan to Dec 5 Year Average Traffic Safety 2014 2015 % Change 2010-2014 Total Collisions 124 103 -16.94% 107 Motor Vehicle Incident Damages over $1000 66 45 -31.82% 57.6 Motor Vehicle Incident – Injuries 34 27 -20.59% 26.4

Jan to Dec Jan to Dec 5 Year Average

Page 23 of 304 Traffic Safety 2014 2015 % Change 2010-2014 Fatal Collisions 1 1 0.00% 0.8 Total Fatalities/Deceased 1 1 0.00% 0.8 Impaired Drug/Alcohol Infractions 26 24 -7.69% 24 Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015...

Workload 2014 / 2015

Jan to Dec Jan to Dec 5 Year Average Workload 2014 2015 % Change 2010-2014 Charges Laid (ALL Squamish RCMP) 713 721 1.12% 656.2 Priority 1 Calls 185 193 4.32% 152.6 Calls for Service 1929 2185 13.27% 1666.8 Page 24 of 304 Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015...

Annual Performance Planning 2016 1. Substance Abuse • Reduce the use of drugs

2. Youth Engagement • Prevent and reduce youth involvement in crime as victims and offenders

3. Property Crime

Page 25 of 304 • Reduce vandalism/property crime/theft from vehicles

4. Traffic Related Incidents • Contribute to safer roads/Impaired and Distracted Driving Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015...

Whistler/Pemberton RCMP SLRD Area C 2015 General Crime Statistics Page 26 of 304 Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015...

Noise Complaints 2011 – 16 2012 – 2 2013 – 6 2014 – 6 2015 - 2

Theft Under $5000.00 2011 – 10

Page 27 of 304 2012 – 12 2013 – 11 2014 – 6 2015 - 5 Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015...

Theft Over $5000.00 2011 – 3 2012 – 0 2013 – 2 2014 – 1 2015 - 0

Property Damage Under $5000.00

Page 28 of 304 2011 – 8 2012 – 12 2013 – 9 2014 – 3 2015 - 10 Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015...

Property Damage Over $5000.00 2011 – 1 2012 – 3 2013 – 1 2014 – 1 2015 - 0

Common Assault 2011 – 3 Page 29 of 304 2012 – 4 2013 – 5 2014 – 5 2015 - 5 Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015...

ACBH or Assault With Weapon 2011 – 0 2012 – 0 2013 – 0 2014 – 2 2015 - 1

Break & Enter – Business 2011 – 1

Page 30 of 304 2012 – 0 2013 – 2 2014 – 0 2015 - 0 Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015...

Break & Enter – Residence 2011 – 2 2012 – 2 2013 – 3 2014 – 1 2015 – 1

Possession of Marihuana – 30 grams and under 2011 – 3

Page 31 of 304 2012 – 6 2013 – 4 2014 – 0 2015 - 4 Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015...

Possession of Marihuana – Over 30 grams 2011 – 0 2012 – 1 2013 – 0 2014 – 0 2015 – 2

Possession of Cocaine 2011 – 0

Page 32 of 304 2012 – 0 2013 – 0 2014 – 0 2015 - 0 Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015...

Possession of Ecstasy 2011 – 0 2012 – 0 2013 – 0 2014 – 0 2015 - 0

Collisions – Damage over $1000.00 2011 – 16

Page 33 of 304 2012 – 32 2013 – 44 2014 – 31 2015 - 14 Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015...

Collisions – Fatality 2011 – 0 2012 – 0 2013 – 0 2014 – 0 2015 - 0

Collisions – Injury 2011 – 9 Page 34 of 304 2012 – 18 2013 – 16 2014 – 18 2015 - 19 Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015...

Total calls for Service for Whistler/Pemberton RCMP 2011 – 8063 2012 – 7739 2013 – 7372 2014 – 7387 2015 – 7812 (Pemberton = 1766 files or 22.6 %)

Calls for Service for SLRD Area C 2011 – 427

Page 35 of 304 2012 – 461 2013 – 413 2014 – 409 2015 – 347 (19.6% of Pemberton Files) Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015...

Calls for Service Broken Down – Area C

2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Birken 23 35 44 28 29 D’Arcy 38 33 37 37 30 Devine 23 37 28 29 21 Mnt Currie 229 250 289 261 224

Page 36 of 304 Pem Mdws 49 46 54 54 43 Sergeant Mike Eling, NCO i/c, Lillooet Detachment RCMP- 2015...

Annual Performance Planning 2016 1. Substance Abuse • Reduce the use of drugs

2. Youth Engagement • Prevent and reduce youth involvement in crime as victims and offenders

3. Property Crime

Page 37 of 304 • Reduce vandalism/property crime/theft from vehicles

4. Traffic Related Incidents • Contribute to safer roads/Impaired and Distracted Driving Electoral Area Directors Committee Meeting Draft Minutes of ...

DRAFT Electoral Area Directors Committee Minutes March 2, 2016; 10:30 AM SLRD Boardroom 1350 Aster Street, Pemberton, BC

In Attendance:

Committee: D. Demare, Chair (Area A); R. Mack, Vice-Chair (Area C); M. Macri (Area B); T. Rainbow (Area D)

Staff: L. Flynn, CAO; K. Clark, Director of Legislative and Corporate Services (Recording Secretary); K. Needham, Director of Planning & Development; K. Vash, Contract Planning and GIS Technician; J. Netzel, Director of Utilities & Environmental Services

Others: Members of the public

1. Call to Order

The meeting was called to order at 10:37 AM.

The Chair recognized that this meeting is being held on the Traditional Territory of the Lil’wat Nation.

2. Approval of Agenda

It was moved and seconded:

THAT Item 7.2 Request for Decision - Development Variance Permit #125 Williams/Denman Corp. – 930 Thistle (Area D) be moved ahead on the agenda and heard next; and

THAT the agenda be approved as amended. CARRIED

7. Staff Reports and Other Business

7.2. Request for Decision - Development Variance Permit #125 Williams/Denman Corp. – 930 Thistle (Area D)

It was moved and seconded:

THAT it be recommended to the Regional Board:

THAT the Board approve the issuance of Development Variance Permit #125 for the property legally described as Lot 132, Plan BCP20004, District Lot 891, Group 1, New Westminster Land District, PID: 026-458-195 to: vary the maximum height by 1.6 m from 8.5 m to 10.1 m; vary the rear parcel setback by 0.6 m from 5.6 m to 5.0; and change the definition of basement; and

Page 38 of 304 Electoral Area Directors Committee Meeting Draft Minutes of ... Page 2 of 10 of the minutes of the Electoral Area Directors Committee meeting, held on Wednesday, March 02, 2016 in the SLRD Boardroom 1350 Aster Street, Pemberton, BC.

THAT the Chief Administrative Officer or Secretary be authorized to execute the Permit. CARRIED

3. Electoral Area Directors Closed Meeting

It was moved and seconded:

THAT the Committee close the meeting to the public under the authority of Section 90(1)(a) and (g) of the Community Charter. CARRIED The meeting was closed to the public at 10:40 AM. The meeting was re-opened to the public at 10:55 AM.

4. Rise & Report from the Closed Meeting

None

5. Consent Agenda (Voting rule on each item may vary; unanimous vote required)

It was moved and seconded:

THAT the resolutions set out in the Consent Agenda be approved, and those Consent Agenda items which do not have resolutions related thereto be received.

5.1 Confirmation and Receipt of Minutes

5.1.1. Electoral Area Directors Committee Meeting Draft Minutes of February 10, 2016

It was moved and seconded:

THAT the Electoral Area Directors Committee Meeting Minutes of February 10, 2016 be approved as circulated.

5.2 Staff Reports & Other Business

5.2.1. February 2016 Select Funds Report

5.2.2. February 2016 Monthly Building Report

5.3 Correspondence for Information

5.3.1. UBCM - Completion of Fuel Management Project (SWPI-390: Pavilion Lake #2 Operational Treatment, 2013) CARRIED

6. Business Arising from the Minutes

None

Page 39 of 304 Electoral Area Directors Committee Meeting Draft Minutes of ... Page 3 of 10 of the minutes of the Electoral Area Directors Committee meeting, held on Wednesday, March 02, 2016 in the SLRD Boardroom 1350 Aster Street, Pemberton, BC.

7. Staff Reports and Other Business

Unweighted All Vote (except as noted)

7.1. CAO Verbal Update  Timing for Lunch Break  Discussion as to Potential Cancellation the March Committee of the Whole Meeting

It was moved and seconded:

THAT the CAO Verbal update be received. CARRIED

7.3. Request for Decision - Development Variance Permit #126 Matthew and Robin Edwards (Area D)

It was moved and seconded:

THAT it be recommended to the Regional Board:

THAT the Board approve the issuance of Development Variance Permit #126 for the property legally described as LOT 178 DISTRICT LOT 1897 GROUP 1 NEW WESTMINSTER DISTRICT PLAN BCP20031; PID: 026-466-660 to vary the maximum overhang amount for the proposed building by 1.2 m from 0.6 m to 1.8 m; and

THAT the Chief Administrative Officer or Secretary be authorized to execute the Permit.

CARRIED

7.4. Request for Decision - Vernacular Design Inc. Development – Britannia Beach Rezoning Application

It was moved and seconded:

THAT it be recommended to the Regional Board:

THAT Bylaw 1449-2016, cited as “Squamish-Lillooet Regional District Zoning Bylaw No. 540, 1994, Amendment Bylaw No. 1449-2016” be introduced and read a first time; and,

THAT Squamish-Lillooet Regional District Zoning Bylaw No. 540, 1994, Amendment Bylaw No. 1449-2016 be referred to the Squamish Nation, District of Squamish and provincial agencies including the Vancouver Coastal Health Authority, the Ministries of Transportation & Infrastructure, Forests, Lands, & Natural Resource Operations, and Environment for comments; and,

THAT Squamish-Lillooet Regional District Zoning Bylaw No. 540, 1994, Amendment Bylaw No. 1449-2016 not be adopted until such time as the

Page 40 of 304 Electoral Area Directors Committee Meeting Draft Minutes of ... Page 4 of 10 of the minutes of the Electoral Area Directors Committee meeting, held on Wednesday, March 02, 2016 in the SLRD Boardroom 1350 Aster Street, Pemberton, BC.

following matters have been satisfactorily documented by way of one or more covenants to be registered against the lands addressing the following:

 a requirement that the development be substantially as per the development plans referred to in this report, with respect to project layout and unit composition;

 a replanting requirement that requires that a landscaping and grading plan, including a children’s play area, cost estimates and provision of a letter of credit in the amount of 135% of cost estimates be provided at the development permit stage;

 a requirement setting out one unit for affordable housing and that establishes rent and resale restrictions generally based on established Whistler Housing Authority standard charge terms in order that the unit be affordable in perpetuity;

 a voluntary amenity in the form of $30,000 offered by the developer to the SLRD to assist in supporting traffic calming and pathway improvements along Copper Drive;

 a tree protection plan for the stream protection area and an environmental monitoring program will be required;

 all in a form that is acceptable to the SLRD and in registrable form; and

THAT the Chair and/or the CAO be authorized to sign the required covenant(s) once acceptable drafts have been provided to the Board, prior to bylaw adoption; and,

THAT Squamish-Lillooet Regional District Zoning Bylaw No. 540, 1994, Amendment Bylaw No. 1449-2016 not be adopted until lots 198, 182 and 183 have been consolidated.

CARRIED

7.5. Request for Decision - D'Arcy, Bralorne and Devine Water Rates and Regulations Bylaws

It was moved and seconded:

THAT it be recommended to the Regional Board:

1. THAT Bylaw No. 1451-2016 cited as “D’Arcy Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1451-2016”, be introduced and read a first, second and third time; and

2. THAT Bylaw No. 1452-2016 cited as “Bralorne Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1452-2016”, be introduced and read a first,

Page 41 of 304 Electoral Area Directors Committee Meeting Draft Minutes of ... Page 5 of 10 of the minutes of the Electoral Area Directors Committee meeting, held on Wednesday, March 02, 2016 in the SLRD Boardroom 1350 Aster Street, Pemberton, BC.

second and third time; and

3. THAT Bylaw No. 1453-2016 cited as “Devine Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1453-2016”, be introduced and read a first, second and third time; and

4. THAT Bylaw No. 1451-2016 cited as “D’Arcy Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1451-2016”, be adopted; and

5. THAT Bylaw No. 1452-2016 cited as “Bralorne Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1452-2016”, be adopted; and

6. THAT Bylaw No. 1453-2016 cited as “Devine Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1453-2016”, be adopted; and

7. THAT property owners in D’Arcy, Bralorne and Devine be informed of their respective new Water Rates and Regulations Bylaws.

CARRIED

7.6. Request for Decision - Community Interface Fire Response Groups – Funding Contribution Agreement

It was moved and seconded:

THAT it be recommended to the Regional Board:

THAT the attached contribution agreement, or a substantially similar form thereof, be entered into when using Electoral Area Select Funds, Amenity Funds, or BC Hydro Payment in Lieu of Taxes to assist community interface fire response groups acquire wildland urban interface fire equipment and/or training.

OPPOSED: Director Macri CARRIED

The meeting recessed for lunch at 12:15 PM. The meeting reconvened at 12:50 PM.

7.7. Discussion on Communication Piece for Electoral Area Priorities

It was moved and seconded:

THAT each Electoral Area Director develop their Electoral Area Priorities and differentiate between aspirational strategic plan items and actionable items and bring this information to the April 13, 2016 EAD Committee meeting. CARRIED

The Directors agreed to move forward Item 9.1 Pemberton Arts and Culture Council – Request for Funding.

9. Correspondence for Action

9.1. Pemberton Arts and Culture Council - Request for Funding

Page 42 of 304 Electoral Area Directors Committee Meeting Draft Minutes of ... Page 6 of 10 of the minutes of the Electoral Area Directors Committee meeting, held on Wednesday, March 02, 2016 in the SLRD Boardroom 1350 Aster Street, Pemberton, BC.

It was moved and seconded:

THAT funding of $12,000 ($4,000 for 3 years) be granted from SLRD Area C Select Funds on behalf of Director Mack to the Pemberton Arts and Culture Council (PACC) to match the Community Initiative & Opportunity Fund from the Village of Pemberton to support hiring part-time assistance for PACC management over a three year term, with recognition of Electoral Area C in all written materials.

CARRIED

7.8. 2016 - 2020 EAD Budgets

It was moved and seconded:

THAT the 2016 – 2020 EAD Budgets be received.

CARRIED

8. Director's Reports

8.1. Regional District Brochures (Director Demare)

It was moved and seconded:

THAT it be recommended to the Regional Board:

THAT regional district informational brochures be developed for the SLRD with funding to come from Cost Centre #1000 General Government.

CARRIED

8.2. McGillivray Pass Trail (Director Demare and Director Mack)

It was moved and seconded:

THAT it be recommended to the Regional Board:

THAT the Directors from Electoral Areas A, B and C each contribute $2,000 from their respective Select Funds (total $6,000) for initial staff time to provide support/research into the proposed plan to restore the McGillivray Pass Trail as well as potentially hire a contractor/facilitate a meeting and provide an outcomes report regarding same.

CARRIED

8.3. Fishing at Furry Creek - Public Meeting (Director Rainbow)

It was moved and seconded:

THAT up to $600 from Area D Select Funds be allotted for meeting expenses associated with a public meeting regarding fishing at Furry Creek beaches.

Page 43 of 304 Electoral Area Directors Committee Meeting Draft Minutes of ... Page 7 of 10 of the minutes of the Electoral Area Directors Committee meeting, held on Wednesday, March 02, 2016 in the SLRD Boardroom 1350 Aster Street, Pemberton, BC.

CARRIED

8.4. EAD Remuneration & Expenses (Director Macri)

It was moved and seconded:

THAT the Director’s Report - EAD Remuneration & Expenses (Director Macri) be received.

CARRIED

8.5. Seton Hotel/Staff Assistance (Director Macri)

It was moved and seconded:

THAT the Director’s Report - Seton Hotel/Staff Assistance (Director Macri) be received.

CARRIED

9. Correspondence for Action

9.2. Lillooet Regional Invasive Species Society - Electoral Area A - Request for Funding

It was moved and seconded:

THAT the letter from the Lillooet Regional Invasive Species Society regarding their request for Select Funds from SLRD Area A be deferred to the June 8, 2016 EAD Committee meeting.

CARRIED

9.3. Lillooet Regional Invasive Species Society - Electoral Area B - Request for Funding

It was moved and seconded:

THAT funding of $5,500 be granted from SLRD Area B Select Funds on behalf of Director Macri to the Lillooet Regional Invasive Species Society for the invasives programming for the 2016-2017 fiscal year, with recognition of Electoral Area B in all written materials.

CARRIED

9.4. Sea to Sky Invasive Species Council - Electoral Area C - Request for Funding

THAT funding of $9,000 ($1,500 for its Partnership Program, $7,500 for its Inventory, Control & Monitoring Program ) be granted from SLRD Area C Select Funds on behalf of Director Mack to the Sea to Sky Invasive Species Council for its ongoing Invasive Species Management Program into 2016, with recognition of Electoral Area C in all written materials.

Page 44 of 304 Electoral Area Directors Committee Meeting Draft Minutes of ... Page 8 of 10 of the minutes of the Electoral Area Directors Committee meeting, held on Wednesday, March 02, 2016 in the SLRD Boardroom 1350 Aster Street, Pemberton, BC.

9.5. Sea to Sky Invasive Species Council - Electoral Area D - Request for Funding

THAT funding of $12,000 ($1,500 for its Partnership Program, $10,500 for its Inventory, Control & Monitoring Program) be granted from SLRD Area D Select Funds on behalf of Director Rainbow to the Sea to Sky Invasive Species Council for its ongoing Invasive Species Management Program into 2016, with recognition of Electoral Area D in all written materials.

9.6. District of Lillooet - Dog Kennel Relocation - Area B - Request for Funding

9.7. District of Lillooet - Dog Kennel Relocation - Area A - Request for Funding

It was moved and seconded:

THAT funding of $1,000 be granted from SLRD Area A Select Funds on behalf of Director Demare and funding of $4,250 be granted from SLRD Area B Select Funds on behalf of Director Macri to the District of Lillooet towards costs associated with relocating and constructing a new dog kennel on District of Lillooet land, with recognition of Electoral Area B in all written materials.

CARRIED

9.8. Britannia Beach Community Association (BBCA) - Community Garden

It was moved and seconded:

THAT funding of $3,500 be granted from SLRD Area D Select Funds on behalf of Director Rainbow to the Britannia Beach Community Association to establish a community garden on publicly accessible land in Britannia Beach as follows:

$500 be granted to conduct appropriate soil testing on such land and if such testing indicates that the land is suitable for garden purposes, $3,000 be granted to establish a community garden; and

with recognition of Electoral Area D be in all written materials.

CARRIED

9.9. District of Lillooet - Lillooet Recreation Centre - Request for Funding

It was moved and seconded:

THAT it be recommended to the Regional Board:

THAT $12,592 of Area B Northern Area PILT Reserve Funds be provided to the District of Lillooet via Cost Centre #2104 Lillooet and District Recreation Centre to help with the operation of the Lillooet Recreation Centre.

CARRIED

Page 45 of 304 Electoral Area Directors Committee Meeting Draft Minutes of ... Page 9 of 10 of the minutes of the Electoral Area Directors Committee meeting, held on Wednesday, March 02, 2016 in the SLRD Boardroom 1350 Aster Street, Pemberton, BC.

9.10. Bridge River Valley Community Association - Bralorne Community Hall/Other Amenities - Hazardous Materials Consultation

It was moved and seconded:

THAT funding of $4,550 be granted from SLRD Area A Select Funds on behalf of Director Demare to the Bridge River Valley Community Association to cover the costs of a survey and testing of the Bralorne Community Hall and other amenities for hazardous materials, with recognition of Electoral Area A in all written materials.

CARRIED

9.11. Bralorne Pioneer Museum - New Museum Exhibit Space

It was moved and seconded:

THAT funding of $6,950 be granted from SLRD Area A Select Funds on behalf of Director Demare to the Bralorne Pioneer Museum for building improvements at the new location to accommodate the museum, to help develop new exhibits and to enable a May 2016 opening, with recognition of Electoral Area A in all written materials.

CARRIED

10. Late Business

10.1. Correspondence for Information - Pemberton Animal Well-Being Society (PAWS) - Thank you.

It was moved and seconded:

THAT the Correspondence for Information - Pemberton Animal Well-Being Society (PAWS) - Thank you be received.

CARRIED

10.2. Correspondence for Action - Item 9.1 Pemberton Arts and Culture Council - Request for Funding

It was moved and seconded:

THAT the Correspondence for Action - Item 9.1 Pemberton Arts and Culture Council - Request for Funding additional information be received.

CARRIED

10.3. Correspondence for Action - Stewardship Pemberton Society - One Mile Lake Nature Centre Fundraiser Dinner - Donation Request

It was moved and seconded:

THAT funding of $1,000 be granted from SLRD Area C Select Funds on behalf

Page 46 of 304 Electoral Area Directors Committee Meeting Draft Minutes of ... Page 10 of 10 of the minutes of the Electoral Area Directors Committee meeting, held on Wednesday, March 02, 2016 in the SLRD Boardroom 1350 Aster Street, Pemberton, BC.

of Director Mack to Stewardship Pemberton Society to assist with its fundraiser dinner being held at the Pemberton Legion on March 12, 2016 to raise funds to cover costs of flood damage at the One Mile Lake Nature Centre, with recognition of Electoral Area C in all written materials.

CARRIED

10.4. Director’s Report - Northern PILT Reserve Funds (Director Demare)

It was moved and seconded:

THAT it be recommended to the Regional Board:

THAT Area A Northern Area PILT Reserve Funds be allocated as follows:

. $3,500 to the Bralorne Water cost centre #2703 for the Capital Reserve . $6,500 to the Gold Bridge Water cost centre # 2706 for the Capital Reserve . $5,000 to the Bralorne Sewer cost centre #2800 for the Capital Reserve

CARRIED

11. Decision on Additional Late Business (requires 2/3 majority vote)

None

12. Director's Notice of Motion

None

13. Adjournment

It was moved and seconded:

THAT the meeting be adjourned. CARRIED The meeting adjourned at 2:34 PM.

D. Demare, Chair K. Clark, Recording Secretary

Page 47 of 304 March 2016 Select Funds Report For Information SPECIAL GENERAL SERVICES 2016 as at 5-Apr-16 Cost Centre 2900 General Select

REVENUE: 40220 Interest Earned - to 3rd Quarter 42000 Surplus/Deficit Carry Fwd 195,761.25 43000 Trans from Other Services (BC Hydro PILT allocation) 10,808.00

TOTAL REVENUE 206,569.25

EXPENDITURES: 51000 Electoral / Select Services:

-

53100 Contributions to Other Services Jan EAD $47,000 to Cost Centre #1761 Emergency Planning to fund fire services for 2016. 47,000.00 The $100,000 allocation for 4 Fires Halls – Area C in Cost Centre #2900 Electoral Areas General Jan EAD Select Funds be transferred back to Cost Centre #2903 Area C Select Funds 100,000.00 147,000.00

53200 Time Allocation from Other Services

TOTAL EXPENDITURES 147,000.00

Balance of Funds (excluding unpaid commitments) 59,569.25

Allocations committed but not yet paid Prior Year Commitments: Portal Identification Area B 5,002.73 Portal Identification Area C 10,000.00 Portal Identification Area D 10,000.00 Pemberton Transit 2015 2015 BC Hydro Grant 18,945.10 Total Allocations Committed but not paid 43,947.83

BALANCE OF FUNDS NOT SPENT OR COMMITTED $ 15,621.42

Q:\SelectServices\Select Services 2016.xlsxGen Select 2900 Page 48 of 304 04/05/2016 March 2016 Select Funds Report For Information ELECTORAL AREA A SELECT SERVICES 2016 as at 5-Apr-16 Cost Centre 2901 Area A Select

REVENUE: 42000 Surplus/Deficit Carry Fwd 25,015.35 43000 Trans from Other Services (BC Hydro PILT allocation) 51,337.00

TOTAL REVENUE 76,352.35

EXPENDITURES: 51000 Electoral / Select Services: Costs associated with relocating and constructing a new Mar EAD District of Lillooet dog kennel in Lillooet 1,000.00 Costs of a survey and testing of the Bralorne Community Mar EAD Bridge River Valley Community Association Hall and other amenities for hazardous materials 4,550.00 Building improvements at the new location to Mar EAD Bralorne Pioneer Museum accommodate the museum, to help develop new exhibits and to enable a May 2016 opening 6,950.00 Apr EAD Volunteer Canada Volunteer Appreciation Gifts 223.06 Apr EAD TSL Team Sales Ltd. Russ Oakley Jacket 128.40 12,851.46

53100 Contributions to Other Services

53200 Time Allocation from Other Services

TOTAL EXPENDITURES 12,851.46

Balance of Funds (excluding unpaid commitments) 63,500.89

2016 Allocations committed Appreciation Fund 148.54 Golden Mile of History Kiosk Project and Gateway Feb EAD District of Lillooet Revitalization Tourism Projects 1,000.00 Initial staff time, etc. to provide support/research into the Mar EAD McGillivray Pass Trail proposed plan to restore the McGillivray Pass Trail 2,000.00 3,148.54

2015 Allocations committed Apr EAD Up to $1,000 to purchase and install three (3) signs in Area A regarding the prohibition of firearms discharge 614.80 Up to $2,000 for SLRD staff time regarding GIS mapping for the Gold Bridge Cemetery, contingent on the Apr EAD participation in this project by the Bridge River Valley Community Association 1,770.85 May EAD Operational Fuel Treatments in the Gun Lake Area - UBCM Fuel Management Program application 10,000.00 Up to $5,000 for the Feasibility Study for Capital Investment in the Haylmore Heritage Site subject to receipt of Oct EAD NDIT grant 5,000.00 Oct EAD Up to $1,200 for the Bralorne Re-Fencing Project subject to receipt of NDIT grant 1,200.00 18,585.65

2011 and Prior -Allocations committed but not yet paid BRVEDS Upper Bridge River Valley Society Consolidation 1,338.15 1,338.15

Total Allocations Committed but not paid 23,072.34

BALANCE OF FUNDS NOT SPENT OR COMMITTED $ 40,428.55

Q:\SelectServices\Select Services 2016.xlsxArea A 2901 Page 49 of 304 04/05/2016 March 2016 Select Funds Report For Information ELECTORAL AREA B SELECT SERVICES 2016 as at 5-Apr-16 Cost Centre 2902 Area B Select

REVENUE: 42000 Surplus/Deficit Carry Fwd 53,484.54 43000 Trans from Other Services (BC Hydro PILT allocation) 51,337.00

TOTAL REVENUE 104,821.54

EXPENDITURES: 51000 Electoral / Select Services: Golden Mile of History Kiosk Project and Gateway 5,000.00 Feb EAD District of Lillooet Revitalization Tourism Projects Feb EAD Miyazaki House Society To help finance the summer music programming 2,500.00 Coordination of event, materials, plants, mileage and Feb EAD Splitrock Environmental Sekw'el'was advertising for the Walking with the Smolts Community Celebration on May 27, 2016 1,200.00 Mar EAD Lillooet Regional Invasive Species Society Invasives programming for the 2016-2017 fiscal year 5,500.00 Costs associated with relocating and constructing a new Mar EAD District of Lillooet dog kennel in Lillooet 4,250.00 18,450.00

53100 Contributions to Other Services

-

TOTAL EXPENDITURES 18,450.00

Balance of Funds (excluding unpaid commitments) 86,371.54

2016 Allocations committed Appreciation Fund 500.00 Initial staff time, etc. to provide support/research into the Mar EAD McGillivray Pass Trail proposed plan to restore the McGillivray Pass Trail 2,000.00 2,500.00 2014 Allocations committed $10,000 allocated to the Lillooet Secondary School Lillooet Bursary Society Jan EAD Graduate Bursary ($2,000/year for 5 years; 2014-2018) 6,000.00 6,000.00

Total Allocations Committed but not paid 8,500.00

BALANCE OF FUNDS NOT SPENT OR COMMITTED $ 77,871.54

Q:\SelectServices\Select Services 2016.xlsxArea B 2902 Page 50 of 304 04/05/2016 March 2016 Select Funds Report For Information ELECTORAL AREA C SELECT SERVICES 2016 as at 5-Apr-16 Cost Centre 2903 Area C Select

REVENUE: 40220 Interest Earned - to 3rd Quarter 42000 Surplus/Deficit Carry Fwd 26,071.76 43000 Trans from Other Services (BC Hydro PILT allocation) 51,337.00 $100,000 allocation for 4 Fires Halls – Area C in Cost Centre #2900 Electoral Areas General Select Funds be 43000 transferred back to Cost Centre #2903 Area C Select Funds (Jan 2016 EAD) 100,000.00

TOTAL REVENUE 177,408.76

EXPENDITURES: 51000 Electoral / Select Services: Jan EAD Sea to Sky Clean Air Society Bike to Work Week 1,000.00 Jan EAD Ian Robertson Automated External Defibrillator Parts and Battery for D’Arcy 153.65 Feb EAD Pemberton Animal Wellbeing Society Emergency medical needs for animals in the care of PAWS 2,500.00 Community Initiative & Opportunity Fund from the Village of Mar EAD Pemberton to support hiring part-time assistance for PACC Pemberton Arts and Culture Council management over a 3 year term - 2016 4,000.00

Mar EAD Sea to Sky Invasive Species Council $9,000 for ongoing Invasive Species Management Program in 2016 9,000.00

Mar EAD Stewardship Pemberton Society Assist with its fundraiser dinner on March 12, 2016 to raise funds to cover flood damage at One Mile Lake Nature Centre 1,000.00 17,653.65

TOTAL EXPENDITURES 17,653.65

Balance of Funds (excluding unpaid commitments) 159,755.11

2016 Allocations committed Appreciation Fund 500.00 Feb EAD Ponderosa Strata Community Ponderosa Strata Community 5,000.00 Initial staff time, etc. to provide support/research into the Mar EAD McGillivray Pass Trail proposed plan to restore the McGillivray Pass Trail 2,000.00

Community Initiative & Opportunity Fund from the Village Mar EAD of Pemberton to support hiring part-time assistance for Pemberton Arts and Culture Council PACC management over a 3 year term (2017 - 2018) 8,000.00 15,500.00 2015 Allocations committed Support of $3,000 for each of 2016 and 2017, to the Pemberton Farmers Market Association in order to hire Jan EAD a Market Manager 6,000.00 Feb EAD $1,000 for each of 2016 & 2017 to the Pemberton Secondary School Scholarship and Bursary Program 2,000.00 Up to $2,000 from Area C Select Funds for the Pemberton Farmers Institute in the development, , Nov EAD and/or distribution of their Farmland Information Brochure. 2,000.00 10,000.00

2011 and Prior -Allocations committed but not yet paid Traffic Calming measures for D'Arcy/N'Quatqua (remainder) 263.57 263.57

Total Allocations Committed but not paid 25,763.57

BALANCE OF FUNDS NOT SPENT OR COMMITTED $ 133,991.54

Q:\SelectServices\Select Services 2016.xlsxArea C 2903 Page 51 of 304 04/05/2016 March 2016 Select Funds Report For Information ELECTORAL AREA D SELECT SERVICES 2016 as at 5-Apr-16 Cost Centre 2904 Area D Select

REVENUE: 40220 Interest Earned - to 3rd Quarter 42000 Surplus/Deficit Carry Fwd 136,443.01 43000 Trans from Other Services (BC Hydro PILT allocation) 51,337.00

TOTAL REVENUE 187,780.01

EXPENDITURES: 51000 Electoral / Select Services: Feb EAD Howe Sound Royal Canadian Marine Search and Rescue Unit #4 - Request for Funds 2,926.35 $12,000 be granted for ongoing Invasive Species Mar EAD Sea to Sky Invasive Species Council Management Program in 2016 12,000.00 Britannia Beach Community Association Establish a community garden on publicly accessible Mar EAD (BBCA) land ($500 soil testing) 500.00 15,426.35

53200 Time Allocation from Other Services

-

TOTAL EXPENDITURES 15,426.35

Balance of Funds (excluding unpaid commitments) 172,353.66

2016 Allocations committed Appreciation Fund 500.00 Up to $15,000 be granted from Area D Select Funds to Cost centre #1805 Britannia Beach Street Jan EAD Lighting towards the installation of pathway lighting at Britannia Beach. 15,000.00 Up to $600 from Area D Select Funds be allotted for meeting expenses associated with a public Mar EAD meeting regarding fishing at Furry Creek beaches. 600.00 Britannia Beach Community Association Establish a community garden on publicly accessible Mar EAD (BBCA) land ($3,000 to establish a community garden) 3,000.00 19,100.00

2015 Allocations committed Up to $1,000 to the Garibaldi Volunteer Fire Department to hire a contractor to install paving stones Jun EAD at Garibaldi Fire Hall 1,000.00 Up to $10,000 be allocated from Area D Select Funds for a feasibility study in respect of a solar Nov EAD panel retrofit for lighting at the Britannia Beach and Furry Creek wastewater treatment plants 10,000.00

11,000.00

Total Allocations Committed but not paid 30,100.00

BALANCE OF FUNDS NOT SPENT OR COMMITTED $ 142,253.66

Q:\SelectServices\Select Services 2016.xlsxArea D 2904 Page 52 of 304 04/05/2016 Information Report - Building Report for March 2016 For Info...

INFORMATION REPORT Building Report for March 2016

Meeting Date: April 13, 2016

To: SLRD Electoral Area Directors Committee (EAD)

Courses/Meetings

The Building Inspector (BI) did not attend any conferences or seminars in March.

Stop Work Orders/Notice on Title

No Stop Work Orders were posted in the month of March.

Area Construction/Address Date Details SWO#/NOT Area B Lot 1, DL 5362, Plan 2016-02-09 • Stop Work Order #245 posted for SWO 245 KAP49809, LLD – 46406 construction of a deck and cabin Highway #99, Pavilion renovation without a building permit. • Registered letter with application sent to property owners. 2016-02-16 • BP Application received. Area D Strata Lot 53, DL’s 2668 & 2015-06-25 • Stop Work Order #241 posted for SWO 241 5589, Strata Plan VR559, construction of a deck addition without a NWD – 53 Pinecrest Road, building permit. Pinecrest Estates 2015-07-29 • Email contact from property owner stating application, fee and documents being mailed. 2015-08-05 • Application received. 2015-09-30 • Construction outside of property lines. Further action to be initiated. 2015-11-25 • Building Inspector to initiate report for further action. 2016-04-13 • Electoral Area Directors resolution to register Notice on Title,Community Charter, Section 57 that “the permit was not obtained or the inspection has not been satisfactorily completed” Area D Lot 66, DL 1897, Plan 2014-08-14 • Stop Work Order #230 posted for SWO 230 BCP20004, Gr.1, NWD – construction of addition to an existing 759 Upper Crescent, SFD without a building permit. Britannia Beach • Registered letter with application sent to 2014-08-15 property owners. • Building Inspector has had discussion 2014-10-31 with Tenant. Extension for submission of building permit application has been granted as tenant is working with absentee landlord. 2016-03-10 • BP ApplicationPage received 53 of 304. Information Report - Building Report for March 2016 For Info...

Area D Lot 136, DL 891, Gr.1, Plan 2016-04-16 • Electoral Area Directors resolution to NOT BCP20004, NWD – 927 register Notice on Title,Community Construction Thistle Place, Britannia Charter, Section 57 that “the permit was without a Beach not obtained or the inspection has not Permit been satisfactorily completed” Area D Lot 17, DL 2077, Plan 2016-04-16 • Electoral Area Directors resolution to NOT 14180, NWD – Lot 17, Five register Notice on Title,Community Expired Coves Charter, Section 57 that “the permit was Building not obtained or the inspection has not Permit been satisfactorily completed” Area C Lot 3, DL 2679, Plan 33675, 2016-04-16 • Electoral Area Directors resolution to NOT LLD – 1857 Reid Road, Ivey register Notice on Title,Community Construction Lake Charter, Section 57 that “the permit was without a not obtained or the inspection has not Permit been satisfactorily completed” Area C Lot A, DL 1171, Plan 11681, 2016-04-16 • Electoral Area Directors resolution to NOT LLD – 9183 Pemberton register Notice on Title,Community Expired Portage Road, Birken Charter, Section 57 that “the permit was Building not obtained or the inspection has not Permit been satisfactorily completed”

General

There were 6 applications received and 2 permits issued in the month of March. Please see attached Statistics report for details.

ATTACHMENT: March Statistics

Submitted by: Arlene McClean, Sr. Building Clerk Endorsed by: Kimberly Needham, Director of Planning and Development Reviewed by: Lynda Flynn, Chief Administrative Officer

Page 54 of 304 Information Report - Building Report for March 2016 For Info...

Building Department Monthly Report

Building Statistics Summary For March 2016

Type of Permit No. Permit Value Permit Fee

Residence 1 $ 443,680.00 $ 3,822.37 Mobile/Modular Home Duplex Multi Family Commercial Building Industrial Building Institutional Building Garages/Carports Sheds/Workshops Alt./Add to Dwelling 1 $ 49,920.00 $ 650.00 Alt./Add to Commercial Alt./Add to Industrial Alt./Add to Institutional Wood Stoves/Fireplace Farm Buildings & Misc. Demolition Permits Retaining Wall Moving Permit -All Bldgs Ex.Fm Change of Use Pool Fence

TOTAL 2 $ 493,600.00 $ 4,472.37

Page 55 of 304 Information Report - Building Report for March 2016 For Info...

Issued Permit Totals

March-16 Permit Totals to Date

Permit Value Permit Fees # Permit Value Permit Fees # 2016 $ 493,600.00 $ 4,472.37 2 $ 3,550,280.00 $ 32,437.00 29 2015 $ 5,702,361.56 $ 50,248.34 12 $ 12,502,361.56 $ 106,199.09 15 2014 $ 141,000.00 $ 1,256.75 4 $ 175,140.00 $ 1,436.14 7 2013 $ 2,003,340.00 $ 17,968.94 4 $ 2,781,140.00 $ 26,669.96 12 2012 $ 436,650.00 $ 4,439.29 4 $ 1,310,850.00 $ 12,674.99 11 2011 $ 5,634,000.00 $ 53,865.59 19 $ 6,587,200.00 $ 63,011.84 25 2010 $ 773,991.00 $ 7,473.08 4 $ 1,179,571.00 $ 11,625.34 11 2009 $ 576,320.00 $ 5,588.00 6 $ 1,166,000.00 $ 11,419.99 11 2008 $ 54,320.00 $ 362.00 2 $ 2,228,970.00 $ 21,895.44 17 2007 $ 568,660.00 $ 5,588.00 4 $ 1,372,540.00 $ 13,500.55 13 2006 $ 1,945,445.00 $ 19,719.20 13 $ 2,201,805.00 $ 21,346.08 24

Revenue Generated Renewed BP Reactivated BP Total Renewed BP Reactivated BP from ($240.00 ) ($530.00) Monthly ($240.00 ) ($530.00) Total YTD

March 2016 $ 480.00 $ - $ 480.00 $ 720.00 $ - $ 720.00

Total Monthly Total YTD Applications BP App. Applications Total YTD Received Fees Received BP App. Fees

Application Fee - Area A 0 $ - 0 $ - Application Fee - Area B 0 $ - 1 $ 230.00 Application Fee - Area C 3 $ 1,490.00 6 $ 2,980.00 Application Fee - Area D 3 $ 2,290.00 6 $ 2,980.00

Total Applications & Fees 6 $ 3,780.00 13 $ 6,190.00

Total 2016 BP Issued, Renewed/Reactivated & App. Fees Collected to date $ 39,347.00 Total 2015 BP Issued, Renewed/Reactivated & App. Fees Collected to date $ 116,999.09

Page 56 of 304 Information Report - Building Report for March 2016 For Info...

Year to Date Statistics

Year to Date Issued Permits Building Statistics January 1, 2016 - December 31, 2016

Yearly Number of Issued Permits AREA A 2 AREA B 0 AREA A AREA B AREA C 7 7% 0% AREA D 20 AREA C 24% AREA A AREA B

TOTAL: 29 AREA C

AREA D AREA D 69%

Yearly Issued Permit Values AREA A $ 790,740.00 AREA B $ - AREA A AREA C $ 1,069,710.00 22% AREA D AREA B AREA D $ 1,689,830.00 0% 48% AREA A AREA B TOTAL: $ 3,550,280.00 AREA C

AREA D AREA C 30%

Yearly Issued Permit Fees AREA A $ 7,356.43 AREA B $ - AREA C $ 8,035.95 AREA A 23% AREA D $ 17,044.62 AREA D AREA B AREA A 52% 0% AREA B TOTAL: $ 32,437.00 AREA C

AREA D AREA C 25%

Page 57 of 304 Information Report - Building Report for March 2016 For Info...

Monthly Statistics

Monthly Issued Permits Building Statistics for March 2016

AREA A 0 Monthly Number of Issued Permits AREA B 0 AREA A AREA B AREA C 1 0% 0% AREA D 1 AREA D 50% AREA A TOTAL: 2 AREA C AREA B 50% AREA C

AREA D

AREA A $ - Monthly Issued Permit Values AREA B $ - AREA A 0% AREA B AREA C $ 49,920.00 0% AREA C AREA D $ 443,680.00 10% AREA A AREA B TOTAL: $493,600.00 AREA C AREA D AREA D 90%

Monthly Issued Permit Fees AREA A $ - AREA A AREA B AREA B $ - 0% 0% AREA C AREA C $ 650.00 15% AREA A AREA D $ 3,822.37 AREA B AREA C TOTAL: $ 4,472.37 AREA D

AREA D 85%

Page 58 of 304 Information Report - Building Report for March 2016 For Info...

Building Permit Application Summary Application # Legal Area Construction Date Details Decommission/Chang Lot 7, DL 1172, Plan 33199, LLD - 9444 e of Use SFD to 2065 Geese Road, Pemberton C Storage Facility 01/07/16 Issued Strata Lot 17, DL 498, Strata Plan KAS3329, LLD - 1056 Cedar Grove Lane, 2066 Pemberton C SFD 14/01/16 Issued

Strata Lot 40, DL 2668 & 5589, Strata Plan VR 559, NWD - 40 Black Tusk Drive, 2067 Whistler D Addition to SFD 02/02/16 Issued

Lot 21, DL 1544, Plan KAP56537 except Plan EPP24948 shown on Plan EPP31615, LLD - 1937 Sweetwater Lane, Move-on 2068 Mt. Currie (Owl Ridge) C Manufactured Home 02/02/16 awaiting information

Strata Lot 57, DL's 2668 & 5589, Strata Alteration - Front Plan VR559, NWD - 57 Pinecrest Road, Entrance & Interior 2069 Whistler (Pinecrest Estates) D Renovation 05/02/16 Issued Alteration - Exterior & Lot 1, DL 5362, Plan KAP49809, LLD - Interior Renovations, 2070 46406 Hwy 99 North, Pavilion B Deck Addition 16/02/16 zone check

Strata Lot 8, DL 1626, Grp 1, Strata Plan BCS2480, NWD - 660 Ocean Crest Drive, Alteration - Interior 2071 Furry Creek D Renovation 17/02/16 Issued Strata Lot 1, DL2247, Grp.1, Strata Plan BCS3916, NWD - 9004 Skier's Rest Lane, 2072 WedgeWoods C Retaining Wall 03/03/16 awaiting DVP Strata Lot 4, DL 5024, Strata Plan KAS3366, LLD - 9622 Clearwater Rd., 2073 Devine, BC C SFD 09/03/16 awaiting information

Lot 66, DL 1897, Plan BCP20004, NWD - 2074 759 Upper Crescent, Britannia Beach D Addition to SFD 10/03/16 awaiting information

Lot 172, DL 1897, Grp 1, Plan BCP20031, NWD - 1033 Goat Ridge Dr, Britannia 2075 Beach D SFD 11/03/16 zone check

Lot 10, DL 2201, Plan 24455, LLD - 9679 2076 Devine St, Devine C Accessory Building 15/03/16 zone check

Lot 124, DL 1897, Grp 1, Plan BCP20004, NWD - 747 Mineral Creek Cres., Britannia 2077 Beach D SFD 17/03/16 zone check

Page 59 of 304 Sea to Sky Clean Air Society - Bike to Work Week - Thank you

Squamish—LillooetRegional District Board & Director Electoral Area C, Russell Mack »

C 7 Box 219/ 1350 Aster Street iii‘ ‘“ ‘ Pemberton, BCVON ZLO

March 2, 2016

Dear SLRDBoard & Mr. Russell Mack:

The Sea to Sky Clean Air Society (SSCAS)is delighted to have received your contribution of $1000 for Biketo Work Week. Without community involvement and financial support ofthis kind we would not be able to fulfill our mandate of protecting air quality and advancing progressive climate action in/our airshed.

We have begun Biketo Work week preparations and will keep you posted on progress as we get closer to the event (late May). We noticed that SLRDstaff posted on Facebook that they are training hard in the hopes of beating the Village of Pemberton. We love that the SLRDis in the spirit of things as this kind of enthusiasm will inspire others to get involved.

Thank you for your ongoing support.

With gratitude, «S0 KimSlater Executive Director

Sea—to—SkyClean Air Society PO Box 1015, Pemberton BC VON 2L0 604-698-7697 / [email protected] www. seatoskyariquality.ca

9?.9 seataskycleanair society

Page 60 of 304 Electoral Area A - Appreciation Fund - Jacket and Volunteers

Electoral Area A - Appreciation Fund Payment - Volunteers

From: Debbie Demare Sent: March 11, 2016 To: Lynda Flynn

Subject: Appreciation Fund Payment

Lynda, Please find attached two receipts from the Volunteer Canada for materials related to thanking volunteers which I would like to be repaid for out of the Appreciation Fund.

They are wonderful small tokens, if you go to Volunteer Canada to their store you can see them. Very nice.

Debbie

Page 61 of 304 Electoral Area A - Appreciation Fund - Jacket and Volunteers

From: National Volunteer Week Cart Promo To: [email protected] Subject: National Volunteer Week Cart - Online Order Receipt Date: February 12, 2016 7:33:12 AM

ORDER DETAILS Order ID: 315 Order Date: 02/12/2016 Order Total: $154.28 Shipping: CanPost

BILLING / SHIPPING DETAILS Name: Debra C Demare Email: [email protected] Work Phone: 2502382248 Address 1: General Delivery, 3435 Lakeview Rd. City: Gold Bridge Province: BC Country: Canada Postal Code: V0K 1P0

PRODUCTS ORDERED Location Item # Description Qty Price Thank you Cards VOL105 3 21.00 Bilingual - Pack of 10 VOL108 Bilingual Tote Bag 10 57.50 Seed VOL104 10 40.00 English Only Shipping: $19.25 Taxes: $16.53 Total: $154.28

Page 62 of 304 Electoral Area A - Appreciation Fund - Jacket and Volunteers

From: National Volunteer Week Cart Promo To: [email protected] Subject: National Volunteer Week Cart - Online Order Receipt Date: February 28, 2016 3:17:16 PM

ORDER DETAILS Order ID: 369 Order Date: 02/28/2016 Order Total: $79.21 Shipping: CanPost

BILLING / SHIPPING DETAILS Name: Debra C Demare Email: [email protected] Work Phone: 2502382248 Address 1: General Delivery, 3435 Lakeview Rd. City: Gold Bridge Province: BC Country: Canada Postal Code: V0K 1P0

PRODUCTS ORDERED Location Item # Description Qty Price Seed Paper Confetti - VOL100 20 50.00 English Shipping: $20.72 Taxes: $8.49 Total: $79.21

Page 63 of 304 Electoral Area A - Appreciation Fund - Jacket and Volunteers

From: Debbie Demare Sent: March 31, 2016 8:31 AM To: Lynda Flynn Subject: FW: Team Sales Ltd. Invoice # 42849-1

To be reimbursed to me out of the Appreciation Fund, Russ Oakley Jacket. Thanks. D.

Page 64 of 304 Electoral Area A - Appreciation Fund - Jacket and Volunteers INVOICE Number 42849-1 Date 12/22/2015 Rep Mike Robertson

INVOICE TO SHIP TO Squamish-Lillooet Regional District Client Pickup Debbie Demare 1350 Aster Street Pemberton BC V0N 2L0

Ship Via FOB Customer Order No. Terms Client ID PST Number Our Discretion Factory C.O.D. 199952 Qty Shipped Description Unit Price Extension 1 Mens Stormtech Jacket (Black/Black) M-1 $95.00 $95.00

1 Left Chest Embroidery $0.00 $0.00 Squamish-Lillooet Regional District logo

Terms & Conditions Artwork $0.00 $25.00 2% service charge per month (24% per annum) on overdue accounts. All claims for Freight $120.00 shortages or damaged goods must be made in writing within seven days of receipt of Sub-Total GST $6.00 goods or invoice.Thank you for your business! PST $8.40 GST / HST Registration Number: 105153886 TOTAL $134.40 Deposit $0.00 Balance Due $134.40

Team Sales Ltd., B104 - 9000 Bill Fox Way, Burnaby, BC, Canada V5J 5J3 Tel : (604) 233-1979 Fax : (604) 233-0800 Website : www.teamsalesltd.com Email : [email protected]

Page 65 of 304 UBCM - Completion of Fuel Management Project (SWPI-269: Gun ...

Local Government Program Services programs to address provinciaI-/oca/ government shared priorities

March 21, 2016

Chair Crompton and Board Squamish-LillooetRegional District Box 219 Pemberton, BC VON 2L0

Re: Completion of Fuel Management Project (SWPI-269: Gun Lake Prescriptions, 2012)

ems: warrants’ Dear Chair and Board, Emergency Services SRIYIKR CO!.iI§!8IA This letter replaces that of January 20, 2016. We have received corrected information from Regional District staff, resulting in an adjustment in the eligible grant, as described below.

Thank you for submitting final report documentation for the completion of the above noted fuel management project. The Provincial Fuel BRITISH Management Working Group has reviewed your submission and the CQLUMBEA reporting requirements have been met. www.gov.bc.ca The final report notes total project costs of $30,275.00. Based on this, a chequein the amount of $22,706.25 will follow shortly under separate The Strategic Wildfire cover. This payment represents full payment for the project and is based Prevention Initiative is on 75 per cent of total eligible costs. managed by the Provincial Fuel Management Working On behalf of the Strategic Wildfire Prevention Initiative Working Group, I Group. For program congratulate you on the successful completion of this project and offer information, visit the Funding Program section best wishes for future community safety work in your community. at: Sincerely, www.ubcm.ca

LGPS Secretariat Peter Ronald Programs Officer Local Government House 525 Government Street Victoria, BC, V8V OA8 cc: Ryan Wainwright,EmergencyProgram Coordinator, Squamish-Lillooet RegionalDistrict E—mail:[email protected] MichaelAlclred,Fuel ManagementSpecialist,KamloopsFire Centre Phone: (250) 356-2947 Fax: (250)356-5119

Page 66 of 304 Request for Decision - Notice on Title - Construction Contra... REQUEST FOR DECISION Notice on Title – Construction Contrary to Building

Bylaw Regulations Chelswick & Denis & Duncan – Area D

Meeting Date: April 13, 2016

To: SLRD Electoral Area Directors Committee

Property Owner: T. & B. Chelswick, N. & K. Denis, and L. Duncan Location: Lot 17, 5 Coves, Electoral Area D

Legal Description: LOT 17 DISTRICT LOT 2077 PLAN 14180

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT a Notice on Title be registered against LOT 17 DISTRICT LOT 2077 PLAN 14180, pursuant to the Community Charter, Section 57, as the permit was not obtained or the inspection not satisfactorily completed.

AND THAT further information regarding this Notice on Title may be inspected at the offices of the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District, located at 1350 Aster Street, Pemberton, BC, between the hours of 8:00 am and 4:30 pm, Monday through Friday, except Statutory Holidays.

KEY ISSUES/CONCEPTS:

1. Building permit 10471 was issued on July 8, 2009 for a storage shed.

2. Building inspections were requested and completed up to and including Frame inspection.

3. The last inspection, for Frame, was completed on September 30, 2010.

4. A renewal building permit was issued in 2011 and expired on July 8, 2013.

5. Another renewal permit was issued in 2013 and has since expired on July 8, 2015.

6. No further correspondence has been received from the property owner, and no further inspections have been requested since September 30, 2010.

7. As this construction exists, staff request that a Notice on Title be placed at this time.

Page 67 of 304 Request for Decision - Notice on Title - Construction Contra...

RELEVANT POLICIES:

1. The Electoral Area Directors Committee has delegated authority regarding this matter pursuant to Squamish-Lillooet Regional District Civic Addressing and Building Inspection Delegation of Authority Bylaw No. 1292-2013.

2. Pursuant to sections 57(1) to (3) of the Community Charter which is applicable pursuant to section 302 of the Local Government Act:

(1) A building inspector may recommend to the [board or delegated committee] that it consider a resolution under subsection (3) if, during the course of carrying out duties, the building inspector

(a) observes a condition, with respect to land or a building or other structure, that the inspector considers (i) results from the contravention of, or is in contravention of, (A) a [regional district] bylaw, (B) a Provincial building regulation, or

(C) any other enactment

that relates to the construction or safety of buildings or other structures, and (ii) that, as a result of the condition, a building or other structure is unsafe or is unlikely to be usable for its expected purpose during its normal lifetime, or

(b) discovers that

(i) something was done with respect to a building or other structure, or the construction of a building or other structure, that required a permit or an inspection under a bylaw, regulation or enactment referred to in paragraph (a) (i), and (ii) the permit was not obtained or the inspection not satisfactorily completed.

(2) A recommendation under subsection (1) must be given in writing to the corporate officer, who must

(a) give notice to the registered owner of the land to which the recommendation relates, and

(b) after notice under paragraph (a), place the matter before the [board or delegated committee].

(3) After providing the building inspector and the owner an opportunity to be heard, the

Page 68 of 304 Request for Decision - Notice on Title - Construction Contra...

[board or delegated committee] may confirm the recommendations of the building inspector and pass a resolution directing the corporate officer to file a notice in the land title office stating that

(a) a resolution relating to that land has been made under this section, and

(b) further information about it may be inspected at the [regional district] hall.

Pursuant to section 57(5), on receipt of such a notice and the prescribed fee, the land title registrar must make a note of the filing against the title to the land that is affected by the notice.

3. Squamish-Lillooet Regional District Building Bylaw No. 863, 2003.

4. Squamish-Lillooet Regional District Board policy that all building permits will conclude with a completed Final Inspection or a Section 57 Community Charter Notice against land title indicating that building regulations have been contravened will be filed.

STRATEGIC RELEVANCE:

By filing a notice in the land title office under section 57, the Regional District is able to provide notice to persons interested in the property who search title to the property (such as prospective purchasers and lenders) that a resolution has been passed under section 57 of the Community Charter and that they may inspect further information respecting the resolution that is contrary to the Building Bylaw.

DESIRED OUTCOME(S):

1. Complete the building permit process.

2. Register a Section 57 Community Charter Notice against land title indicating that building regulations have been contravened to inform persons with an interest or a future interest in the property.

RESPONSE OPTIONS:

Option 1 (PREFERRED OPTION): File a Section 57 Community Charter Notice in the land title office with respect to the property. The property owner may apply to have the Notice removed once the contravention has been resolved.

Option 2: File a Section 57 Community Charter Notice in the land title office with respect to the property and initiate a court injunction to compel the owner to complete the building permit process or remove the structure.

Option 3: Defer filing a Section 57 Community Charter Notice in the land title office to allow the property owner more time to complete the building permit process. This option is not

Page 69 of 304 Request for Decision - Notice on Title - Construction Contra...

recommended. The property owner may apply to have the Notice removed once the contravention has been resolved.

FOLLOW UP ACTION:

Advise property owner of the EAD Committee decision. The Corporate Officer to file the contemplated section 57 Community Charter Notice in the land title office.

COMMUNICATION:

1. In accordance with the requirements of section 57(2), notice has been given to the registered owner of the subject property of the recommendation contained in this Report, along with a copy of the Report, indicating to the owner that she shall be afforded an opportunity to be heard before the EAD Committee decides whether or not to pass the resolution recommended in this Report.

2. If the EAD Committee passes the resolution contemplated in this Report, the Corporate Officer shall file the contemplated Notice in the land title office and provide a letter to the property owner notifying them of the EAD Committee’s decision.

ATTACHMENTS: none.

Submitted by: Belinda Moen, Building Inspector Endorsed by: Kimberly Needham, Director of Planning and Development Reviewed by: Lynda Flynn, Chief Administrative Officer

Page 70 of 304 Request for Decision - Notice on Title - Construction Contra... REQUEST FOR DECISION Notice on Title – Construction Contrary to Building

Bylaw Regulations Sidhu– Area D

Meeting Date: April 13, 2016

To: SLRD Electoral Area Directors Committee

Property Owner: G Sidu and M. Sidhu Location: 927 Thistle Place, Britannia Beach, Electoral Area D

Legal Description: LOT 136 DISTRICT LOTS 891 AND 1897 GROUP 1 NEW WESTMINSTER DISTRICT PLAN BCP20004

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT a Notice on Title be registered against LOT 136 DISTRICT LOTS 891 AND 1897 GROUP 1 NEW WESTMINSTER DISTRICT PLAN BCP20004, pursuant to the Community Charter, Section 57, as the permit was not obtained or the inspection not satisfactorily completed.

AND THAT further information regarding this Notice on Title may be inspected at the offices of the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District, located at 1350 Aster Street, Pemberton, BC, between the hours of 8:00 am and 4:30 pm, Monday through Friday, except Statutory Holidays.

KEY ISSUES/CONCEPTS:

1. A Stop Work Order was placed on April 15, 2015 on the approximate 10’ x 10’ side porch addition to the single family dwelling that was constructed without the benefit of a building permit.

2. The porch supplied a private entrance to a basement area that was also finished without a building permit as a secondary suite. Secondary suites are not permitted in this zone.

3. The owner applied for a building permit for the porch addition and to convert the suite into a finished recreation room and bedroom on June 18, 2015.

4. A preliminary review was completed, and a letter was mailed on July 14, 2015 informing the owner of the outstanding items to complete his application. One of the items was that a Development Variance Permit would be required to reduce the required sideyard setback from 2.1 m to 0.81 m.

5. The property owners applied for DVP#120 to vary the sideyard setback. On August 26, 2015, the SLRD Board denied the variance.

Page 71 of 304 Request for Decision - Notice on Title - Construction Contra...

6. An email was sent on August 27, 2015 informing the property owners that the variance was not supported.

7. An email was sent on September 9, 2015 informing the property owners that revised drawings would be required, and that the construction would be required to meet the Zoning Bylaw.

8. The property owners inquired about reapplying for a similar variance, and were informed that they will not be able to reapply for the same or similar DVP for six months.

9. No further correspondence has been received from the property owner.

10. As this construction exists, and the property is for sale, staff request that a Notice on Title be placed at this time.

RELEVANT POLICIES:

1. The Electoral Area Directors Committee has delegated authority regarding this matter pursuant to Squamish-Lillooet Regional District Civic Addressing and Building Inspection Delegation of Authority Bylaw No. 1292-2013.

2. Pursuant to sections 57(1) to (3) of the Community Charter which is applicable pursuant to section 302 of the Local Government Act:

(1) A building inspector may recommend to the [board or delegated committee] that it consider a resolution under subsection (3) if, during the course of carrying out duties, the building inspector

(a) observes a condition, with respect to land or a building or other structure, that the inspector considers (i) results from the contravention of, or is in contravention of, (A) a [regional district] bylaw, (B) a Provincial building regulation, or

(C) any other enactment

that relates to the construction or safety of buildings or other structures, and (ii) that, as a result of the condition, a building or other structure is unsafe or is unlikely to be usable for its expected purpose during its normal lifetime, or

(b) discovers that

(i) something was done with respect to a building or other structure, or

Page 72 of 304 Request for Decision - Notice on Title - Construction Contra...

the construction of a building or other structure, that required a permit or an inspection under a bylaw, regulation or enactment referred to in paragraph (a) (i), and (ii) the permit was not obtained or the inspection not satisfactorily completed.

(2) A recommendation under subsection (1) must be given in writing to the corporate officer, who must

(a) give notice to the registered owner of the land to which the recommendation relates, and

(b) after notice under paragraph (a), place the matter before the [board or delegated committee].

(3) After providing the building inspector and the owner an opportunity to be heard, the [board or delegated committee] may confirm the recommendations of the building inspector and pass a resolution directing the corporate officer to file a notice in the land title office stating that

(a) a resolution relating to that land has been made under this section, and

(b) further information about it may be inspected at the [regional district] hall.

Pursuant to section 57(5), on receipt of such a notice and the prescribed fee, the land title registrar must make a note of the filing against the title to the land that is affected by the notice.

3. Squamish-Lillooet Regional District Building Bylaw No. 863, 2003.

4. Squamish-Lillooet Regional District Board policy that all building permits will conclude with a completed Final Inspection or a Section 57 Community Charter Notice against land title indicating that building regulations have been contravened will be filed.

STRATEGIC RELEVANCE:

By filing a notice in the land title office under section 57, the Regional District is able to provide notice to persons interested in the property who search title to the property (such as prospective purchasers and lenders) that a resolution has been passed under section 57 of the Community Charter and that they may inspect further information respecting the resolution that is contrary to the Building Bylaw.

DESIRED OUTCOME(S):

1. Complete the building permit process.

Page 73 of 304 Request for Decision - Notice on Title - Construction Contra...

2. Register a Section 57 Community Charter Notice against land title indicating that building regulations have been contravened to inform persons with an interest or a future interest in the property.

RESPONSE OPTIONS:

Option 1 (PREFERRED OPTION): File a Section 57 Community Charter Notice in the land title office with respect to the property. The property owner may apply to have the Notice removed once the contravention has been resolved.

Option 2: File a Section 57 Community Charter Notice in the land title office with respect to the property and initiate a court injunction to compel the owner to complete the building permit process or remove the structure.

Option 3: Defer filing a Section 57 Community Charter Notice in the land title office to allow the property owner more time to complete the building permit process. This option is not recommended. The property owner may apply to have the Notice removed once the contravention has been resolved.

FOLLOW UP ACTION:

Advise property owner of the EAD Committee decision. The Corporate Officer to file the contemplated section 57 Community Charter Notice in the land title office.

COMMUNICATION:

1. In accordance with the requirements of section 57(2), notice has been given to the registered owner of the subject property of the recommendation contained in this Report, along with a copy of the Report, indicating to the owner that she shall be afforded an opportunity to be heard before the EAD Committee decides whether or not to pass the resolution recommended in this Report.

2. If the EAD Committee passes the resolution contemplated in this Report, the Corporate Officer shall file the contemplated Notice in the land title office and provide a letter to the property owner notifying them of the EAD Committee’s decision.

ATTACHMENTS: none.

Submitted by: Belinda Moen, Building Inspector Endorsed by: Kimberly Needham, Director of Planning and Development Reviewed by: Lynda Flynn, Chief Administrative Officer

Page 74 of 304 Request for Decision - Notice on Title - Construction Contra... REQUEST FOR DECISION Notice on Title – Construction Contrary to Building

Bylaw Regulations Ptolemy – Area C

Meeting Date: April 13, 2016

To: SLRD Electoral Area Directors Committee

Property Owner: C. & M. Ptolemy Location: 1857 Reid Road

Legal Description: LOT 3 DISTRICT LOT 2679 LILLOOET DISTRICT PLAN 33675

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT a Notice on Title be registered against LOT 3 DISTRICT LOT 2679 LILLOOET DISTRICT PLAN 33675, pursuant to the Community Charter, Section 57, as the permit was not obtained or the inspection not satisfactorily completed.

AND THAT further information regarding this Notice on Title may be inspected at the offices of the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District, located at 1350 Aster Street, Pemberton, BC, between the hours of 8:00 am and 4:30 pm, Monday through Friday, except Statutory Holidays.

AND THAT a court injunction be initiated to compel the property owner to complete the building permit process by demolishing the building.

KEY ISSUES/CONCEPTS:

1. Stop Work Order 167 was one of two Stop Work Orders placed on March 11, 2009 on the construction of a new single family dwelling (labelled as House 1) constructed without the benefit of a building permit. This report addresses House 1 only. Stop Work Order 169 was placed on House 2 on the same date. See survey.

2. A survey determined that House 1 is 0.82 m from the side property line.

3. A Development Variance Permit was applied for and granted to vary the required side yard setback from 7.5 m to 3.3 m in March of 2011. This Development Variance Permit has since expired. The DVP would have required the partial demolition of the dwelling located between 3.3 m of the side property line and the dwelling.

4. A preliminary review was completed, and a letter was mailed on September 16, 2015 outlining the items required before the building permit could be issued.

5. The property owner applied for, and was issued a building permit 10547 to demolish this building. As the building is of a “panabode” construction, it can be dismantled and rebuilt in another location.

Page 75 of 304 Request for Decision - Notice on Title - Construction Contra...

6. The property owner has made no attempt to demolish this building, nor remove the portion of the building between 3.3 m of the side property line and the dwelling.

7. The location of the building exposes the adjoining property to a fire risk. The building code does not permit combustible construction (wood) within 1.2 m of a property line.

8. The property owner has continued construction of this building.

RELEVANT POLICIES:

1. The Electoral Area Directors Committee has delegated authority regarding this matter pursuant to Squamish-Lillooet Regional District Civic Addressing and Building Inspection Delegation of Authority Bylaw No. 1292-2013.

2. Pursuant to sections 57(1) to (3) of the Community Charter which is applicable pursuant to section 302 of the Local Government Act:

(1) A building inspector may recommend to the [board or delegated committee] that it consider a resolution under subsection (3) if, during the course of carrying out duties, the building inspector

(a) observes a condition, with respect to land or a building or other structure, that the inspector considers (i) results from the contravention of, or is in contravention of, (A) a [regional district] bylaw, (B) a Provincial building regulation, or

(C) any other enactment

that relates to the construction or safety of buildings or other structures, and (ii) that, as a result of the condition, a building or other structure is unsafe or is unlikely to be usable for its expected purpose during its normal lifetime, or

(b) discovers that

(i) something was done with respect to a building or other structure, or the construction of a building or other structure, that required a permit or an inspection under a bylaw, regulation or enactment referred to in paragraph (a) (i), and (ii) the permit was not obtained or the inspection not satisfactorily completed.

Page 76 of 304 Request for Decision - Notice on Title - Construction Contra...

(2) A recommendation under subsection (1) must be given in writing to the corporate officer, who must

(a) give notice to the registered owner of the land to which the recommendation relates, and

(b) after notice under paragraph (a), place the matter before the [board or delegated committee].

(3) After providing the building inspector and the owner an opportunity to be heard, the [board or delegated committee] may confirm the recommendations of the building inspector and pass a resolution directing the corporate officer to file a notice in the land title office stating that

(a) a resolution relating to that land has been made under this section, and

(b) further information about it may be inspected at the [regional district] hall.

Pursuant to section 57(5), on receipt of such a notice and the prescribed fee, the land title registrar must make a note of the filing against the title to the land that is affected by the notice.

3. Squamish-Lillooet Regional District Building Bylaw No. 863, 2003.

4. Squamish-Lillooet Regional District Board policy that all building permits will conclude with a completed Final Inspection or a Section 57 Community Charter Notice against land title indicating that building regulations have been contravened will be filed.

STRATEGIC RELEVANCE:

By filing a notice in the land title office under section 57, the Regional District is able to provide notice to persons interested in the property who search title to the property (such as prospective purchasers and lenders) that a resolution has been passed under section 57 of the Community Charter and that they may inspect further information respecting the resolution that is contrary to the Building Bylaw.

DESIRED OUTCOME(S):

1. Complete the building permit process.

2. Register a Section 57 Community Charter Notice against land title indicating that building regulations have been contravened to inform persons with an interest or a future interest in the property.

Page 77 of 304 Request for Decision - Notice on Title - Construction Contra...

RESPONSE OPTIONS:

Option 1: (PREFERRED OPTION) File a Section 57 Community Charter Notice in the land title office with respect to the property and initiate a court injunction to compel the owner to complete the building permit process and demolish the building.

Option 2: File a Section 57 Community Charter Notice in the land title office with respect to the property. The property owner may apply to have the Notice removed once the contravention has been resolved.

Option 3: Defer filing a Section 57 Community Charter Notice in the land title office to allow the property owner more time to complete the building permit process. This option is not recommended. The property owner may apply to have the Notice removed once the contravention has been resolved.

FOLLOW UP ACTION:

Advise property owner of the EAD Committee decision. The Corporate Officer to file the contemplated section 57 Community Charter Notice in the land title office.

COMMUNICATION:

1. In accordance with the requirements of section 57(2), notice has been given to the registered owner of the subject property of the recommendation contained in this Report, along with a copy of the Report, indicating to the owner that she shall be afforded an opportunity to be heard before the EAD Committee decides whether or not to pass the resolution recommended in this Report.

2. If the EAD Committee passes the resolution contemplated in this Report, the Corporate Officer shall file the contemplated Notice in the land title office and provide a letter to the property owner notifying them of the EAD Committee’s decision.

ATTACHMENTS: survey.

Submitted by: Belinda Moen, Building Inspector Endorsed by: Kimberly Needham, Director of Planning and Development Reviewed by: Lynda Flynn, Chief Administrative Officer

Page 78 of 304 Request for Decision - Notice on Title - Construction Contra...

Page 79 of 304 Request for Decision - Notice on Title - Construction Contra... REQUEST FOR DECISION Notice on Title – Construction Contrary to Building

Bylaw Regulations Taylor– Area D

Meeting Date: April 13, 2016

To: SLRD Electoral Area Directors Committee

Property Owner: K. Taylor Location: 53 Pinecrest Road, Pinecrest Estates, Electoral Area D

Legal Description: STRATA LOT 53 DISTRICT LOTS 2668 AND 5589 STRATA PLAN VR. 559 TOGETHER WITH AN INTEREST IN THE COMMON PROPERTY IN PROPORTION TO THE UNIT ENTITLEMENT OF THE STRATA LOT AS SHOWN ON FORM 1

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT a Notice on Title be registered against STRATA LOT 53 DISTRICT LOTS 2668 AND 5589 STRATA PLAN VR. 559 TOGETHER WITH AN INTEREST IN THE COMMON PROPERTY IN PROPORTION TO THE UNIT ENTITLEMENT OF THE STRATA LOT AS SHOWN ON FORM 1, pursuant to the Community Charter, Section 57, as the permit was not obtained or the inspection not satisfactorily completed.

AND THAT further information regarding this Notice on Title may be inspected at the offices of the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District, located at 1350 Aster Street, Pemberton, BC, between the hours of 8:00 am and 4:30 pm, Monday through Friday, except Statutory Holidays.

AND THAT a court injunction be initiated to compel the property owner to complete the building permit process and remove the portion of the structure that extends beyond the property owner’s circle.

KEY ISSUES/CONCEPTS:

1. Stop Work Order 241 was placed on June 25, 2015 on the approximate 19’ x 13.5 front yard deck addition to the single family dwelling that was constructed without the benefit of a building permit.

2. A letter was mailed on June 29, 2015 requesting a complete building permit application, including a survey.

3. A building permit application was received on August 5, 2015 for the deck addition.

4. A preliminary review was completed, and a letter was mailed on September 16, 2015 outlining the items required before the building permit could be issued.

Page 80 of 304 Request for Decision - Notice on Title - Construction Contra...

5. The property owners completed the deck construction in violation of the Stop Work Order.

6. The property owner forwarded an email from a surveyor stating that the results of the survey were inconclusive. In discussion with the surveyor, more time would be required to locate additional legal evidence.

7. Evidence has been received indicating the deck extends outside the property owner’s circle by approximately 3 m x 4 m (10’ x 13.5’).

8. No further correspondence has been received from the property owner.

9. As this construction exists, staff request that a Notice on Title be placed at this time. It is recommended to follow up with legal action to compel the property owner to remove the deck that extends beyond their property lines, the property owner’s circle, and to follow through with a completed building permit.

RELEVANT POLICIES:

1. The Electoral Area Directors Committee has delegated authority regarding this matter pursuant to Squamish-Lillooet Regional District Civic Addressing and Building Inspection Delegation of Authority Bylaw No. 1292-2013.

2. Pursuant to sections 57(1) to (3) of the Community Charter which is applicable pursuant to section 302 of the Local Government Act:

(1) A building inspector may recommend to the [board or delegated committee] that it consider a resolution under subsection (3) if, during the course of carrying out duties, the building inspector

(a) observes a condition, with respect to land or a building or other structure, that the inspector considers (i) results from the contravention of, or is in contravention of, (A) a [regional district] bylaw, (B) a Provincial building regulation, or

(C) any other enactment

that relates to the construction or safety of buildings or other structures, and (ii) that, as a result of the condition, a building or other structure is unsafe or is unlikely to be usable for its expected purpose during its normal lifetime, or

(b) discovers that

Page 81 of 304 Request for Decision - Notice on Title - Construction Contra...

(i) something was done with respect to a building or other structure, or the construction of a building or other structure, that required a permit or an inspection under a bylaw, regulation or enactment referred to in paragraph (a) (i), and (ii) the permit was not obtained or the inspection not satisfactorily completed.

(2) A recommendation under subsection (1) must be given in writing to the corporate officer, who must

(a) give notice to the registered owner of the land to which the recommendation relates, and

(b) after notice under paragraph (a), place the matter before the [board or delegated committee].

(3) After providing the building inspector and the owner an opportunity to be heard, the [board or delegated committee] may confirm the recommendations of the building inspector and pass a resolution directing the corporate officer to file a notice in the land title office stating that

(a) a resolution relating to that land has been made under this section, and

(b) further information about it may be inspected at the [regional district] hall.

Pursuant to section 57(5), on receipt of such a notice and the prescribed fee, the land title registrar must make a note of the filing against the title to the land that is affected by the notice.

3. Squamish-Lillooet Regional District Building Bylaw No. 863, 2003.

4. Squamish-Lillooet Regional District Board policy that all building permits will conclude with a completed Final Inspection or a Section 57 Community Charter Notice against land title indicating that building regulations have been contravened will be filed.

STRATEGIC RELEVANCE:

By filing a notice in the land title office under section 57, the Regional District is able to provide notice to persons interested in the property who search title to the property (such as prospective purchasers and lenders) that a resolution has been passed under section 57 of the Community Charter and that they may inspect further information respecting the resolution that is contrary to the Building Bylaw.

DESIRED OUTCOME(S):

1. Complete the building permit process.

Page 82 of 304 Request for Decision - Notice on Title - Construction Contra...

2. Register a Section 57 Community Charter Notice against land title indicating that building regulations have been contravened to inform persons with an interest or a future interest in the property.

RESPONSE OPTIONS:

Option 1: (PREFERED OPTION) File a Section 57 Community Charter Notice in the land title office with respect to the property and initiate a court injunction to compel the owner to complete the building permit process and remove the portion of the structure that extends beyond the owner’s circle.

Option 2: File a Section 57 Community Charter Notice in the land title office with respect to the property. The property owner may apply to have the Notice removed once the contravention has been resolved.

Option 3: Defer filing a Section 57 Community Charter Notice in the land title office to allow the property owner more time to complete the building permit process. This option is not recommended. The property owner may apply to have the Notice removed once the contravention has been resolved.

FOLLOW UP ACTION:

Advise property owner of the EAD Committee decision. The Corporate Officer to file the contemplated section 57 Community Charter Notice in the land title office.

COMMUNICATION:

1. In accordance with the requirements of section 57(2), notice has been given to the registered owner of the subject property of the recommendation contained in this Report, along with a copy of the Report, indicating to the owner that she shall be afforded an opportunity to be heard before the EAD Committee decides whether or not to pass the resolution recommended in this Report.

2. If the EAD Committee passes the resolution contemplated in this Report, the Corporate Officer shall file the contemplated Notice in the land title office and provide a letter to the property owner notifying them of the EAD Committee’s decision.

ATTACHMENTS: none.

Submitted by: Belinda Moen, Building Inspector Endorsed by: Kimberly Needham, Director of Planning and Development Reviewed by: Lynda Flynn, Chief Administrative Officer

Page 83 of 304 Request for Decision - Notice on Title - Construction Contra... REQUEST FOR DECISION Notice on Title – Construction Contrary to Building

Bylaw Regulations Boys – Area C

Meeting Date: April 13, 2016

To: SLRD Electoral Area Directors Committee

Property Owner: T. and A. Boys Location: 9183 Pemberton Portage Road

Legal Description: LOT A DISTRICT LOT 1171 LILLOOET DISTRICT PLAN 11681

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT a Notice on Title be registered against LOT A DISTRICT LOT 1171 LILLOOET DISTRICT PLAN 11681, pursuant to the Community Charter, Section 57, as the permit was not obtained or the inspection not satisfactorily completed.

AND THAT further information regarding this Notice on Title may be inspected at the offices of the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District, located at 1350 Aster Street, Pemberton, BC, between the hours of 8:00 am and 4:30 pm, Monday through Friday, except Statutory Holidays.

KEY ISSUES/CONCEPTS:

1. Building permit 10798 was issued for a renovation and addition to a single family dwelling on November 21, 2013 and expired two years later in 2015.

2. All building and plumbing inspections has been completed up to and including the insulation inspection. The two outstanding inspections are Final Plumbing Inspection and Final Building Inspection.

3. A letter was sent to the property owners on December 3, 2015 requesting the renewal of the building permit prior to January 31, 2016 or staff would initiate the Notice on Title process.

4. No further correspondence has been received from the property owners.

5. As the construction exists, staff request that Notice on Title be placed at this time.

Page 84 of 304 Request for Decision - Notice on Title - Construction Contra...

RELEVANT POLICIES:

1. The Electoral Area Directors Committee has delegated authority regarding this matter pursuant to Squamish-Lillooet Regional District Civic Addressing and Building Inspection Delegation of Authority Bylaw No. 1292-2013.

2. Pursuant to sections 57(1) to (3) of the Community Charter which is applicable pursuant to section 302 of the Local Government Act:

(1) A building inspector may recommend to the [board or delegated committee] that it consider a resolution under subsection (3) if, during the course of carrying out duties, the building inspector

(a) observes a condition, with respect to land or a building or other structure, that the inspector considers (i) results from the contravention of, or is in contravention of, (A) a [regional district] bylaw, (B) a Provincial building regulation, or

(C) any other enactment

that relates to the construction or safety of buildings or other structures, and (ii) that, as a result of the condition, a building or other structure is unsafe or is unlikely to be usable for its expected purpose during its normal lifetime, or

(b) discovers that

(i) something was done with respect to a building or other structure, or the construction of a building or other structure, that required a permit or an inspection under a bylaw, regulation or enactment referred to in paragraph (a) (i), and (ii) the permit was not obtained or the inspection not satisfactorily completed.

(2) A recommendation under subsection (1) must be given in writing to the corporate officer, who must

(a) give notice to the registered owner of the land to which the recommendation relates, and

(b) after notice under paragraph (a), place the matter before the [board or delegated committee].

(3) After providing the building inspector and the owner an opportunity to be heard, the

Page 85 of 304 Request for Decision - Notice on Title - Construction Contra...

[board or delegated committee] may confirm the recommendations of the building inspector and pass a resolution directing the corporate officer to file a notice in the land title office stating that

(a) a resolution relating to that land has been made under this section, and

(b) further information about it may be inspected at the [regional district] hall.

Pursuant to section 57(5), on receipt of such a notice and the prescribed fee, the land title registrar must make a note of the filing against the title to the land that is affected by the notice.

3. Squamish-Lillooet Regional District Building Bylaw No. 863, 2003.

4. Squamish-Lillooet Regional District Board policy that all building permits will conclude with a completed Final Inspection or a Section 57 Community Charter Notice against land title indicating that building regulations have been contravened will be filed.

STRATEGIC RELEVANCE:

By filing a notice in the land title office under section 57, the Regional District is able to provide notice to persons interested in the property who search title to the property (such as prospective purchasers and lenders) that a resolution has been passed under section 57 of the Community Charter and that they may inspect further information respecting the resolution that is contrary to the Building Bylaw.

DESIRED OUTCOME(S):

1. Complete the building permit process.

2. Register a Section 57 Community Charter Notice against land title indicating that building regulations have been contravened to inform persons with an interest or a future interest in the property.

RESPONSE OPTIONS:

Option 1 (PREFERRED OPTION): File a Section 57 Community Charter Notice in the land title office with respect to the property. The property owner may apply to have the Notice removed once the contravention has been resolved.

Option 2: File a Section 57 Community Charter Notice in the land title office with respect to the property and initiate a court injunction to compel the owner to complete the building permit process or remove the structure.

Option 3: Defer filing a Section 57 Community Charter Notice in the land title office to allow the property owner more time to complete the building permit process. This option is not

Page 86 of 304 Request for Decision - Notice on Title - Construction Contra...

recommended. The property owner may apply to have the Notice removed once the contravention has been resolved.

FOLLOW UP ACTION:

Advise property owner of the EAD Committee decision. The Corporate Officer to file the contemplated section 57 Community Charter Notice in the land title office.

COMMUNICATION:

1. In accordance with the requirements of section 57(2), notice has been given to the registered owner of the subject property of the recommendation contained in this Report, along with a copy of the Report, indicating to the owner that she shall be afforded an opportunity to be heard before the EAD Committee decides whether or not to pass the resolution recommended in this Report.

2. If the EAD Committee passes the resolution contemplated in this Report, the Corporate Officer shall file the contemplated Notice in the land title office and provide a letter to the property owner notifying them of the EAD Committee’s decision.

ATTACHMENTS: none.

Submitted by: Belinda Moen, Building Inspector Endorsed by: Kimberly Needham, Director of Planning and Development Reviewed by: Lynda Flynn, Chief Administrative Officer

Page 87 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up... REQUEST FOR DECISION

Electoral Area D OCP Development Permit Area Updates OCP Amendment Bylaw No. 1433‐2016

Meeting dates: April 13/27, 2016

To: SLRD Electoral Area Directors Committee/Board

RECOMMENDATIONS:

1. THAT Bylaw No. 1433‐2016, cited as “Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135‐2013, Amendment Bylaw No. 1433‐2016” be read a first time; and

2. THAT Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135‐2013, Amendment Bylaw No. 1433‐2016 be referred to the appropriate First Nations, the District of Squamish, the Resort Municipality of Whistler, and provincial agencies including the Vancouver Coastal Health Authority, the Agricultural Land Commission, and the Ministries of Forests, Lands, and Natural Resource Operations, Agriculture, and Transportation & Infrastructure, for comment.

KEY ISSUES/CONCEPTS:

Electoral Area D currently has 11 different Development Permit Areas (DPAs) that cover some or all of the electoral area. Some of those DPAs are in need of updating, such as the riparian protection DPA, and others could be combined together to reduce the number of potentially overlapping permits. Clarification is also needed in a number of the DPAs regarding when and how they are triggered, if one type of DP exempts an applicant from getting another type of DP, and how the new Soil Deposit and Removal Bylaw permits will relate to the permitting process. The proposed amendment bylaw is a housekeeping endeavour to update DPAs and reduce the number of overlapping DPAs as necessary that should reduce confusion and red tape for the public and staff. The three Porteau Cove specific DPAs are being updated in a minor fashion to address delegated authority and application issues.

RELEVANT POLICIES:

Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135‐2013

BACKGROUND:

The proposed Electoral Area D OCP Amendment Bylaw No. 1433‐2016 will fix a number of identified issues in the existing DPAs where updates and additions are needed to address issuance, application, and delegation of permits.

1

Page 88 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

Some DPAs will be integrated into one larger DPA to reduce overlapping and redundant requirements as well as more effectively address intensive residential, commercial, and industrial projects.

REGIONAL IMPACTS ANALYSIS:

The proposed bylaw affects Electoral Area D only.

ANALYSIS:

The proposed DPA amendments range from minor to major as outlined below. Overall, this will streamline the development permit process in Area D for the public and Staff. Several of the updates are necessary as a result of the newly adopted Soil Deposit and Removal Bylaw No. 1422‐ 2015 as well.

Riparian Protection DPA This DPA is being updated to address clarity and consistency issues as well as establishing requirements for DP applications where development has already occurred in violation of the DPA and RAR. There is a need to outline assessment requirements for restoration and remediation issues that are separate from the pre‐development riparian assessment. Such changes to the Area D Riparian Protection DPA can be replicated in the other electoral areas in the future to ensure consistency in the application of the regulations.

Wildfire Protection DPA No changes are proposed.

Intensive Development DPA The Intensive Development DPA is a new DPA that is a combination of several of the existing DPAs that apply to different portions of Area D. The existing DPAs include the Conservation, Garibaldi Sensitive Ecosystems, Protection of Farming, Britannia Beach Intensive Residential, Callaghan Valley, and Sea to Sky Gondola Commercial.

It is a larger combined DPA that covers: protection of the natural environment, its ecosystems and biological diversity; protection of development from hazardous conditions; protection of farming; establishment of objectives for the form and character of intensive residential development; establishment of objectives for the form and character of commercial, industrial, or multi‐family residential development, establishment of objectives to promote energy conservation; establishment of objectives to promote water conservation, and establishment of objectives to promote the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions.

The intent is to reduce the overlapping DPs that would be required for many properties currently and streamline the requirements and clarify for different types of development activities. It also provides for delegated authority under certain conditions that will allow smaller applications to be

2

Page 89 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

approved by the Director of Planning and Development rather than having to go to the Board, thus reducing processing time.

In the proposed provisions the Director of Planning and Development would be able to approve projects that are 500 m2 (5,382 sq.ft) or less in gross floor area, within 30 m of the ALR, or dealing with land alteration activities only. Applications involving greater than 500 m2 in gross floor area of buildings would require approval of the Board. There was a May 2015 Board resolution regarding delegated authority for Sea to Sky Gondola Commercial form and character development permits (up to 93 m2 in gross floor area). As the new Intensive DPA was formulated it was decided that the Director should have an increased GFA since it no longer applies to just the Sea to Sky Gondola, but to all of Electoral Area D. This increased limit of 500 m2 of GFA would allow the Director of Planning & Development to review relatively small projects involving buildings and structures. This provides the opportunity for the SLRD to streamline the DP process as the guidelines are combined and applied to commercial and industrial development in the whole of Area D.

Apart from this new provision, there are no new guidelines that are being proposed – the existing guidelines from the different current DPAs have simply been combined into one new permit area and reorganized for clarity.

Medical Marihuana Production Facility DPA No changes are proposed.

Porteau Cove DPAs Minor changes have been proposed to address issues of when certain DPs are required and issuance of permits by delegated authority under certain conditions. This will allow the Director of Planning and Development to issue some permits rather than every permit from each of the three different Porteau Cove DPAs having to go to the Board for approval. For example, the form and character DPA for Porteau Cove will have the same delegated authority provisions as the Intensive DPA. The environmental protection and natural hazard DPAs for Porteau will have full delegated authority similar to the Area D riparian protection and wildfire protection DPAs.

OPTIONS:

The draft Electoral Area D OCP Amendment Bylaw No. 1433‐2016 is being presented for consideration of first reading. Once first reading has been given, the bylaw will be referred to various First Nations, local governments, and provincial government agencies for comment.

OPTION 1 – Give the bylaw first reading and initiate the referral process. (PREFERRED OPTION) Give Bylaw No. 1433‐2016 first reading and refer it to Local Governments, First Nations, and Provincial Agencies.

3

Page 90 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

OPTION 2 – Do not give the bylaw first reading and do not initiate the referral process. Do not give Bylaw No. 1433‐2016 first reading nor refer it to Local Governments, First Nations, and Provincial Agencies.

OPTION 3 – Request staff to make further changes and bring back a revised bylaw. Do not give the bylaw first reading and propose changes to Bylaw No. 1433‐2016 while requesting that staff bring back the bylaw to a subsequent meeting for consideration.

ATTACHMENTS:

Appendix 1: Squamish‐Lillooet Regional District Electoral Area D OCP Amendment Bylaw No. 1433‐ 2016 (as proposed)

Prepared by: I. Holl, Planner Reviewed by: K. Needham, Director of Planning and Development Approved by: L. Flynn, Chief Administrative Officer

4

Page 91 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

SQUAMISH-LILLOOET REGIONAL DISTRICT BYLAW NO. 1433-2016

A bylaw of the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District to amend the Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135-2013

WHEREAS the Board of the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District wishes to amend the Electoral Area D Official Community Plan;

NOW THEREFORE, the Regional Board of the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District, in open meeting assembled, enacts as follows:

1. This bylaw may be cited for all purposes as “Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135-2013, Amendment Bylaw No. 1433-2016”.

2. The Squamish-Lillooet Regional District Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135-2013 is amended as follows:

(a) By deleting the existing Section 7 Development Permit Areas in its entirety and replacing it with a new Section 7 Development Permit Areas as presented in Schedule 1 to this bylaw, which is attached to and forms part of this bylaw.

(b) Map 6 of Schedule B is amended by removing the layers and references to the following DPAs: i. Sea to Sky Gondola Commercial DPA ii. Garibaldi Sensitive Ecosystems DPA iii. Callaghan Valley DPA iv. Protection of Farming DPA

(c) Map 6 of Schedule B is amended by replacing the existing layer and reference to the Conservation DPA with a reference to the new Intensive Development Permit Area. The extent of the Intensive Development Permit Area is the same as the Conservation DPA (Electoral Area D).

3. Schedule C of Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135-2013 is hereby amended by deleting the existing section 8.1 Britannia Beach Intensive Residential, Multi- family, and Commercial Development Permit Area, renumbering the subsequent sections accordingly, updating the table of contents as necessary, and deleting that DPA from Schedule C Map 6 Development Permit Areas.

4. Schedule C of Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135-2013 is hereby amended by inserting new ‘Issuance’ and ‘Application’ sections between the existing ‘Justification’ and ‘Guidelines’ sections in Section 8.2 Porteau Cove Intensive Residential, Multi-family Residential and Commercial Development Permit Area, as follows:

Issuance The Board delegates the authority to issue Intensive Development Permits to the Director of Planning and Development for the following instances:  Applications involving buildings and structures with a maximum Gross Floor Area (GFA) of 500 m2.  Applications involving land alteration with no buildings or structures being constructed.

Page 92 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

Applications involving buildings and structures with a Gross Floor Area (GFA) of greater than 500 m2 require approval of the Board.

Application A Porteau Cove Intensive Residential, Multi-family Residential and Commercial DP is required prior to the commencement of any of the following:  Removal, alteration, disruption or destruction of vegetation  Disturbance of soils  Construction or erection of buildings and structures  Additions to existing buildings and structures that requires a building permit  Creation of non-structural impervious or semi-pervious surfaces  Flood protection works  Construction of roads, trails, docks, wharves and bridges  Provision and maintenance of sewer and water services  Development of drainage systems  Development of utility corridors

5. Schedule C of Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135-2013 is hereby amended by inserting new ‘Issuance’ and ‘Application’ sections between the existing ‘Justification’ and ‘Exemptions’ sections in Section 8.3 Porteau Cove Environmental Protection Development Permit Area, as follows:

Issuance The Board delegates the authority to issue Porteau Cove Environmental Protection Development Permits to the Director of Planning and Development.

Application A Porteau Cove Environmental Protection DP is required prior to the commencement of any of the following:  Removal, alteration, disruption or destruction of vegetation  Disturbance of soils  Construction or erection of buildings and structures  Additions to existing buildings and structures that requires a building permit  Creation of non-structural impervious or semi-pervious surfaces  Flood protection works  Construction of roads, trails, docks, wharves and bridges  Provision and maintenance of sewer and water services  Development of drainage systems  Development of utility corridors

6. Schedule C of Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135-2013 is hereby amended by inserting new ‘Issuance’ and ‘Application’ sections between the existing ‘Justification’ and ‘Exemptions’ sections in Section 8.4 Porteau Cove Natural Hazards Development Permit Area, as follows:

Issuance The Board delegates the authority to issue Porteau Cove Natural Hazards Development Permits to the Director of Planning and Development.

Application A Porteau Cove Environmental Protection DP is required prior to the commencement of any of the following:

Page 93 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

 Removal, alteration, disruption or destruction of vegetation  Disturbance of soils  Construction or erection of buildings and structures  Additions to existing buildings and structures that requires a building permit  Creation of non-structural impervious or semi-pervious surfaces  Flood protection works  Construction of roads, trails, docks, wharves and bridges  Provision and maintenance of sewer and water services  Development of drainage systems  Development of utility corridors

7. Schedule C of Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135-2013 is hereby amended by deleting the first paragraph in the ‘Guidelines’ section of Section 8.2 Porteau Cove Intensive Residential, Multi-family, and Commercial Development Permit Area, and replacing it with a new paragraph as follows:

The following guidelines provide general guidance for building form and character. Detailed Development Permit Area guidelines are outlined in the following document, which is attached as Schedule D to this bylaw: “Porteau Cove Development Design Guidelines” (April 12, 2007) prepared by PWL Partnership Landscape Architects, Rositch Hemphill Architects, and Webster Engineering.

8. Schedule C of Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135-2013 is hereby amended by adding a new Schedule D Porteau Cove Development Permit Design Guidelines, which is attached to and forms part of this bylaw (identified as Schedule 2 to this bylaw).

9. Schedule A of Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135-2013 is hereby amended by inserting a reference to the new Schedule D into the Table of Contents after Schedule C in the List of Schedules as follows:

Schedule D to Bylaw 1135-2013 – Porteau Cove Development Permit Design Guidelines

10. The Squamish Lillooet Regional District Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135-2013 is further amended as follows:

(a) By adding this bylaw to the Summary of Amendments table.

Page 94 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

READ A FIRST TIME this 27th day of APRIL, 2016

READ A SECOND TIME this day of , 2016.

PUBLIC HEARING held on the day of , 2016.

READ A THIRD TIME this day of , 2016.

ADOPTED this day of , 2016.

______Jack Crompton Kristen Clark Chair Secretary

Page 95 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

7. DEVELOPMENT PERMIT AREAS

A Development Permit Area (DPA) is an area over which there are specific development guidelines. The authority for Local Governments to establish DPAs comes from Section 488 and 489 of the Local Government Act. The purpose of DPAs is to help ensure that development is consistent with the goals, objectives and policies of the OCP.

On lands in DPAs, a DP must be approved by the SLRD before a building permit can be obtained. The authority to issue certain DPs has been delegated to the Director of Planning and Development. This is indicated in each DP Section. Following a review, and pursuant to Section 489 of the Local Government Act, conditions or restrictions may be imposed on the development. In addition, the SLRD may require security in the form of an Irrevocable Letter of Credit in the amount of 135% of estimated costs, to be held until the requirements of the permit have been fulfilled to the SLRD’s satisfaction.

Where a property is subject to multiple development permit areas, the application fee of each DPA applies though separate development permit applications under this section may not be required, provided the guidelines for each DPA are addressed in a single development permit application.

Development permits may be issued for phases of development involving several individual buildings or lots where appropriate. The issuance of a development permit does not exempt a development from the requirement for a building permit or any other requirement of a bylaw, statute or regulation.

The provisions of other bylaws may be varied under a development permit as follows: 1. Setbacks from lot lines; 2. Height limits may be increased; 3. As may be described within the specific DP Area Guidelines.

Interpretation of specific guidelines is subject to detailed discussion with Regional District planning staff. These guidelines are applied on a site specific or case‐by‐case basis. It is unlikely that every development can or will be able to meet all of the guidelines included in a DPA. The overarching objective of these Development Permit Guidelines is to ensure that all new developments make a positive contribution to the communities in which they are located and to meet the overall intent and objectives of the Development Permit Guidelines. It is critically important that these guidelines also not be considered in isolation; rather they should be considered and integrated into the design process along with all other Board plans, policies, and regulations, as well as other best practices and design standards.

SLRD Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135, 2013, Amendment Bylaw No. 1433‐2016 Development Permit Guidelines Page | 1

Page 96 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

7.1 RIPARIAN PROTECTION DEVELOPMENT PERMIT AREA

Categories Pursuant to Section 488(1)(a) of the Local Government Act, the Riparian Protection Development Permit Area is designated as a DPA for protection of the natural environment, its ecosystems, and ecological diversity.

Area The Riparian Protection DPA applies to all land within Electoral Area D, including mapped and unmapped streams, as indicated on Map 6. This DPA consists of the following Riparian Assessment Areas within and adjacent to all streams, which by definition includes wetlands and lakes:  For a stream, a 30 m strip on both sides of the stream, measured from the high water mark.  For a ravine less than 60 m wide, a strip on both sides of the stream measured from the high water mark to a point that is 30 m beyond the top of the ravine bank.  For a ravine 60 m wide or greater, a strip on both sides of the stream measured from the high water mark to a point that is 10 m beyond the top of the ravine bank.

Justification & Special Conditions The purpose of the Riparian Protection DPA is to recognize the range of valuable and sensitive ecological features within Electoral Area D. It will also implement the Riparian Areas Regulation enacted under Section 12 of the Riparian Areas Protection Act, as required by the provincial government. Implementation of this DPA will provide protection for the features, functions, and conditions that are vital in the natural maintenance of ecosystem health and productivity. Where a conflict arises between the Riparian Protection DPA and the Wildfire Protection DPA, the requirements of the Riparian Protection DP shall be given priority. In other words, unless recommended by a Qualified Environmental Professional (QEP) and authorized under a Riparian Protection DP, vegetation in the riparian assessment area may not be cleared for fire safety purposes.

Issuance The Board delegates the authority to issue Riparian Protection Development Permits to the Director of Planning and Development.

Application A Riparian Protection Development Permit is required for following development activities located within 30 m of a stream:  Removal, alteration, disruption or destruction of vegetation  Disturbance of soils  Construction or erection of buildings and structures  Additions to existing buildings and structures that encroach into the Riparian Assessment Area  Creation of non‐structural impervious or semi‐pervious surfaces  Flood protection works  Construction of roads, trails, docks, wharves and bridges  Provision and maintenance of sewer and water services

SLRD Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135, 2013, Amendment Bylaw No. 1433‐2016 Development Permit Guidelines Page | 2

Page 97 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

 Development of drainage systems  Development of utility corridors

Exemptions Riparian Protection Development permits are not required for the following: 1. Development activities located outside of the Riparian Assessment Area. For properties where the distance from the Riparian Assessment Area is questionable, a survey may be required. 2. Works approved by the Department of Fisheries and Oceans Canada (DFO) and/or the Ministry of Environment (MOE), and/or the Ministry of Forests, Lands, and Natural Resource Operations (MFLNRO). 3. Stream enhancement and fish and wildlife habitat restoration works that have obtained the required Provincial and Federal approvals. Any activity within the stream channel that has or may have an impact on a stream requires compliance with Provincial and Federal legislation, and notification to the SLRD. 4. Removal of invasive species on a small scale provided that such works are conducted in accordance with a vegetation management plan prepared by a qualified professional, and measures are taken to avoid sediment or debris being discharged into the watercourse or onto the foreshore and the area is replanted immediately in accordance with ‘Exemptions’ provision #3 above. 5. To resolve emergency situations that present an immediate danger related to flooding, erosion, or other immediate threats to life or property. 6. Removal of trees deemed hazardous by a qualified professional that threaten the immediate safety of life and buildings. 7. Renovations, repairs, or maintenance to existing buildings within the same footprint that are protected by Section 532 of the Local Government Act; 8. Agricultural development activities on lands used, or proposed to be used, for a farm operation as defined by the Farm Practices Protection Act, except where such activities are done in conjunction with, or in preparation for, non‐farm uses. 9. Development activities on lands subject to the Forest Act or Private Managed Forest Land Act. 10. Subdivision of the land.

Guidelines ‐ General 1. All development within this DPA must be consistent with the provincial Riparian Areas Regulation. 2. A qualified environmental professional (QEP) must be retained at the expense of the applicant for the purpose of preparing a report pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Riparian Areas Regulation and the RAR Assessment Methodology Guidebook. 3. The report must be submitted to the Province via the Riparian Areas Regulation Notification System (RARNS), and a copy must be provided to the SLRD. 4. A Development Permit shall not be issued without notification via RARNS, or from the Department of Fisheries and Oceans Canada and/or the Ministry of Environment, and/or the Ministry of Forests, Lands, and Natural Resource Operations that they have been notified of the proposed development and provided with an acceptable copy of the QEP assessment report, or

SLRD Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135, 2013, Amendment Bylaw No. 1433‐2016 Development Permit Guidelines Page | 3

Page 98 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

having received evidence of the Minister of Fisheries and Oceans Canada approval under the authority of Section 4(3) of the RAR. 5. Where the QEP report proposes a Harmful Alteration, Disruption, or Destruction (HADD) or serious harm to fish habitat pursuant to Section 35(2) of the Canada Fisheries Act, the development permit shall not be issued unless approval under the authority of Section 4(3) of the RAR is received from the DFO. The SLRD may consider providing comments to the DFO in regards to a proposed approval under the authority of Section 4(3) of the RAR. 6. The SLRD may, when considering comments to the DFO on a proposed approval under Section 4(3) of the RAR, require additional information from the QEP and other senior levels of government. 7. The applicant shall be requested to provide an explanatory plan of the Streamside Protection and Enhancement Area (SPEA). 8. The property owner shall implement all measures necessary to maintain the integrity of the SPEA as specified in the QEP report, and such measures as may be included as conditions of the development permit. 9. Where a mapped or unmapped stream in Electoral Area D is found not to be subject to the RAR, a report prepared by a QEP, generally following the RAR methodology shall be required to be submitted to the SLRD.

Guidelines ‐ Restoration & Remediation Where development has occurred in violation of this Development Permit Area, the following guidelines shall apply: 1. A qualified environmental professional (QEP) must be retained at the expense of the applicant for the purpose of preparing a report outlining the necessary remediation and restoration work. 2. The QEP must certify that they have carried out a remediation assessment, that they are qualified to carry out such an assessment, and that all applicable provincial regulations have been followed. 3. The report must outline how to mitigate the damage done by any clearing and site development, and how to restore the area to its previous condition. 4. Any cleared areas must be replanted with native riparian vegetation at the applicant’s expense. 5. Buildings and structures constructed in violation of this DPA may be subject to removal at the applicant’s expense in order to restore the integrity of the riparian area.

All development permits issued may require that:  Areas of land, specified in the permit, must remain free of development, except in accordance with any conditions contained in the permit.  Works be constructed to preserve, protect, restore, or enhance watercourses, or other specified natural features of the environment in accordance with the permit.  Natural watercourses be surveyed and returned to the Crown.  Protection measures be implemented, including that trees or other vegetation be planted or retained in order to preserve, protect, restore or enhance fish habitat or riparian areas, control drainage, or control erosion or protect banks.  An explanatory or reference plan be prepared by a BC Land Surveyor that delineates the identified SPEA.  Development complies with current best practices for land development in and around riparian areas.

SLRD Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135, 2013, Amendment Bylaw No. 1433‐2016 Development Permit Guidelines Page | 4

Page 99 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

7.2 WILDFIRE PROTECTION DEVELOPMENT PERMIT AREA

Category Pursuant to Section 488(1)(b) of the Local Government Act, the Wildfire Protection Development Permit Area is designated as a DPA for protection of development from hazardous conditions.

Area The Wildfire Protection DPA applies to all lands within Electoral Area D with a wildfire risk rating of ‘moderate’ or greater, as indicated in the SLRD Community Wildfire Protection Plan, and shown on the Wildfire DP Map (Map 6).

Justification The SLRD Community Wildfire Protection Plan, as amended from time to time, indicates that within Electoral Area D, there are several areas of private and Crown lands in the vicinity of forests that are subject to moderate to high wildfire hazard. The purpose of this DPA is to ensure new developments in selected areas of Electoral Area D are designed and constructed to minimize wildfire hazard, and contribute to the fire safety of the neighbourhood. Implementation of this DPA will limit damage to property, should wildfires occur. Where a conflict arises between the Riparian Protection DPA and the wildfire protection DPA, the requirements of the Riparian Protection DPA shall be given priority. In other words, unless recommended by a QEP and authorized under a Riparian Protection DP, vegetation in the riparian assessment area may not be cleared for fire safety purposes.

Issuance The Board delegates the authority to issue Wildfire Protection Development Permits to the Director of Planning and Development.

Application A Wildfire Protection DP is required for projects that involve any of the following:  Construction or erection of buildings and structures  Additions to existing buildings, where a building permit is required

Exemptions A Wildfire Protection DP is not required for: 1. Buildings having a gross floor area of less than 10 m2 2. additions to existing buildings where the total area of the additions is less than 50 m2 3. renovations within an existing building 4. development on a lot for which an Interface Wildfire Hazard Assessment was completed (FireSmart), and any conditions noted in that assessment were completed through the subdivision process 5. a temporary use being carried on under a Temporary Use Permit issued by the Board 6. alteration of land, disturbance of soils, including grubbing, scraping and removal of top soils 7. creation of non‐structural impervious or semi‐pervious surfaces 8. subdivision of land

SLRD Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135, 2013, Amendment Bylaw No. 1433‐2016 Development Permit Guidelines Page | 5

Page 100 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

Guidelines 1. Development permits issued in this area shall be in accordance with the applicant demonstrating how the development has implemented the following measures:  materials that have a high resistance to combustion, including cement board, slate, metal, plaster, stucco and other concrete products are preferred for exterior siding (excluding decorative trim, fascia and similar features);  materials that have a high resistance to combustion, including Class A, B or C shingles, slate, clay tile or metal should be used for roofing (excluding decorative trim, fascia and similar features);  within 10 m of structures and projections landscaping that features trees planted a minimum of 3 m apart, preferably deciduous and trimmed of branches to 3 m in height, low‐ growing non‐resinous shrubs, lawn and hard surfaces are preferred; and,  within 30 m of structures and projections ground fuel is removed, trees are thinned to a minimum of 3 m apart, and branches are trimmed up to at least 3 m above the ground. Trees spaced more closely than 3m are acceptable where a hard surface, lawn, or other suitable fire break surrounds the cluster.

2. Applications for a development permit shall be accompanied by plans indicating the following, as necessary to show how at least two of the four required measures listed in the above section are being implemented in the proposed development:  Location of all existing and proposed structures, parking areas, and driveways;  Extent and nature of existing and proposed landscaping, including details of trees and ground cover; and,  Building elevations indicating the type of materials to be used on the exterior and roof of the building.

3. Additional information that may be required in order to consider issuance of a Development Permit includes landscape plans that are prepared in consultation with a Registered Professional Biologist, Forester, or Landscape Architect and that provide recommendations for ensuring minimal fuel loading within landscaped areas, ongoing protection from interface fire hazard, and the type and density of fire resistive plantings that may be incorporated within landscaped areas to help mitigate the interface fire hazard.

4. Applicants are encouraged to review and comply with the FireSmart Guidelines and the fuel management recommendations outlined in the SLRD Community Wildfire Protection Plan.

5. Applicants are encouraged to remove all debris from land clearing (clean wood and vegetation) and take it to an appropriate facility to be composted.

SLRD Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135, 2013, Amendment Bylaw No. 1433‐2016 Development Permit Guidelines Page | 6

Page 101 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

7.3 INTENSIVE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT AREA

Category Pursuant to Section 488(1) (a), (b), (c), (e), (f), (h), (i), and (j) of the Local Government Act, the Intensive Development Permit Area is designated as a DPA for the protection of the natural environment, its ecosystems and biological diversity; protection of development from hazardous conditions; protection of farming; establishment of objectives for the form and character of intensive residential development; establishment of objectives for the form and character of commercial, industrial, or multi‐family residential development, establishment of objectives to promote energy conservation; establishment of objectives to promote water conservation, and establishment of objectives to promote the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions.

Area The Intensive DPA applies to all lands within Electoral Area D, as shown on the Development Permit Area Map (Map 6).

Justification Electoral Area D has wide range of ecosystems, and some high quality arable land. Portions of Area D are also subject to landslide, flooding, and other hazards. There are areas of high scenic beauty as well. It is the intention of this development permit area to ensure that intensive residential, commercial, and industrial developments consider issues of sensitive ecosystems, natural hazards, architectural form and character, and are consistent with the natural beauty and character of the area. It will also regulate development activities adjacent to the Agricultural Land Reserve and active farming properties in order to reduce the conflicts between agricultural and non‐agricultural uses.

Issuance The Board delegates the authority to issue Intensive Development Permits to the Director of Planning and Development for the following instances:  Applications involving buildings and structures with a maximum Gross Floor Area (GFA) of 500 m2.  Applications involving land alteration with no buildings or structures being constructed.  Applications involving land alteration or buildings and structures within 30 m of the ALR.

Applications involving buildings and structures with a Gross Floor Area (GFA) of greater than 500 m2 require approval of the Board.

Application An Intensive Development DP is required prior to the commencement of any of the following:  Removal, alteration, disruption or destruction of vegetation  Disturbance of soils  Construction or erection of buildings and structures o Development of single family dwellings within 30 m of the ALR  Additions to existing buildings and structures that requires a building permit

SLRD Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135, 2013, Amendment Bylaw No. 1433‐2016 Development Permit Guidelines Page | 7

Page 102 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

 Creation of non‐structural impervious or semi‐pervious surfaces  Flood protection works  Construction of roads, trails, docks, wharves and bridges  Provision and maintenance of sewer and water services  Development of drainage systems  Development of utility corridors  Subdivision and/or any of the above activities within 30 m of the Agricultural Land Reserve (ALR)

Exemptions An Intensive Development Permit is not required for: i. Development of single family dwellings that are greater than 30 m from the ALR ii. Buildings having a floor area of less than 10 m2 iii. Renovations within an existing building iv. Reconstruction or replacement of an existing building or structure within the DPA, provided the new building or structure is not located closer to the ALR boundary v. Agricultural uses and buildings on properties classified as farm under the BC Assessment Act vi. The removal of invasive species including, but not limited to those identified by the Sea to Sky Invasive Species Council (or a similar society) and/or Provincial regulations. vii. A temporary use being carried on under a Temporary Use Permit issued by the Board viii. Soil deposit and/or removal activity that has been issued a valid soil deposit/removal permit by the SLRD.

Guidelines ‐ General 1. Applications for a development permit shall be accompanied by plans, including but not limited to survey plans, site development plans, grading plans, building plans, storm water management plans, landscape plans, lighting plans, and a written description of the proposal, to indicate how the proposed development is meeting the following guidelines. 2. All projects are encouraged to apply design philosophies and incorporate practices and materials that significantly reduce energy and water use, greenhouse gas emissions, as well as employ renewable energy sources where possible. With respect to energy and water, conservation principles should be incorporated through building construction, siting, and landscaping. 3. It is also important to ensure adequate infiltration of rainwater within landscaped/paved areas, and consider the appropriate type and density of drought resistive plantings that should be planted to help reduce the requirements for outdoor watering. 4. In some cases additional information may be required to determine the impact of a proposed activity, including but not limited to:  Transportation Study  Archaeological Assessment or Impact Study  Economic Impact Analysis  Agricultural Impact Assessment

SLRD Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135, 2013, Amendment Bylaw No. 1433‐2016 Development Permit Guidelines Page | 8

Page 103 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

Guidelines ‐ Ecosystems 1. All construction and site development should be designed and constructed to protect existing vegetation and mature tree stands. An inventory of existing vegetation on the site should be provided. 2. Clearing and site development should be avoided in visually sensitive areas, large cuts and fills should be avoided, and any cleared areas on steep slopes or visible from roadways should be replanted with native vegetation. 3. Parking areas and buildings should be designed to minimize run‐off, and wherever possible, permeable materials such as gravel shall be used to reduce drainage impacts on adjacent lands and streams. 4. An inventory of wildlife and wildlife values such as habitat trees may be required. 5. Old growth forest should be retained. 6. Habitable structures should be sited in such a way that existing trees do not create a hazard. 7. Any trees containing raptor nests should be retained, and a 50 m buffer created around them within which vegetation is not disturbed and no development occurs. 8. Works should be timed to avoid impacts to seasonal wildlife, such as nesting periods for birds.

Applicants may be required to submit a report prepared by a qualified professional such as a Registered Professional Biologist to indicate how the proposed development is meeting the above guidelines.

Guidelines – Hazardous Conditions 1. All construction and site development should be located and constructed to avoid steep slopes or unstable soils. 2. If development is proposed in areas where there are hazardous conditions requiring development precautions, a professional geotechnical report must be prepared and submitted to the Squamish‐Lillooet Regional District. The report must indicate that the land can be safely used for the purpose intended.

Guidelines – Form & Character, Energy and Water Conservation, GHG Emission Reduction 1. Building Form & Character: i. Buildings shall be constructed of natural materials and colours that blend in well with the surrounding natural environment, suit the physical character and terrain of the site and reflect the west coast mountain character. ii. Wood and stone should feature predominantly in the finishing treatments. iii. Buildings shall be designed for human scale and visual interest in all elevations. Buildings shall incorporate techniques and treatments that emphasize the transition between inside and outside (e.g. operable windows, overhead rolling doors, canopies, trellises, recessed entrances, and extended building planes). iv. Mitigate the actual and perceived bulk of buildings by utilizing appropriate massing, including: a. Architectural elements (e.g. balconies, bay windows, cantilevered floors, cupolas, dormers). b. Visually interesting rooflines (e.g. variations in cornice lines and roof slopes). c. Detailing that creates a rhythm and visual interest along the line of the building.

SLRD Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135, 2013, Amendment Bylaw No. 1433‐2016 Development Permit Guidelines Page | 9

Page 104 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

d. Wall projections and indentations, windows and siding treatments as well as varied material textures should be utilized to create visual interest and to articulate building facades. e. Building frontages that vary architectural treatments in regular intervals in order to maintain diverse and aesthetically appealing pathways. v. Utilize landscaping treatments to further soften the mass of building form (e.g. strategic placement of trees, shades, vines, trellis, and arbours along with surface materials such as pavers). vi. Design of buildings should ensure that view corridors are maintained.

2. Building Materials: Use sustainable, green, healthy building materials, and source locally where possible: i. Consider using salvaged materials (where permitted in the BC Building Code) for buildings. ii. Consider durable building materials and finishes that have low “embodied energy”, are from rapidly renewable sources that will yield long service life and low maintenance. iii. Use insulation that does not contain harmful chemicals such as hydrochlorofluorocarbons or extruded polystyrene. iv. Use high performance windows. v. Use low volatile organic compound (VOC) building products.

3. Energy Efficient Building Design: Applicants are encouraged, where feasible, to use onsite renewable power generation systems to supply electrical, heating, and cooling needs to buildings and other structures, and to operate water pumps, sewage pumps, etc. Renewable and alternative energy sources include, but are not limited to: geothermal energy (heat loops and wells); wind (turbines); low impact hydropower; passive solar heating (collectors, photovoltaic panels); cogeneration; fuel cells; heat energy extracted from air (heat pumps); biomass; biogas and wastewater effluent. The use of best management practices in the design of buildings will assist in addressing the DPA objectives. i. Construction of building(s) to EnerGuide81 or higher specifications is encouraged. ii. The orientation and siting of buildings and structures should take advantage of opportunities for passive solar gain to maximize winter heating and summer cooling. Building design shall incorporate natural day‐lighting techniques to reduce the need for electrical energy, and consider the addition of such features as controllable awnings, overhangs, clerestory windows, skylights and atriums. iii. Orient main building facades towards prevailing breezes to maximize opportunities for passive ventilation and cooling while minimizing adverse wind effects, and taking into account possible conflicts with orientation for solar gain. iv. Locate windows to maximize winter solar gain and natural light, and minimize heat loss. Incorporate deep window overhangs, projecting roofs, and/or fixed adjustable external shades into the building design to allow for entry of low angle winter sun while blocking high angle summer sun. v. Choose roof shape and orientation to optimize opportunities for solar energy collection through the use of solar thermal, photovoltaic (PV), and other modules.

SLRD Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135, 2013, Amendment Bylaw No. 1433‐2016 Development Permit Guidelines Page | 10

Page 105 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

vi. Use compact building shapes that reduce building envelope surface area and improve the building’s energy performance. vii. Buildings should have units with exterior ventilation (operable windows on at least two sides) to encourage passive cooling through cross ventilation. viii. Where possible incorporate intensive green roofs on appropriate buildings to help absorb rainwater, reduce heat gain, and provide outdoor amenity space for visitors. ix. Select materials and colours in building and roof construction that minimize heat absorption. x. Select materials that encourage thermal massing and seasonal thermal energy storage.

4. Site Design and Landscaping: i. Application of green infrastructure and rainwater management techniques and practices to the greatest extent possible, including but not limited to: a. rain gardens, rain barrels/cisterns b. vegetated swales c. bioretention cells d. permeable pavement e. green roofing ii. Use sensitive site clearing techniques to preserve existing landscape values, maintain topsoil onsite for reuse, maintain natural grades and prevent cut and fill. iii. Prevent soil and water contamination, and incorporate sediment and erosion control measures to protect watercourses. iv. Fully landscape all areas not covered by buildings, structures, driveways, parking or natural rock surfaces. v. Use landscaping to soften service and storage areas and to improve pedestrian comfort. vi. Outdoor gathering spaces, places between buildings, and pedestrian connections should all be designed in conjunction with the building plans to maximize usability and aesthetics. vii. Physical comfort should be considered through site planning, use of windscreens and arbours, and/or planting for sun protection. viii. Work with natural grades wherever possible to minimize cuts and fills and limit impacts to the hydrology of adjacent lands. ix. Avoid the use of high retaining walls adjacent to public spaces.

5. Planting and Vegetation Management: i. Retain existing native mature trees and shrubs in setback areas where feasible. ii. Incorporate vegetated buffer areas throughout and around impervious paved areas to filter rainwater, and moderate heat island effects and air emissions. Use plant materials that reduce and filter runoff, and support rainwater infiltration. iii. Plant deciduous trees on the south and west sides of a building to increase summer shading and plant coniferous trees on the north sides of a building to block winter wind. iv. Retain or bring in a healthy, absorbent layer of topsoil deep enough to allow for well‐ rooted planting and reduce irrigation requirements. v. Consider the installation of free‐standing green (living) wall systems as an alternative to concrete fencing systems and retaining walls.

SLRD Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135, 2013, Amendment Bylaw No. 1433‐2016 Development Permit Guidelines Page | 11

Page 106 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

vi. Use native or naturalized species of trees, shrubs, and ground cover wherever possible, including those that are naturally disease and pest resistant. vii. Group plantings according to water and sun requirements and the site location and provide groupings of shade trees and shrubs on large expanses of open space. viii. Encourage planting materials that eliminate the need for pesticide use (e.g. utilize companion planting). ix. Minimize the use of water intensive lawn types and/or use lawn alternatives such as natural ground covers and native grasses. x. Install above or below ground cisterns to capture, store and potentially reuse rainwater to irrigate non‐edible plants and landscaping. xi. Design, install, and manage cost effective and efficient irrigation systems that support water, soil, and energy conservation practices.

6. Universally Accessible Design: i. Design to accommodate the functional needs of all individuals including children, adults, and seniors, and those with visual, mobility or cognitive challenges. ii. Ensure that site circulation and grade changes facilitate movement by people with disabilities, and that colour contrast in materials in outdoor areas adequately marks transitions (e.g. to stairs between two levels) for those who are visually impaired. iii. Access for persons with disabilities should be appropriately designed and clearly visible from the principal entrance, visually integrated with the overall building design and site plan, and not relegated to an alternate building frontage for the sake of architectural convenience. iv. Ensure that colour contrast in materials in outdoor parking and pedestrian areas adequately marks transitions for those who are visually impaired.

7. Lighting and Signage: Minimize the amount of lighting on signs. Installation of video, reader board, and neon or LED signs is discouraged. Signs should be non‐illuminated from within. i. Exterior lighting, including within a parking area, should be low intensity and not cause excessive night‐time glow. ii. Use energy efficient exterior lighting systems with timers and sensors to provide light only when required. Ambient lighting should be minimized. iii. Where possible, use lighting systems that are powered by renewable energy sources, such as solar. iv. Control light glare such that light does not rise more than 90 degrees from the ground (nadir) and does not cross property boundaries. Consider installing high efficiency lighting and use shields to reduce glare to the outside. v. Signage should be pedestrian oriented in scale. Large vehicular‐based signage should be avoided. Appropriate forms of signage include: a. Signs mounted flush with building facades; b. Wood carved and/or hand painted hanging signs above pathways; c. Signs painted on windows, especially retail display windows and upper floor office windows.

SLRD Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135, 2013, Amendment Bylaw No. 1433‐2016 Development Permit Guidelines Page | 12

Page 107 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

8. Solid Waste: Minimize the generation of solid waste in construction and maximize the diversion of solid waste from landfills. i. Construct/install with deconstruction in mind to allow for material reuse. ii. Incorporate full recycling options for the completed development (e.g. recycling, organics, composting), as well as garbage collection. iii. Make areas for recycling collection, composting, and waste disposal sufficiently large and easily accessible and plan them so they have the capacity for expansion if necessary.

9. Bicycle Parking and Facilities: i. Provide easily accessible, secure, and weather‐protected bicycle parking facilities for employees and the general public. ii. Provide support facilities for employees, including showers and change rooms.

10. Vehicle Parking: i. Minimize the use of impervious paving and dark coloured absorptive materials for sidewalks, driveways, roads, and parking lots. ii. Cluster parking in groups of eight to ten spaces and intersperse landscaping (in addition to supporting green infrastructure methods) between clusters. Provide trees and shrubs along abutting pathways and buildings. iii. Improve standards for the delivery and pickup of goods and services in new developments (e.g. loading, access manoeuvres, garbage/recycling/organics pickup and storage). Provide appropriate locations for loading bays and service areas, consider safe pedestrian access, and avoid negative visual impacts to public places, paths, and views.

Guidelines – Agricultural Land Reserve Development on a parcel, or any portion of a parcel thereof, that is within 30 m of the ALR must adhere to the following guidelines. 1. Subdivision design should minimize potential impacts to farmlands by avoiding increasing access to agricultural lands. 2. Road ends that end at the ALR should be avoided, except as necessary for farm access. 3. Subdivision design should consider creating parcel sizes that can accommodate an appropriate buffer to be established on the non‐farm side of the ALR. 4. Undeveloped spaces with landscaped or retained naturally occurring vegetation should be established along the ALR boundary. 5. Principal use structures or dwellings should generally be located at least 30 m from the ALR boundary. 6. Buffers should be designed as follows: i. A continuous landscaped strip of not less than 5 m ii. Established within 30 m of the ALR boundary, and not closer than 2 m to the ALR boundary iii. Existing native vegetation within 30 m of the ALR boundary should be retained. Non‐ native species may be removed and replaced with suitable native species iv. The buffer should contain a mixture of coniferous and deciduous species

SLRD Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135, 2013, Amendment Bylaw No. 1433‐2016 Development Permit Guidelines Page | 13

Page 108 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

v. The buffer should be approximately 6 m in height. Appropriate species should be selected to reach this minimum height, and should reach at least 2 m in height at the time of planting vi. If vegetation is planted to establish the buffer, it should consist of native species only

7. Where an existing natural feature such as a watercourse or ravine provides a physical separation within 30 m of the ALR boundary, the width of the buffer may be reduced or not required. Applications should provide sufficient information, such as photographs, site plans, reports from a qualified professional, etc. to show how the natural feature is providing the equivalent effect of some or all of the 5 m buffer.

8. Additional information that may be required in order to consider issuance of a Development Permit includes landscape plans prepared in consultation with a qualified professional such as an Agrologist, Forester, or Landscape Architect that provide recommendations for ensuring the type and density of the plantings, or retained vegetation provide a suitable buffer to mitigate the potential negative effects of agricultural and non‐agricultural activities occurring on adjacent lands.

9. Applicants must consult “A Guide to Edge Planning” and similar documents as published and updated by the Ministry of Agriculture for further information with respect to buffering along the agriculture edge.

SLRD Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135, 2013, Amendment Bylaw No. 1433‐2016 Development Permit Guidelines Page | 14

Page 109 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

7.4 MEDICAL MARIHUANA PRODUCTION FACILITY DEVELOPMENT PERMIT AREA

Category Pursuant to Section 488(1)(f) of the Local Government Act, the Medical Marihuana Production Facility Development Permit Area is designated for the establishment of objectives for the form and character of commercial, industrial, or multi‐family residential development. In this case the focus is on industrial i.e. medical marihuana production facilities.

Area All land within Electoral Area D of the Squamish‐Lillooet Regional District has been designated as appropriate for a Medical Marihuana Production Facility Development Permit where such a use is proposed.

Justification and Special Conditions The purpose of the designation of lands in Electoral Area D for a Medical Marihuana Production Facility Development Permit Area is:  Electoral Area D contains many areas having high scenic values. The purpose of the Medical Marihuana Production Facility Development Permit Area is to set out guidelines to help ensure that development of medical marihuana production facilities is well suited to the environment, and does not result in buildings and structures that are at odds with the natural beauty and serenity of Electoral Area D.

Applications shall be accompanied by plans indicating the following:  Location of all existing and proposed buildings & structures, parking areas, and driveways.  Extent and nature of existing and proposed landscaping and surfacing, including details of trees, ground cover, and other permeable and impermeable surfaces.  The exterior materials of existing and proposed structures.

Issuance Board approval is required in order to issue all Medical Marihuana Production Facility Development Permits.

Application A Medical Marihuana Production Facility Development Permit is required prior to the commencement of construction or erection of new buildings or structures.

Exemptions A Medical Marihuana Production Facility Development Permit is not required for the following:  Existing buildings and uses  Renovations within an existing building that do not involve any exterior modifications or any additional parking  Replacement of a sign face

SLRD Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135, 2013, Amendment Bylaw No. 1433‐2016 Development Permit Guidelines Page | 15

Page 110 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

Guidelines Applications for a development permit shall be accompanied by plans, including but not limited to survey plans, site development plans, grading plans, building plans, storm water management plans, landscape plans, lighting plans, and a written description of the proposal, to indicate how the proposed development is meeting the following guidelines:

1. Building Form & Character: i. Buildings shall be constructed of materials and colours that blend in well with the surrounding natural environment, suit the physical character and terrain of the site and reflect the mountain pastoral character. ii. Wood or hardi‐panel should feature predominantly in the finishing treatments. iii. In farming areas, traditional barn‐like architecture, with gable, gambrel, raised or lean‐to roof styles and cross‐braced door finishings is encouraged. iv. Mitigate the actual and perceived bulk of buildings by utilizing appropriate massing and detailing that creates a rhythm and visual interest along the line of the building (e.g. use of false or real hinged barn‐style window or door elements). v. Utilize landscaping treatments to further soften the mass of building form (e.g. strategic placement of trees). vi. Box‐shaped tilt‐up concrete or metal structures are not supported.

2. Landscaping and Buffering: i. Buffering of medical marihuana production facilities is important in order to ensure that these uses are not at odds with adjacent uses. ii. Any federally required metal fencing shall be buffered with native planting. iii. Top soil deep enough to allow for well‐rooted planting and reduce irrigation requirements should be utilized. iv. Use native species of trees or shrubs and utilize the planting of conifers to block winter winds and deciduous trees to create shade in the summer. v. Utilize cisterns to store water and provide irrigation.

3. Lighting and Signage: i. Minimize the amount of lighting on signs. Installation of video, reader board, and neon or LED signs is discouraged. Signs should be non‐illuminated from within. ii. Exterior lighting, including within a parking area, should be low intensity and not cause excessive night‐time glow or glare. iii. Use energy efficient exterior lighting systems with timers and sensors to provide light only when required. Ambient lighting should be minimized. iv. Signage should be pedestrian oriented in scale. Large vehicular‐based signage should be avoided. Appropriate forms of signage include: a. Signs mounted flush with building facades; b. Wood carved and/or hand painted hanging signs above pathways.

SLRD Electoral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 1135, 2013, Amendment Bylaw No. 1433‐2016 Development Permit Guidelines Page | 16

Page 111 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

PORTEAU COVE DEVELOPMENT DESIGN GUIDELINES

April 12, 2007

Prepared By: PWL Partnership Landscape Architects / Rositch Hemphill Architects / Webster Engineering

For: Porteau Cove Developments Limited

Page Page 112 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

CONTENTS

OVERVIEW Page iii

1. ROADWAYS Page 1 1.1 Village Roads Page 1 1.2 Collector Roads Page 3 1.3 Local Roads Page 3 1.4 Retaining Walls Page 4 1.5 Vehicular Bridges Page 4 1.6 Fences and Guards Page 4

2. TRAILS AND WALKWAYS Page 5 2.1 Trail Hierarchy Page 5 2.2 Trailheads Page 5

3. ARCHITECTURE - GENERAL Page 6

4. ARCHITECTURE - VILLAGE CENTRE Page 6 4.1 Building Design + Siting Page 6 4.2 Permitted Materials Page 8 4.3 Village Commercial Signage Page 8 4.4 Village Commercial Lighting Page 9 4.5 Service Station Page 9

5. ARCHITECTURE - MULTI-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL Page 11 5.1 Building Design + Siting Page 11 5.2 Permitted Materials Page 12 5.3 Multi-family Residential Signage Page 12 5.4 Multi-family Residential Lighting Page 12

6. ARCHITECTURE - DUPLEX AND INTENSIVE SINGLE FAMILY Page 12 6.1 Building Design and Siting Page 12 6.2 Permitted Materials Page 13 6.3 Residential Signage Page 13 6.4 Residential Lighting Page 13

7. LANDSCAPE Page 14 7.1 Overall Page 14 7.2 Public Realm Page 15 7.3 Residential Page 15 7.4 Tree Management Page 17

8. PUBLIC REALM LIGHTING Page 19 8.1 Overall Strategy Page 19 8.2 Streets, Parking and Lighting Page 19 8.3 Landscape Lighting Page 19

Page i Page 113 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

9. SITE FURNISHINGS Page 20 9.1 Village Centre Page 20 9.2 Other Areas Page 20

10. SIGNAGE Page 21 10.1 Overall Strategy Page 21 10.2 Sign Types Page 21

11. SUSTAINABILITY Page 22 11.1 Sustainability Measures Page 22 11.2 Stormwater Management Page 22

APPENDIX A - RECOMMENDED PLANT LIST Page 24 APPENDIX B - PROHIBITED PLANT LIST Page 26

Page ii Page 114 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

OVERVIEW

Porteau Cove is an oceanfront community sited on a dramatic west coast mountainside setting. It offers tremendous opportunities for soaring views of constantly changing fiords, skies, mountain peaks and nature. The setting also creates great challenges: the steepness of the terrain and the superla- tive setting requires sensitive planning to ensure that manmade development responds to and respects the natural .

These design guidelines are intended to require thoughtful design, high quality materials and innate sensitivity to the site while allowing individual expression. It is imperative that design and construction respect the land.

Reference to Other Regulations

These guidelines are to be read in conjunction with the requirements of Elec- toral Area D Official Community Plan Bylaw No. 495, Amendment Bylaw No. 946, 2005 and Subdivision and Development Servicing Bylaw No. 741. See in particular Section 5.7 Development Permit Areas and the sections on “Green Building Strategy,” “Sustainable Site Design” and “General Design Principles” of Bylaw 495.

These guidelines are subordinate to Ministry of Transportation regulations, the OCP, Zoning Bylaws, Bylaw 741 and BC Building Code, which govern. How- ever, these guidelines are intended to supplement those bylaws and provide direction on the form and character of the built environment. In some cases the standards contained in the zoning or development servicing bylaw may need to be varied to achieve the objectives of the design guidelines. It is intended that the Development Permit process be the tool to implement these guidelines.

Design Theme

There is no overall design theme. It is expected that architects, landscape ar- chitects and other designers who understand the value of the land and natural landscape will create developments that are appropriate to the setting.

It should be understood that Porteau Cove is not an attempt to re-create a style or era found elsewhere. It is a community being built in the twenty-first century and the architecture and man-made landscape should reflect this.

Page iii Page 115 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

1. STREETSCAPE

It is recognized that the provincial Ministry of Transportation (MOT) has jurisdiction over all public roads within Porteau Cove, and that MOT standards and requirements must be met. The following road guidelines are intended to supplement MOT standards and provide the overall intended environmental and design concept for the community.

1.1 Village Roads

Village Roads include the main entry road that extends from the overpass into the Village running east-west and the north-south road that connects the Community Facility and the Commercial / Residential parcels in the Village Centre. Turnarounds in the centre and marking the end of the Village provide traffic calming and add a unique character to the streetscape.

The streetscape character in the Porteau Cove Village should be designed to encourage residents and visitors to walk and to experience the village on foot. It is intended that Village Roads provide low impact development (LID) measures to maximize rainwater infiltration (where possible), evaporation, transpiration and pollutant removal. This can be done through use of pavers, raingardens, planting, and other measures, as illustrated below.

1.1.1 Roadway - 7.0m wide roadway, with onstreet parking provided in pullouts in some areas - Roadway surface to be asphalt, except where patterned or

Village RoadsGuiding Principles • Provide surface runoff treatment • Reduce pipe and eliminate Increased tree canopy size where possible provides increased habitat • Maximize tree coverage • Provide habitat/green space • Slow traffic • Wide pedestrian area • Street as passive recreational corridor • Street as social space Corner & midblock bulges allow for larger trees

Semi-private/interactive zones encourage social

Pavers in parking areas

Rain gardens at corner bulges to treat surface runoff

Page 1 Page 116 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

accented - 550mm wide, 150mm high concrete barrier or rolled curbs with letdowns where required - Curb bulges to reduce pedestrian crossing width - Driving surfaces to be accented with concrete unit pavers, local stone, or scored broom finished concrete at intersections and pedestrian crossings 1.1.2 Sidewalks and Pedestrian Areas - 1.5m minimum sidewalk, 2m or wider preferred - Materials – Large scale Concrete Unit Pavers o Colour – natural / granite / sandstone o Type: 80mm thick on driving surfaces; 60mm thick on walking surfaces o Pattern: driving surfaces shall be in herringbone pattern. Sidewalks shall use a simple field pattern or running bond 1.1.3 Parking Areas - Materials – Pavers or asphalt

Streetscape Example

PL CL PL

1.5 m 2.6 m 2.6 m 1.5 m

2.2 m 4.1 3.7 m 3.7 m 4.1 2.2 m Walkway Planting Parking/Planting/ Drive Lane Drive Lane Parking/Planting/ Planting Walkway Drainage Drainage Permeable Paving Permeable Paving in in Parking Area Parking Area Community Centre 20 m Retail/Pub Below/Multi-Family Abov Right of Way Village Road - Typical Section

Pavers Permeable Granite Sets Rain Garden Pavers

LP Stormwater Flow

Village Road - Illustrative Plan View Rain Garden

Page 2 Page 117 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

1.2 Collector Roads The collector roads constitute the main roadway spine connecting the neighbourhoods within the Porteau Cove Development.

1.2.1 Roadway - 7-9m roadway with shoulder of varied width - Roadway surface to be asphalt - Provide crushed rock shoulders and minimize use of curbs and gutters - Allow parking on pervious gravel strips on the shoulder when Collector Road Example fronting single family lots. 1.2.2 Sidewalks/Trail Typically the collector roads shall not have the standard sidewalk treatment one expects on neighbourhood collector roads. A pedestrian trail shall follow along one side of the collector road, and, where feasible, will be physically separated from the roadway. - Sidewalk/Trail width may vary depending on site conditions - Materials – Asphalt, pavers or crushed, compacted granular material

PL PL

Drainage C Drain in Cut Swale Where L Sections. Needed/ Existing Handrail in Fill Possible Grade Sections.

1.5m 3.5 m 3.5 m 0.6 m 1.6 m 0.4 2 m 0.6 Naturalized Planting Shoulder Drive Lane Drive Lane Shoulder Planting/ Path/Trail Naturalized Drainage Planting Swale

20 m Riparian/Open Space Right of Way

Collector Road - Typical Section Separated Sidewalk/Trail 1.3 Local Roads Local roads will extend from the central collector system, serving smaller pockets of residential development, and may be public or strata roads. The intent is that they are narrower streets with no curbs and allow parking along the shoulder on pervious gravel strips that aid in stormwater infiltration, where this is possible.

1.3.1 Roadway - Public Roads: - 7m roadway with crushed rock shoulders. - Roadway surface shall be asphalt. 1.3.2 Roadway - Strata/Common Property Roads: - 6m wide with or without rollover curb and gutter. - Roadway surface may be asphalt, pavers, or concrete. - Parking shall be allowed on shoulders where fronting residential lots.

Page 3 Page 118 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

1.4 Retaining walls Retaining walls shall typically be rockstack using local stone, however other types are permissible (e.g., shotcrete, reinforced concrete, Mechanically Stabilized Earth with stone facing) in low visibility areas. Lock block walls are not permitted unless faced with stone.

1.4.1 Character – Retaining walls to look natural as opposed to engineered. 1.4.2 Retaining walls to have landscaping pockets where possible and appropriate.

1.5 Vehicular Bridges There are a number of locations thoroughout the Porteau Community where the roadway crosses a creek. These will either be bridge or culvert crossings. The intent is that these bridges or culverts are well designed to fit with the natural environment, using natural materials.

1.5.1 Bridges should visually fit with surrounding natural features. 1.5.2 Materials - Stone, stone facing, timber, concrete and steel.

1.6 Fences and Guards Retaining Wall Examples

1.6.1 The intent is that fences and guards visually fit with the surrounding natural features and use natural materials to the greatest extent possible. 1.6.2 Fences and guards shall be structurally sound. Concrete barriers shall not be be allowed unless specifically required by MOT.

Guard Examples

Bridge Example

Page 4 Page 119 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

2. TRAILS AND WALKWAYS A hierarchical system of trails will link the different parts of the development, as well as providing a link to the greater landscape features beyond. The Howe Sound Crest trail currently traverses the site - this linkage will be maintained in the new development. In general, BC Parks facility standards shall be followed when constructing trails.

2.1 Trail Hierarchy. A hierarchy of trails shall serve different purposes, as follows:

2.1.1 Major Mountain Trail (like Whistler Valley Trail.) This main trail through the site shall provide primary linkages both within the development and to the regional trail system. This trail shall be a maximum of 2m wide, and may be surfaced with crushed gravel, asphalt or other acceptable material. Wherever possible, the existing trail surfacing and width will be retained. The portions of the trail that constitute the emergency access routes in the development shall be 3m wide within a 6m right-of-way and surfaced with asphalt. 2.1.2 Secondary Trails - More minor trails linking with the major mountain trail shall be surfaced with wood chips where grades are moderate, and/or gravel or other natural surface. 2.1.3 Boardwalk Trails - These will be used in sensitive areas.

2.2 Trail Heads Locations where trails start, or trailheads, will occur in several locations in the community.

2.2.1 Trailheads should be marked with signage and provided with parking. 2.2.2 Trailheads in residential areas should blend in with the neighbourhood to the greatest extent possible.

Trailhead Interface with Residential Areas Trail Surfacing Examples

Page 5 Page 120 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

3. ARCHITECTURE - GENERAL

The siting of buildings is critical in the sensitive development of the property. Site buildings to reduce disturbance of adjacent land, reduce volumes of cuts and fills, and reduce the need for blasting.

4. VILLAGE CENTRE Buildings in the core of the Village at Porteau establish the identity of the place and create its heart. The design approach should be warm, interesting and delightful. Materials must be durable and of good quality. Attention should be paid to the experience of the pedestrian and patron. Sensitive Building Siting

Village Entrance Character

4.1 Building Design + Siting

4.1.1 Animate the village streetscape with balconies, canopies, planters and recesses in buildings. 4.1.2 Provide solid canopies or covers over a portion of the usable outdoor area facing the village street.

Fabric Flat Sloped Canopies Page 6 Page 121 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

4.1.3 On the village street side, provide terraces that are at least 0.3m above adjacent sidewalk elevation with a usable depth of at least 2.4m. Provide easy and regular access, including access for the disabled. Provide low planters or stone walls 0.45m above terrace level. Terraces must be stone, stamped concrete and/or concrete pavers.

Raised Terraces Terrace Surrounded by Stone Walls 4.1.4 Provide individual recesses for each live/work studio entrance. Provide entrances for individual or shared residential entry doors that are separate from commercial entries. 4.1.5 Create a smaller scale rhythm for storefronts along the main street by: .1 designing commercial storefronts with widths of 6m or less, even if the commercial space behind is larger; .2 incorporating strong bases, columns, recesses and bays to provide increased texture; .3 integrating landscape walls, seating, planters, signage and Individual Live/Work Entries other features to provide a series of points of interest. 4.1.6 Provide a separation between the first floor commercial and the residential above through setbacks of the upper floors, canopies and colonnades, awnings and/or other devices. 4.1.7 Provide outdoor patios or balconies for all residential units and: .1 for upper level residential units, recess half the balcony behind the outermost adjacent residential wall; .2 for second floor residential units provide a solid balcony wall of at least 0.6m in height to provide privacy.

Recessed Entries

Illustrative sketch of Village ter- races - commercial uses with residential above.

Page 7 Page 122 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

4.1.8 Use stone at the base of buildings and/or for significant columns or corners. Provide stone landscape walls at vertical changes of grade. Provide opportunities for planting, planter boxes and planters.

Stone Columns Stone Corner Stone Base 4.1.9 Provide sloped roofs on all buildings in the Village Centre. 4.1.10 Provide generous roof overhangs. First floor soffits must be wood. 4.1.11 Provide colonnades, canopies and other methods of weather protection along commercial frontages where there is expected to be pedestrian traffic. 4.1.12 Hide or camouflage mechanical units, both visually and acoustically. 4.1.13 Garbage areas must be enclosed and bear-proof. 4.1.14 Lights must be non glare, sufficient to light the adjacent space but not be a nuisance to adjacent neighbours.

4.2 Permitted Materials Use the best materials where they are seen by the public and passersby. Wood or wood composite materials may be stained or painted and must be in natural colours with some brighter accents permitted.

4.2.1 The permitted materials for buildings in the Village Centre are: .1 stone, from the local area and region; .2 wood, stained, varnished or painted; .3 wood composite or concrete composite siding and panels; .4 clear, coloured or textured glass; .5 textured, painted or similar-finished concrete. Unpainted concrete is permitted to a maximum 0.6m height from grade; .6 textured asphalt, cedar shingle and metal roofs; .7 other materials that are similar to the above and which offer Covered Colonnades durable finishes.

4.3 Village Commercial Signs 4.3.1 Signs are to be front lit. Sign cans and neon lighting are not permitted with the exception of the fuel price signage for the service station. 4.3.2 With the exception of the service station, signs must be hung from a soffit or wall bracket or recessed into a wall or column. Signs must be made of wood, stone or metal. With the exception of the fuel price signage for the service station, plastic signs are not permitted. Face Mounted Signs

Top or Side Mounted Signs Signs Recessed in Stone Walls

Page 8 Page 123 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

4.4 Village Commercial Lighting Street lighting will be provided by the master developer. Individual buildings will be responsible for lighting within their own property. Light fixtures should complement and enhance the character of the village centre.

4.4.1 Provide sufficientand suitable lighting to provide safe pedestrian access to building entrances in the dark. 4.4.2 For terraces that will be used in the dark provide outdoor lighting that allows for use of the space but does not cast light upwards beyond the first floor. 4.4.3 Avoid lighting that shines onto a neighbouring property. 4.4.4 Provide clearly-seen civic addresses that are lit at night. 4.5 Service Station The service station is located at the entrance to the Village and will act as a partial gateway. Its design is to convey the intent of the Village design and set a tone for the high quality of building design and use of materials.

Sloped roof canopy over gas pumps

4.5.1 Building Design and Siting .1 Create a design that acts as an entrance to the Village at Porteau Cove with the use of strong forms, high quality materials and sensitive integration of hard and soft landscaping. .2 For the principal building provide a sloped roof with a minimum slope of 3/12, or a flat roof that incorporates a green roof. Provide generous roof overhangs. .3 Provide protective cover for motorists using the gas pumps. That roof may be flat or sloped. .4 Incorporate elements of heavy timber, stone and/or other high quality materials that blend into its surroundings. .5 Provide enclosures for bulky equipment, supplies and

Page 9 Page 124 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

garbage. Design the enclosures to integrate with the design of the service station building. .6 Provide lighting that is restricted to the area of the service station and avoid lighting that will shine into adjacent residential units. .7 Provide general lighting for the service station that can be extinguished if the service station is closed.

4.5.2 Signage .1 One primary service station sign is permitted, and the maximum height of that sign is restricted to 2.5 m and must be located at the eastern end of the property. .2 Locate the primary service station signage on a stone base, with landscaping around it. .3 The primary signage is permitted to be back lit and plastic to a maximum size of 6.0 sm. .4 All other signage on or around the service station is required to be front lit or individually lit letters.

4.5.3 Permitted Materials Low sign set into stone base .1 The permitted materials for the service station are: .1 stone, from the local area and region; .2 wood and heavy timber, stained, varnished or painted; .3 wood or concrete composite siding and panels; .4 clear, coloured or textured glass .5 metal panels .6 textured, painted or similar-finished concrete. Unpainted concrete is permitted to a maximum 2’ height from grade; .7 textured asphalt, cedar shingle and metal roofs; .8 other materials that are similar to the above and which offer durable finishes. .9 materials similar to the above. .2 Stone is required on a minimum of 20% of the front and side walls of the building. .3 Metal panels or similar materials are restricted to a maximum of 50% of the area of the exterior walls.

Page 10 Page 125 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

5. MULTI-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL Buildings in the multi-family areas should be designed to closely respond to the surrounding grades and natural terrain. In many locations they will be highly visible and must convey a warmly modern and sensitive approach to development.

5.1 Building Design + Siting 5.1.1 Be a good neighbour. 5.1.2 Site buildings to minimize the impact on views from and shadowing of adjacent properties and buildings. 5.1.3 If the building/development is adjacent to public trails, provide connections from common space to the public trails whenever possible. Building sited to minimize impacts.

Common Space and Public Trails Connections 5.1.4 Make the front door easy to find, either through the architecture of the building or through a thoughtful landscaped access. 5.1.5 Provide a transition between public streets and private property using hard and soft landscaping integrated into natural landscaping. 5.1.6 Design buildings and the landscaping so that the buildings and their terraces appear to grow out of the natural landscaping. Minimize the extent of modification to the natural landscape surrounding the development, both during construction and after. 5.1.7 Avoid long, unbroken expanses of wall. 5.1.8 Except for visitor parking, locate all required parking underground or in enclosed parking garages, with additional convenience spaces at grade integrated into the hard and soft landscaping. Ensure that fluourescent lighting in a parking garage is not generally seen from outside the garage. 5.1.9 Provide common open space that maximizes sun access. Design the common space to be usable in most kinds of weather. 5.1.10 Decks over living space should be finished with pavers or stone Buildings grow out of the landscape

Page 11 Page 126 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

for those areas of deck that are not landscaped. Larger expanses of deck must be broken up with changes of materials, levels and/or landscaping. 5.1.11 Flat or nearly-flat roofs must be finished with pavers, stone, decorative pebbles or vegetation. Minimize the visibility of roof-top vents when visible from adjacent development or from public open spaces. 5.1.12 Camouflage or hide mechanical equipment when visible from adjacent development or from public open spaces.

5.2 Permitted Materials Use the best materials where they are seen by the public and passersby. Wood or wood composite materials may be stained or painted and must be in natural colours with some brighter accents permitted. 5.2.1 The permitted materials for multi-family residential buildings are: .1 stone, including stacked stone walls, from the local area and region, or cultured stone which replicates this; .2 wood, stained, varnished or painted; .3 wood composite or concrete composite siding and panels; .4 clear, coloured or textured glass; .5 textured, painted or similar-finished concrete. Unpainted Natural Materials concrete is permitted to a maximum 4’ height from grade; .6 metal panels with a matte finish; .7 other materials that are similar to the above and which offer durable finishes.

5.3 Multi-family Residential Signage 5.3.1 Integrate the signage into the architecture and landscaping. 5.3.2 Provide clearly-seen civic addresses that are lit at night.

5.4 Multi-family Residential Lighting 5.4.1 Provide sufficient and suitable lighting to provide safe pedestrian access to the principal entrance in the dark. 5.4.2 Avoid lighting that shines onto a neighbouring property.

6. DUPLEX AND SINGLE FAMILY INTENSIVE Duplex and single family houses on lots of less than 600 square metres are subject to these design guidelines and development permits.

6.1 Building Design and Siting 6.1.1 Site the building to minimize cut and fill on the site for the building and for access to the building. 6.1.2 Required parking spaces (2 per home) are to be in an enclosed or covered space. To soften the impact of garages facing the street, recess garage doors at least 0.3m from the surrounding building face. 6.1.3 Front stairs must be constructed of concrete and/or stone. No wood stairs are permitted. 6.1.4 For homes on the uphill side of a street, provide a street-facing balcony above the

Page 12 Page 127 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

first level with a depth of at least 2.4m. Provide roof cover over at least 50% of the balcony area. 6.1.5 Decks and balconies above the first level must be partially recessed or covered. 6.1.6 Avoid long runs of straight wall. Introduce jogs in the wall, bay windows, recesses or changes to wall planes to avoid straight runs of more than 10m. 6.1.7 Front driveways should be scored or textured concrete or asphalt, concrete pavers or stone. 6.1.8 Chimneys are to be boxed to match the siding or finished with stone. 6.1.9 Decks over living space should be finished with pavers or stone for those areas of deck that are not landscaped. Larger expanses of deck should be broken up with changes of materials, levels and/or landscaping. 6.1.10 Exterior lights should be placed so that they do not shine directly at a neighbour.

6.2 Permitted Materials Use the best materials where they are seen by the public and passersby. Wood or wood composite materials may be stained or painted with natural colours. 6.2.1 The permitted materials for multi-family residential buildings are: .1 stone, from the local area and region, or cultured stone which replicates this; .2 wood, stained, varnished or painted; .3 wood composite siding and panels; .4 clear, coloured or textured glass; .5 textured, painted or similar-finished concrete. Upainted concrete is permitted to a maximum 2’ height from grade; .6 metal panels with a matte finish; .7 textured asphalt, cedar shingle and metal for sloped roofs .8 other materials that are similar to the above and which offer durable finishes.

6.3 Residential Signage 6.3.1 Provide clearly-seen civic addresses that are lit at night.

6.4 Residential Lighting 6.4.1 Avoid lighting that shines onto a neighbouring property.

Page 13 Page 128 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

7. LANDSCAPE

7.1 General The objective of the landscape guidelines is to ensure a high level of land- scape design for all components of the development.

Specific Objectives are to: • Provide compatibility with and enhancement of the site’s intrinsic natural qualities; • Maintain and enhance the site’s native vegetation to the greatest extent possible; • Encourage the use of natural construction materials (particularly those in- digenous to the site and region) for built elements such as terraces, walls, steps, fences, and pathways; • Recognize the development shares the natural area with wildlife, and consider these impacts in site planning; • Treat the interface between common areas (such as parks, roadways Incorporate Natural Landscape and paths) and residential or village areas in a manner that protects and Features enhances the natural site character; • Rehabilitate areas disturbed during site construction to a natural state; • Incorporate and enhance the natural landscape features such as signifi- cant trees, rock outcrops and topographic variations wherever possible.

7.1.1 Minimize grading. Modifications to existing contours to be minimized where possible. 7.1.2 Use native/native compatible plantings. New landscaping and rehabilitation of disturbed areas will specify native or native compatible plants in the landscape to provide habitat value and limit the need for irrigation once established. A list of Native / Native compatible Plants is included as Appendix A. 7.1.3 Prohibited plant material. A number of plant materials are prohib- ited within the overall Porteau Cove Community development due to their invasiveness, high maintenance, toxicity, or other characteristics that make it inappropriate for a mountain environment. Introduction of invasive plant species that will threaten the character and integrity of the plant communities on site shall be avoided. See Appendix B for Use Native Plants the list of specifically prohibited plants. 7.1.4 Use natural on-site construction materials. Use natural materials that are on site or in the immediate area wherever possible, including stone, topsoil, gravel, backfill and wood, for built elements such as ter- races, walls, steps, fences, and pathways. 7.1.5 Retain natural features. Natural features such as rock outcroppings, significant changes in grade, gullies, special trees/tree groupings will be considered in detailed site planning and retained wherever po- ossible. Building locations shall be adjusted to suit topography and special natural features when the site for each phase is actually ready for construction. 7.1.6 Minimize irrigation. The intent is that irrigation will be minimized on site, and potentially only used for establishment of the landscape and for landscape elements on structure. If irrigation is needed, high efficiency systems utlilizing sensors should be used to minimize water use, and should use collected rainwater where possible. 7.1.7 Minimize formal lawn. The use of formal lawns shall be minimized, Use Natural Materials

Page 14 Page 129 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

and limited to small areas in multi-family projects and limited use in parks. Lawn shall only be used where appropriate for gathering, pic- nicking or informal play. 7.1.8 Interface areas. The interface between common areas (such as parks, roadways and paths) and residential or village areas, and the interface between developed and open space areas shall be designed in a manner that protects and enhances the natural site character and reinforces natural edges. Where possible, native plant groupings shall be extended into the developed area to soften the line between devel- oped and open space areas. 7.1.9 Retaining walls. Where retaining walls are required on development parcels, they are to be constructed of local stone or stone faced concrete. 7.1.10 Fire Smart. Limit the density of plantings in close proximity to buildings to assist with wildland fire protection.

7.2 Public Realm The public realm includes areas within the road right-of-ways, parks, open space and the Village Core. In addition to the overall guidelines above, the Stone Landscape Features following shall apply in these areas:

7.2.1 Landscape features and elements. Planters shall be made of natural stone or natural stone faced concrete - max. height of 1m. Preferred height of .5m to double as informal seating walls. 7.2.2 Street trees. Street trees in the Village Core may be formally ar- ranged to reinforce the village character. Outside the Core, trees shall be planted in informal groupings, avoid formal street tree plantings, to reinforce the naturalistic character of the development. 7.2.3 Open space. Areas designated as open space shall be retained in their natural form and enhanced as necessary after development. Only native plant materials shall be allowed in these areas.

7.3 Residential The landscape development of the residential parcels is a key design compo- Public Realm nent of the overall Porteau Cove community. This section applies to multi-fam- ily residential as well as duplex and intensive single family units.

The overall concept of the landscape for the multi-family unit types is simple and elegant designed courtyards, patios, roof terraces and entry courts juxtaposed with the natural forest and mountain character landscape. The landscape character surrounding the buildings for both multi-family and duplex/intensive single family units should be very naturalistic, while the landscape directly associated with the usable outdoor living areas should reflect a structured, simple, refined and elegant look.

All landscape development for the residential sites should serve a purpose such as but not limited to: • Forest restoration and enhancement of natural forest setting • Visual Screening • Rain water collection • Defining outdoor space • Re-enforcing the architecture Integrate Landscape with Archi- tecture & Natural Setting

Page 15 Page 130 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

• Linking the indoor with the outdoor • Providing drama and Framing views

7.3.1 Landscape integration. All landscape development should reinforce and integrate with the architecture and natural setting. Landscape should be usable/visible/have a purpose. 7.3.2 Plant material. Plant materials used in the residential parcels should provide a rich experience of texture, fragrance, drama, and colour. The pallette of plant materials for each parcel should reflect a moder- ate number of plant materials. The majority of plant materials are to be selected from the recommended list (see Appendix A). Refer to Appendix B - list of prohibited plants, due to their invasive or noxious character. 7.3.3 Landscape materials. The landscape materials suggested and an- ticipated for the residential parcels should be natural as well as refined in character. 7.3.4 Sustainability. Wherever feasible sustainability should be visibly evident in the landscape development. See Sustainability Section. 7.3.5 Water features. Where applicable, water features of re-circulating Use Natural Materials rain water should be considered in public and semi-public courtyard and patio areas to minimize highway noises. These water features should be integral to the landscape architectural design . 7.3.6 Children’s play. Mutli- family residential parcels should incorporate opportunities for children’s play within the parcel development unless a neighbourhood park with a play area is within a 10 minute walking distance. 7.3.7 Fencing. Security fencing and perimeter fencing of multi-family parcels is prohibited, except where recommended adjacent to dense woodlands for bear safety/protection. 7.3.8 Automatic irrigation. All multi-family residential parcels shall have an automatic irrigation service for all landscape areas over structure. Irrigation in other areas shall be minimized and energy efficient, if used. 7.3.9 Rooftop planting. Green roofs may be used on flat roofs on multi- Opportunities for Child Play in family buildings, particularly when highly visible from the road or Natural Environment surrounding development. Such roofs should follow best practices for green roofs, taking into account the mountainside environment.

Page 16 Page 131 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

7.4 Tree Management Much of the site is currently in a natural wooded state. The intent is to minimize the intrusion of development into forested areas. A large portion of the site is protected from development through open space designation.

7.4.1 For trees located on development parcels, retention should occur where possible through sensitive site planning, and significant trees should be incorporated into the development. 7.4.2 When trees are removed to site buildings, an uneven staggered edge rather than a straight line of trees is recommended to maximize edge habitat for wildlife, regenerate understorey growth and reduce windthrow hazards. 7.4.3 A clearing zone should be identified on each development parcel that encompasses the area of the building envelope and up to a 6m buffer area. 7.4.3.1 Significant trees within the lot and outside the clearing zone are to be retained and preserved during construction through the creation of tree protection zones. Trees other than significant trees and understory vegetation located outside the clearing zone and not within a protective easement on specific development parcels may be removed or selectively pruned to improve views, air movement and light penetration.

Trees in potential retention areas should be assessed to determine significance, level of effort for retention and potential hazards associated with retention. Additional considerations should be taken to overall stand management and safety including windfirming edges and fire hazard management.

7.4.3.2 Prior to any work being carried out in any phase of the development the contractor will meet with the Landscape Architect or Arborist to confirm the tree clearing boundary and tree protection zones. This boundary shall be completely flagged, clearly marked and fully protected. No access will be allowed into the areas beyond the tree clearing boundary for the duration of construction, except for safety reasons. 7.4.4 Trees and vegetation to be retained are to be protected during construction. Tree protection zones should be assigned based on individual tree assessments for age, diameter size and species tolerance to disturbance. Bright coloured, reusable construction fencing and/or wood hoarding should surround tree protection zones. The following activities shall not be permitted in the designated tree protection zones: * Clearing, grading, filling or excavation; * Passage of vehicular traffic including trucks, excavators, backhoes and similar vehicles including * the use of grubbing buckets or blades for vegetation removal; * Storage or piling of construction materials such as sand, aggregates, soil, lumber, formwork, pipes or similar items; * Disposal of waste materials such as paint, solvents or gyproc mud, the washing of cement or stucco machines, or the piling of other waste construction materials; * The location of portable toilets, generators, ancillary service

Page 17 Page 132 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

machines, portable sheds and other storage units; or * The disposal of excess water accumulating within the construction area.

7.4.5 Tree topping is to be avoided as it deforms native trees and may result in the degradation of tree integrity and stability.

Page 18 Page 133 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

8. PUBLIC REALM LIGHTING

8.1 Overall Strategy. The overall strategy for site wide lighting, including that for roads and public areas, is to provide the minimum levels necessary for pedestrian and vehicular safety, security and visibility while minimizing light pollution and ensuring the ‘Night Sky’ is preserved. Light pollution from the development has been identified as a potential issue from the campsite and areas of Porteau Cove Provincial Park.

8.1.1 Fixtures should have a contemporary feel yet fit within the mountain environment. 8.1.2 Utilize energy efficient fixtures that produce a soft natural quality of lighting. A white light character that shows true colours, such as Metal Halide, is preferred.

8.2 Street, Parking and Pathway Lighting. The intent of the overall lighting approach is to minimize the street lighting and light pollution generated from inefficient and inappropriate light fixtures. The lighting character will vary with each street or path type, and will reflect the quality of the overall development.

8.2.1 Minimize the lighting in the village by providing more indirect street and pedestrian level lighting only. 8.2.2 Roadway lighting will only be provided within the Village Centre and at intersections/entrances, unless required by MOT for safety reasons (e.g., on tight curves.) 8.2.3 Parking areas, pathways and other pedestrian areas will use bollard fixtures and suitable pole mounted fixtures.

8.3 Landscape Lighting. 8.3.1 Where provided, low landscape elements should contain the lighting source. Tree lighting to be indirect. The source of landscape lighting should not be visible from the street or adjacent lots.

8.3.2 The use of timed dimmers and motion sensor actuated lighting is recommended for use in exterior locations where illumination at full intensity level is not required during all the non-daylight hours.

8.3.3 Flashing, blinking or coloured lighting is not permitted (except for seasonal holidays.)

Examples of low level street lighting Lighting Examples

Page 19 Page 134 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

9. SITE FURNISHINGS Site furniture in the public realm includes benches, garbage and recycling receptacles, and bicycle racks. Selected products will reinforce the project theme, and shall be durable, easily maintainable and readily available. Site furnishings in the Village core shall include benches, garbage and recycling receptacles, and bike racks. In other areas of the development, including parks and trails, site furnishings will generally be limited to benches and potentially garbage receptacles. Heavier, more rustic looking site furnishings are encouraged in these areas. Site furnnishings should be durable and well made.

9.1 Village Centre

9.1.1 Site furnishings within the Village Core shall be made of natural materials, preferably wood and metal, with a rustic yet refined look, as illustrated in these images.

9.1.2 Trash receptacles shall also provide for recycling, and shall be bearproof.

9.2 Other Areas

9.2.1 Trash receptacles shall also provide for recycling, and shall be bearproof.

Trash Receptacle Examples Bench Examples

Page 20 Page 135 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

10. SIGNAGE

10.1 Overall Strategy: Signs in the public realm will fulfill two functions: project identity and wayfinding. Project identity signs will be located at site arrival points, and provide the first impression of the village character.

10.1.1 Signage should be simple, rustic yet refined, and incorporate natural materials from the area such as wood and stone. 10.1.2 There should be a consistent sign system for village entry points, streets, parking entrances, service areas and buildings. 10.1.3 Way-finding and information signage throughout the development shall be kept to the minimum size and number required to direct and inform vehicle drivers and pedestrians.

10.2 Sign Types

10.2.1 Gateway Signs. Gateway signs should be substantial, made of natural materials from the area - wood and stone. Simple and natural looking graphics, reflecting aesthetic of project... Minimally lit. 10.2.2 Project Signs. Signage should be low key and coordinated with the architectural features and finishes of each building. 10.2.3 Information Signs. Signage associated with recreational elements (trails / trailheads, parks, open spaces, viewpoints, interpretive signage) shall be wood and in a style similar to that of BC Parks. Solar panels shall be used to light trail signage where feasible.

Information Sign Examples Gateway and Project Sign Ex- amples

Page 21 Page 136 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

11. SUSTAINABILITY

11.1 Sustainability Measures A variety of green development guidelines identify ways to achieve and maintain a high level of inherent sustainability and healthy living - assure energy efficiency, a wholesome living environment, durability, and effective use of local materials. These have been incorporated in other sections of these guidelines, and include provisions for recycling and composting, potential use of green roofs, measures to reduce irrigation or use rainwater for irrigation, use of native plants, etc.

11.2 Stormwater Management One critical element in the sustainability measures for the project is the natural stormwater management program. Stormwater is an integral part of the Por- teau Cove community experience. It is a resource that needs to be protected and celebrated. Design of stormwater Best Management Practices should integrate with the architecture and natural setting of the mountain community.

Stormwater management best management practices are included in more detail in the Integrated Stormwater Management Plan (ISMP). For complete- ness, the following summary is included in these design guidelines. Refer to the ISMP for more detail.

11.2.1 For Roadways (not including the Village): 11.2.1.1 Maintain existing drainage routing and catchment areas to the extent possible 11.2.1.2 Provide Best Management Practices to capture the first 50mm of runoff from impervious surfaces in a 24 hour period. 11.2.1.3 Provide water quality Best Management Practices to treat the first 100mm of rainfall from impervious surfaces in a 24 hour period.

11.2.2 For the Village: 11.2.2.1 Attempt to provide source control Best Management Practices to capture the first 40mm of rainfall from impervious surfaces in a 24 hour period. 11.2.2.2 Provide Best Management Practices to detain the second 40mm (40mm to 80mm) of runoff from impervious surfaces in a 24 hour period and release at predevelopment levels. 11.2.2.3 Provide water quality Best Management Practices to treat the first 80mm of rainfall from road surfaces in a 24 hour period.

11.2.3 For Multi-Family Lots (not including the Village): 11.2.3.1 Provide on-site Best Management Practices to capture the first 50mm of runoff from impervious surfaces in a 24 hour period and infiltrate, evapotranspirate, reuse or redistribute to vegetated areas. 11.2.3.2 Provide on-site Best Management Practices to detain the second 50mm (50mm to 100mm) of runoff from impervious surfaces in a 24 hour period and release at predevelopment levels.

Page 22 Page 137 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

11.2.4 Best Management Practices 11.2.4.1 For building sites on impervious soils, BMP’s include but are not limited to the following • Impervious area reduction • Porous pavement • Green Roofs • Rain barrels • Rain gardens/absorbent landscaping • Constructed wetlands/wet ponds 11.2.4.2 For building sites on pervious soils, in addition to those listed in 8.4.2.1 above, BMP’s include but are not limited to the following: • Infiltration trench/field • Detention trench/field 11.2.4.3 For roadways, suitable BMP’s include but are not limited to the following: • Impervious area reduction • Oil and grit separators • Detention ponds • Constructed wetlands • Vegetated filter strips • Bioswales 11.2.4.4 Ditches and swales on steep slopes to have check dams or coarse lining material to reduce runoff velocities.

Page 23 Page 138 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

APPENDIX A USE NATIVE PLANTS

RECOMMENDED PLANT LIST

Native Plants

Trees Vine Maple Acer circinatum Bigleaf Maple Acer macrophyllum Japanese Maple Acer palmatum Norway Maple Acer platanoides Red Alder Alnus rubra Arbutus Arbutus menzeisii White Wonder Dogwood Cornus “Eddie’s White Wonder” Pacific Dogwood Cornus nuttallii Cascara Rhamnus purshiana Shore Pine Pinus contorta Quaking Aspen Populus tremuloides Douglas Fir Pseudotsuga menziesii Western Red Cedar Thuja plicata Canadian Hemlock Tsuga canadensis Western Hemlock Tsuga heterophylla

Shrubs Strawberry Tree Arbutus unedo Azalea Azalea sp./varieties Red Twig Dogwood Cornus sericea Enkianthus Enkianthus campanulata Salal Gaultheria shallon Mountain Laurel Kalmia latifolia Oregon Grape Mahonia aquifolium, Mahonia nervosa Sweet Gale Myrica gale Osmarea Osmarea burkwoodii Oregon Box Pachystima myrsinites Mock orange Philadelphus lewisii Red Flowering Currant Ribes sanguineum Rhododendron Rhododendron sp./varieties Nutka Rose Rosa nutkana Arctic Willow Salix arctica Pussy willow Salix discolor Hooker’s Willow Salix hookeriana Red Elderberry Sambucus racemosa Edible blueberry Vaccinium corymbosum Evergreen Huckleberry Vaccinium ovatum Huckleberry Vaccinium parvifolium Note: Kinnickinick, Red twig dogwood and other berry producing shrubs at- tractive to bears should not be the predominant species in new landscaping.

Vines and Groundcovers Kinnickinick Arctostaphylos uva-ursi Clematis Clematis sp.

Page 24 Page 139 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

APPENDIX A (Continued) Bunchberry Cornus canadensis Wild Strawberry Fragaria virginiana Western Bog Laurel Kalmia macrophylla ssp. occidentalis Trailing Blackberry Rubus ursinus Fringecup Tellima grandiflora

Bulbs, Perennials, Ferns and Grasses Vanilla leaf Achlys triphylla Yarrow Achillea millefolium Maidenhair Fern Adiantum pedatum Red columbine Aquilegia formosa Goat’s Beard Aruncus sylvester Wild Ginger Asarum caudatum Lady Fern Athyrium filix-femina Deer Fern Blechnum spicant Great Camas Camassia leichtlinii Common Camas lily Camassia quamash Pacific Bleeding Heart Dicentra formosa Coastal Wood Fern Dryopteris arguta Fawn lily Erythronium sp. Skunk cabbage Lysichiton americanum False Lily-of-the-Valley Maianthemum dilatatum Licorice Fern Polypodium glycyrrhiza Sword Fern Polystichum munitum Broad leafed stonecrop Sedum spathulifolium False Solomon’s Seal Smilacina racemosa Piggyback Plant Tolmeia menziesii

Non-native Plants that meet the following criteria are allowed in multi-family development areas: o Drought tolerant o Provide habitat value o Are non-invasive o Low maintenance o Hardy to Zone 7

Page 25 Page 140 of 304 Request for Decision - Area D OCP Development Permit Area Up...

PORTEAU COVE DESIGN GUIDELINES

APPENDIX B

PROHIBITED PLANT LIST

Invasive Species Butterfly Bush Buddleia davidii Cotoneaster Cotoneaster spp. English Hawthorn Crataegus laevigata Daphne Daphne laureola English Ivy Hedera helix Holly Ilex spp. Laurel Varieties Prunus laurocerasus varieties Zabel Laurel Prunus zabeliana

Noxious, Toxic or Invasive Species Sweet Vernal Grass Anthoxanthum odoratum Giant Reed Arundo donax Spotted Knapweed Centaurea maculosa Canada thistle Cirsium arvense Cattails Field Bindweed Convolvulus arvensis Hedgehog Dogtail Cynosurus echinatus Scotch Broom Cytisus scoparius Orchard Grass Dactylis glomerata Spurge-laurel Daphne laureola Leafy Spurge Euphorbia esula Giant Hogweed Heracleum mantegazzianum Velvet Grass Holcus lanatus Hairycats Ear Hypochoeris radicata Yellow Flag Iris Iris pseudacorus Dalmation Toadflax Linaria dalmatica Purple Loosestrife Lythrum salicaria Giant Knotweed Polygonum sachalinense Japanese Knotweed Polygonum cuspidatum Himalayan Blackberry Rubus discolor Tansy Ragwort Senecio jacobaea Carpet Burweed Soliva sessilis Gorse Ulex europaeus

No Fruit Trees

Page 26 Page 141 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

Request for Decision

Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Water and Gold Bridge Water Rates and Regulations Bylaws

Meeting Dates: April 13/27, 2016

Recommendations:

(1) THAT Bylaw No. 1479-2016 cited as “Britannia Beach Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1479-2016”, be introduced and read a first, second and third time; and

(2) THAT Bylaw No. 1480-2016 cited as “Pemberton North Water System Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1480-2016”, be introduced and read a first, second and third time; and

(3) THAT Bylaw No. 1481-2016 cited as “Gold Bridge Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1481-2016”, be introduced and read a first, second and third time; and

(4) THAT Bylaw No. 1479-2016 cited as “Britannia Beach Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1479-2016”, be adopted; and

(5) THAT Bylaw No. 1480-2016 cited as “Pemberton North Water System Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1480-2016”, be adopted; and

(6) THAT Bylaw No. 1481-2016 cited as “Gold Bridge Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1481-2016”, be adopted; and

(7) THAT property owners in Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Water System and Gold Bridge be informed of their respective new Water Rates and Regulations Bylaws.

Attachments:

Britannia Beach Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1479-2016 Pemberton North Water System Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1480-2016 Gold Bridge Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1481-2016

Key Information:

The purpose of a rate and regulation bylaw is to provide clarity to property owners with existing services and connections, or those property owners wishing to connect to a water system, with respect to:

Page 142 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

Request for Decision

Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Water and Gold Bridge Water Rates and Regulations Bylaws

 Prohibited uses of the water service  Application process for new services/connections  Layout and design for new services and connections  Material/component requirements  Associated fees for new services and connections  Inspection requirements  Maintenance and repair responsibilities

All three systems currently have Rate and Regulation Bylaws. However, when reviewing the bylaws with the intent to update via amendments the number of changes necessary to bring the bylaws up to the new standards for liability and legality was understood. As such, it was decided that creating new bylaws based on the new template would be a better use of staff time and reduce any risks associated with consolidating a bylaw with complicated amendments. As such, the recently adopted Furry Creek Rates and Regulations Bylaw was used as a template for the new bylaws, utilizing User Rates based on the existing bylaws for each system.

Changes over the existing bylaws include:  A comprehensive list of definitions that provide more clarity to the language in the bylaws.  Fleshed out clauses to clearly describe the roles and responsibilities of both the SLRD and property owners.  A new clause to indemnify the SLRD from damage caused by failure of system components. (Suggested to the SLRD by Municipal Insurance Association of BC).  A hydrant use permit, with associated fees and charges.  Well defined connection costs for new services, including a mechanism to cover staff time and expenses to inspect new service connections.  The late penalty associated with defaulted payments of user rates has been increased from 5% of the total bill to 10%. This reflects the same terms as in all the other SLRD water bylaws, ensuring consistency in the regulations.  Metered rates based on American Water Works Association (AWWA) guidelines for ICI (all three bylaws) and for Residential (Pemberton North Water and Britannia Beach Water) as meters may be brought, globally, into these areas.  The Pemberton North Water bylaw has allowances for customers to voluntarily supply and install a water meter at their own cost and be billed accordingly. Members of the Community have requested this option, and the data collected will provide much needed individual data for the Water Metering Feasibility Study that is set to begin in 2016.

Page 143 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

Request for Decision

Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Water and Gold Bridge Water Rates and Regulations Bylaws

 Bulk Water Purchase rates based on the operational costs and yearly consumption for Britannia Beach Water and Gold Bridge Water. Pemberton North Water System does not sell Bulk Water because of the Bulk Water Purchase Agreement with the Village of Pemberton.  The fee schedule for Gold Bridge has been updated to include a rate for detached, serviced outbuildings, at the same rate as a single dwelling. This user class is already part of both the current Britannia Beach and Pemberton North Water bylaws and is also included in the new bylaws for these services.

Please note that these bylaws do delegate power to the CAO in situations involving administrative decisions, thus, a 2/3 majority vote is required with respect to these bylaws.

Options:

(1) The proposed bylaws be given first, second and third reading and adopted.

(2) One or more of the proposed bylaws be given first, second and third reading and adopted.

(3) Amendments are requested by the Directors to one or more of the proposed bylaws.

(4) One or more of the bylaws be tabled at this time.

(5) Any combination of Option 2, 3 or 4

Preferred Option: There is no preferred option between Options 1 and 3 as feedback from the Committee is important for these bylaws. As there is development potential on some of the vacant lots in all three systems, the bylaws are timely and Option 4 would pose financial, environmental and physical risks that would result in hardships for the communities and the SLRD itself.

Regional Considerations: This bylaw has no regional considerations as part of the bylaw.

Follow-Up Action & Communications Plan: Upon adoption by the Board of Directors, staff will publish a notice on the SLRD website and Facebook pages as well as any other communication platforms as suggested by the Directors, i.e. mail-out, information to community associations, etc.

Submitted by: Janis Netzel, Director of Utilities and Environmental Services Reviewed by: Lynda Flynn, Chief Administrative Officer Approved by: Lynda Flynn, Chief Administrative Officer

Page 144 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

SQUAMISH-LILLOOET REGIONAL DISTRICT BYLAW NO. 1479-2016

A bylaw to establish the rates, terms and conditions under which owners of real property in the Britannia Beach Water Service Area, established through Britannia Beach Water Supply and Distribution Service Establishment Bylaw No. 949-2005, Britannia Beach Water Supply and Distribution Service Area Amendment Bylaw No. 1178-2010 and Britannia Beach Water Supply and Distribution Service Area Amendment Bylaw No. 1192-2010, all as amended from time to time, must comply to receive water service from the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District The Board of the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District, in open meeting assembled, enacts as follows:

1. AMENDMENT AND APPLICATION

Britannia Beach Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1120-2009 is hereby repealed.

2. CITATION

This bylaw may be cited as the "Britannia Beach Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1479-2016".

3. INTERPRETATION

In this bylaw, unless the context otherwise requires:

Administrator means the Chief Administrative Officer of the SLRD or his or her designate. Application means Schedule “B”, the Connection and/or Service Application. Application Fee means the fee paid by the Owner to the SLRD regarding the costs associated with processing Schedule “A” and approving the construction of the Connection and/or Service. Bulk Water means water accessed from a fire hydrant, standpipe, lawn hydrant or other publicly owned infrastructure forming part of the Works for use not considered to be part of the day to day requirements of the ICI or Residential User. This includes third party bulk water purchases and is subject to the Bulk Water Purchase Rate. Bulk Water The cost per cubic meter for Bulk Water consumption as per Purchase Rate Schedule “A”. Connection means the refundable deposit paid by the Owner to the SLRD Deposit with respect to the installation of a new Connection, when the Owner wishes to perform the works themself as indicated in Schedule A of this bylaw. Connection Fees means the applicable Application Fees, Connection Deposit, and/or Installation Fee as indicated in Section 7 and Schedule “A” of this bylaw. Consumer means: (1) any Person who is an Owner or Occupier of any Premises to which water is supplied or made available from the Works; and

Page 145 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

(2) any Person who actually uses: (i) water supplied to any Premises; or (ii) any service benefitting from the Works. Installation Fee means the fee paid by the Owner to the SLRD for a new Water Connection as indicated in Schedule A of this bylaw. Industrial- means any Consumer which uses Premises for purposes other Commercial- than that of a single family residence, townhouse, secondary Institutional (ICI) suite, or duplex. User Irrigation Means the artificial application of water to the land or soil for the purpose of growing of agricultural crops or for domestic vegetable gardens larger than 200 sq.ft. Lawn sprinkling, including underground irrigation systems for lawn maintenance, or hand watering using a hose is not considered irrigation. MMCD means Master Municipal Contract Documents, Platinum Edition. Occupier means an “occupier” as defined in the Community Charter. Owner means an “owner” in respect of real property as defined in the Community Charter but, in addition, includes an agent of the Owner and, in respect of Premises, any improvements situate on the real property. Permit means an approved Schedule “B” of this bylaw. Person means a “person” as defined in the Interpretation Act. Premises means a parcel of land and any improvements situate on the land. Residential User means any Consumer using Premises for the purposes of a single family residence, an apartment, a suite, a duplex, or a trailer or mobile housing unit. Service Pipe means that portion of the water supply line extending from the property line of the Premises to the improvements situated thereon, and joining the Water Connection to the plumbing system of the improvements. SLRD means the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District. Storm Sewer means all storm sewerage works and all appurtenances thereto, System including storm sewer mains, storm sewer connections, conduits, drains and other equipment and facilities owned or otherwise under the control or jurisdiction of the SLRD, for collecting, pumping and transporting stormwater. Temporary means an approved Schedule “C” of this bylaw. Hydrant Use Permit Water Connection means the water line extending from the Water Main to the property line of the Premises being serviced or about to be serviced.

Page 146 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

Water Mains means any Water Service under the control of the SLRD which is intended for public use within the Britannia Beach water system service area, established through the Britannia Beach Water Supply and Distribution Service Establishment Bylaw No. 949- 2005, Britannia Beach Water Supply and Distribution Service Area Amendment Bylaw No. 1178-2010 and Britannia Beach Water Supply and Distribution Service Area Amendment Bylaw No. 1192-2010, as amended from time to time (the “Britannia Beach Water System Service Area”). Water Service means the supply of water from the Works to any Person and all the taps, valves, meters, connections and other things necessary to, and actually used for, the purpose of such supply for the Britannia Beach Water System Service Area. Water User Rate means the applicable rate as classified for each Consumer in accordance with the categories set out in Schedule "A" attached hereto and forming part of this bylaw. Works means the waterworks of the SLRD within the Britannia Beach Water System Service Area.

4. APPLICATION FOR SERVICE

4.1 Application in the form of Schedule "B" attached to and forming part of this bylaw for the supplying of water to any Premises shall be made and delivered to the Administrator, and must be signed by the Consumer applying for such service. Each application, when signed by the Consumer shall constitute an agreement whereby the Consumer agrees to abide by the terms and conditions of this bylaw.

4.2 Upon approval of the application by the Administrator, he or she may turn on or cause to be turned on, the Water Service to the Consumer's premises.

5. CONNECTIONS

5.1 Application in the form of Schedule "B" attached to and forming part of this bylaw for the installation and connection of a Water Service to any Premises shall be delivered to the Administrator, which shall be signed by the Owner of the Premises and shall be accompanied by the required connection charge as established in Section 7 of this bylaw.

5.2 Where a new building or structure is being built and will come within the provisions of this bylaw, the Owner shall make application for a Connection Permit at the same time as making application for a building permit.

5.3 The Administrator shall determine the size of the pipe that is to be used in supplying any Premises, the position to the street in which it is to be placed, the Water Main to which the Connection shall be made if there is a choice of Water Mains, and whether a service is to be metered.

Page 147 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

5.4 All new ICI Users and multi-family developments shall have a water meter installed at their own cost. All existing ICI Users may, at their option and at their sole expense, have a water meter installed. All water meters must be approved of in advance by the Administrator and be compatible with the current SLRD meter reading device and software.

5.5 All new single family residential users shall have a water meter, supplied by the SLRD, installed at their own cost at the property line in an appropriate chamber per MMCD Standard Drawing W2c for a 19 mm or 25 mm Water Connection or W2d for a 38 mm or 50 mm Water Service Connection. The depth of the water meter installation is to be 1.219 m.

5.6 Upon approval of the application by the Administrator, a Water Connection extending from the Water Main to the property line of the applicant’s Premises shall be laid, unless already laid and the Owner shall then connect his Service Pipe to the Water Connection in accordance with the regulations hereinafter contained.

5.7 No work shall be permitted to be done on or under any street other than by an employee or agent of the SLRD and no Persons whatsoever shall be allowed to make any Connection with the Works system without the permission in writing from the Administrator.

5.8 It shall be the responsibility of the Owner to supply, install and maintain the connection or joint at the property line between the Owner's Service Pipe and the SLRD's connection pipe. The said connection or joint shall be of a flange or flare-type fitting approved by the SLRD. No soldered joints below ground will be permitted.

5.9 Owners who wish to install a new Connection themselves shall:

(a) Pay the applicable fees per Schedule “A”, and the charges shall be payable to the SLRD to use in its reasonable discretion for items such as, but not limited to, damages to the Water System from the installation, damages to adjacent properties, deficiencies in site cleanup or site remediation following construction, earthworks, roadworks, or to replace a Connection that does not meet the approval of the SLRD Administrator. (b) The Owner is responsible for obtaining appropriate permits from the Ministry of Transportation and Infrastructure (MoTI) for works within any road rights of way. Road crossings must be approved by MoTI prior to approval being granted by the SLRD. (c) The Owner must provide for approval by the Administrator, a detailed engineered drawing of the proposed Connection showing location, a list of supplies and the proposed methodology of construction. (d) Owners will ensure that any road surface, shoulders, ditches, culverts, and landscaping of the Rights of Ways and adjacent properties disturbed during construction are returned to a condition that is the same as or better than before they were disturbed. (e) The Owner must arrange with the Administrator for site inspections of the installation of the Connection to the Water Main, and must request the inspections at least 2 business days in advance. At the discretion of the

Page 148 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

Administrator, some inspections can be combined into a single site visit. Site inspections for the following are required: i) Pre-construction site inspection; ii) Inspection of exposed Water Main at proposed site of tie-in; iii) Inspection of the Connection following tie-in; iv) Inspection of bedding sand; v) Final site inspection; (f) In the event of a road crossing, the inspection of the materials, backfilling and compaction will be required. All materials and specifications requested by MoTI must be adhered to and results must be submitted within 30 days of construction to MoTI. Failure to arrange for inspections may result in a forfeit of the deposit. (g) The construction site must be kept tidy at all times, with minimal interruption to traffic. Dirt and gravel must be prevented from entering any part of the Storm Sewer System, including all water courses. (h) Following construction, the Owner must provide the SLRD with an ‘As- Constructed’ drawing of the Connection sealed by a Professional Engineer within 30 days of construction. Failure to provide the As-Constructed drawing may result in a forfeit of the Connection Deposit. (i) The Connection Deposit will be refunded to the Owner following a one (1) year warranty period, provided that: i) The Owner adhered to Sections 5.9 (a) – (h) of this bylaw; and ii) All deficiencies noted during the inspections, and any deficiencies that are discovered up to one (1) year following the tie-in of the Connection to the Water Main, are resolved to the Administrator’s satisfaction; and iii) MoTI has provided a written statement that all disturbed MoTI infrastructure has been restored to their satisfaction;

5.10 Owners who wish the SLRD to provide a new Connection shall:

(a) Pay to the SLRD the applicable fees per Schedule “A”, and the charges shall be payable to the SLRD to use in its reasonable discretion for installation of the Connection, permitting fees, engineered drawings and other uses associated with the construction of a new Connection. (b) The Owner will provide, for approval by the Administrator, a general location request for the new Connection. (c) The SLRD will install a new Connection within ninety (90) days following the approval of the Permit.

6. SERVICE PIPES

6.1 Before any Person shall install or construct any Water Service, or commence doing any construction work in relation to or in connection with the Water Service, that Person shall notify the Administrator in writing The Person shall furnish a site plan and specifications which shall show:

(a) the purpose for which the water is to be used, the size of pipes and the number of outlets in connection with such an installation; (b) a description of the material which the applicant proposes to use in connection with such installation or construction. (c) the preferred alignment of the Service Pipe.

Page 149 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

6.2 The installation of Service Pipes shall be the responsibility of the Owner but shall conform to specifications approved by the Administrator.

6.3 All underground pipes on any Premises shall be placed below the frost line, and in no case, not less than one point two one nine (1.219) meters below the surface of the ground or if placed under a driveway, sidewalk, or other area that will be cleared of snow, not less than one point five two four (1.524) meters below the surface of the ground. All other pipes exposed to frost shall be properly and sufficiently protected therefrom.

6.4 It shall be the duty of every Consumer to provide that all plumbing fixtures connected with the Service within the Premises are in good order and installed and connected in accordance with the provisions of the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District Building Bylaw 863, 2003, as amended from time to time, and the British Columbia Plumbing Code, as amended from time to time.

6.5 All Premises shall have a properly placed curb stop. Installation shall be done in accordance with MMCD Standard Drawings W2a – W2d.

6.6 When the Owner's Service Pipe plans and Water Connection application have been approved, the Owner may proceed with the installation of the Service Pipes. When the Service Pipes have been installed, but before the excavation is backfilled, the Administrator shall be notified that such work is ready for inspection and shall make such inspection or cause such inspection to be made, within two days thereafter excluding Saturdays, Sundays and holidays.

6.7 The backfilling of the Service Pipes shall not be commenced until the Administrator has signified in writing that he or she is satisfied that the materials and workmanship employed are to his or her satisfaction and that the pertinent sections of this and other bylaws have been met.

6.8 The Administrator and any other officer or employee of the SLRD shall refuse to turn on water to any Premises not complying with this section.

6.9 (a) In the event of any damage, blockage or other condition which causes water leakage or interruption of supply in the Service Pipe, repairs shall be the responsibility of the Consumer. If the Consumer feels that such conditions are present in the SLRD's connection pipe, and not in the Consumer's Service Pipe, the Consumer shall deposit with the SLRD a sum of money equal to the Administrator's estimate of the cost of excavation and backfilling required. (b) In the event that the SLRD's connection pipe is faulty and is the cause of the Consumer's complaint, the SLRD shall repair such faults and return the deposit to the Consumer. If there is no fault found in the SLRD's connection pipe, the Consumer shall forfeit that portion of the deposit in the amount equal to the actual cost of the work, any surplus being returned to the Consumer. The Consumer shall have the right to inspect the site of the excavation by the SLRD and satisfy himself as to the condition of the connection pipe.

Page 150 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

6.10 Every Consumer shall provide, for each service to his Premises, a pressure- reducing valve and pressure relief valve to prevent water pressure in the Main serving his Premises from being or becoming so great as to cause damage.

7. CONNECTION AND SERVICE CHARGES

7.1 There is hereby imposed and levied fees and charges, in the form of a Water User Rate as defined herein, upon all users of water supplied by the Water Service.

7.2 To defray the cost of the Connection and/or Service tie in inspections, there is also hereby imposed upon Owners of land upon which are situate buildings or structures, a fee schedule as established in Schedule “A”, section 2, attached to and forming part of this Bylaw.

7.3 The Administrator shall classify each Consumer in accordance with the categories set out in Schedule "A" attached hereto and forming part of this bylaw and the Consumer is liable for the corresponding rate.

7.4 Application of the Water User Rate for ICI Users will be as follows:

(a) Newly constructed buildings are required to install a meter and will be assessed the Metered Water User Rate from the date that the water is turned on.

7.5 (a) The metered Water User Rate as outlined in Schedule “A”, section 4 will be applied to all ICI Users and shall be invoiced on a bi-annual basis for the period January through June (period 1) and July through December (period 2) for meter readings encompassing that term, and payable in full to the SLRD on or before September 1st (period 1 billing) and February 1st (period 2 billing) or 30 days from date of invoice, whichever is later. (b) A new Consumer shall be charged the applicable Water User Rate for each full month remaining in the calendar year. If the application for service is dated on or before the 15th day of the month the Consumer will be charged for that month, The Water User Rate for the remainder of the calendar year shall be paid by the new Consumer at the time application for service is made. (c) A discount of 5% will be allowed if a Consumer pays in advance the full amount of the Water User Rate for the year on or before the 15th of April of that year or 60 days after the invoice date, whichever date is the later. (d) A penalty of 10% of the total yearly Water User Rate due, will be billed to the Consumers who are in default of payment when due. The 10% surcharge will only be billed to those Consumers who have not submitted full payment for the calendar year on or before July 2nd of that calendar year. A further 5% penalty will be billed to Consumers who have not submitted full payment for the calendar year prior to the 1st of December of that calendar year. Any Water User Rate remaining unpaid on the 31st of December of that calendar year shall be deemed to be taxes in arrears in respect to the Premises serviced and shall forthwith be entered on the real property tax roll.

Page 151 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

7.6 (a) No contractor, builder or other person shall use for building purposes of any kind any water from any pipe or Main of the Works, or from any other Consumer, without the written approval of the Administrator. (b) Applications for such service as described in Section 7.6 (a) shall be made in the manner prescribed in Section 4 of this bylaw and the user shall agree to pay the rates applicable and the Connection Fee if one is required, and to properly protect the supply pipes and other facilities of the Works.

7.7 (a) No Person, except an employee of the SLRD in the course of his or her employment, or an on duty member of a fire department operating within the Britannia Beach Water System Service Area, shall, without the written authority of the Administrator, operate any hydrant, standpipe or valve of the Water Service, or use any water therefrom. Such authority shall reserve to the SLRD the right to stop unauthorized such use at any time for any reason without liability for damage resulting therefrom in any manner whatsoever. (b) Application in the form of Schedule "C" for a Temporary Hydrant use Permit attached to and forming part of this bylaw for the temporary use of a fire hydrant shall be delivered to the Administrator. Every person who receives authority under Section 7.7 (a) shall deposit with the Administrator the applicable fees as described in Schedule “C”. (c) The holder of the Temporary Hydrant Use Permit will be invoiced for the volume of water used at the Bulk Water Purchase Rate. Payment of the invoice must be received within 30 business days after issuance of the invoice.

8. REGULATIONS

8.1 No Person shall destroy, injure or tamper with any hydrant, or other fixture of the Works, and no Person shall in any manner interfere or meddle with the Water Connection or Works in any street or make any additions or alterations to the Works or any connection or turn on or off any SLRD curb stop, service valve or gate-valve without express approval of the Administrator.

8.2 No Person shall sell or dispose of water from the SLRD's Water Service, or to give it away to any Persons whatsoever, or to permit it to be taken away or carried away by any Persons whomsoever, or to use or supply it to the use or benefit of others.

8.3 No connection or cross connection between the Works or any part of the Britannia Beach Water System and any other water system or source of water supply shall be permitted without the approval of the Administrator.

8.4 No Person shall use water for Irrigation purposes without first making application and having received written approval for such from the Administrator and in accordance with the applicable rates and charges per Schedule A.

8.5 No Person shall obstruct at any time or in any manner the access to any hydrant, valve, stop-cock or other fixture connected with the Works, and should any person obstruct such access, the Administrator or any other employee or servant of the SLRD may, by his or her order, remove such obstruction and the expense of such removal shall be charged to and shall be payable on demand as a debt

Page 152 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

due and owing by the Person so offending, recoverable by the SLRD in a Court of competent jurisdiction.

8.6 No Person shall obstruct or prevent the Administrator or any person authorized by him or her from carrying out any or all of the provisions of this bylaw, nor shall any Person refuse to grant the Administrator or any Person authorized by him or her, permission to inspect the Works or any part of the Britannia Beach Water System at any reasonable time.

9. ADMINISTRATION

9.1 The Administrator is hereby authorized and directed to have general supervision over the Water Service and to see that the provisions of this bylaw are carried out.

9.2 The Administrator shall have the power, to appoint assistants and inspectors for the purpose of effectually carrying out the provisions of this bylaw, and wherever the Administrator is authorized or directed to perform any act or duty under this bylaw, such act or duty may be performed by any inspector or employee authorized by the Administrator to perform such act or duty.

9.3 Nothing contained in this bylaw shall be construed to impose any liability on the SLRD to service any Person or Premises or to give a continuous supply of water to any Person or Premises.

9.4 In the event of a stoppage of service continuing for more than five consecutive days, an equitable reduction shall be made on all Water User Rates or SLRD services affected thereby.

9.5 The SLRD may, without notice, disconnect the Water Service to any Premises for any of the following reasons, and the SLRD shall not be liable for damages by reason of discontinuing the Water Service for any such reasons:

(a) for repairs to SLRD infrastructure or forced repairs on Service Pipes; (b) for want of supplies, including water, pipes or other requisite materials; (c) for unnecessary or wasteful use of water, or violation of regulations concerning watering or sprinkling, such as not abiding by summer watering restrictions, by a Consumer; (d) for non-payment by a Consumer of Water User Rates or other charges specified in Schedule A; (e) for failure of a Consumer to replace or repair defective Service Pipes or other pipes, fittings, valves, tanks or appliances which are the responsibility of the Consumer and which are leaking or are otherwise not in a good state of repair and which are or may become a cause of waste of water; (f) for a Consumer employing any pump, booster or other device for the purpose of, or having the effect of, increasing water pressure in service lines, without obtaining the approval of the Administrator; or (g) for violation of any of the provisions of this bylaw.

9.6 The Administrator may, in its discretion, whenever the public interest so requires, suspend or limit the consumption of water from the Water Service, or may

Page 153 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

regulate the hours of use, or may further prescribe the manner in which such water may be used.

10. OFFENCE AND PENALTY

Any Person who violates any of the provisions of this bylaw or who suffers or permits any act or thing to be done in contravention of this bylaw, or who refuses, or omits or neglects to fulfill, observe, carry out or perform any duty or obligation imposed by this bylaw, is guilty of an offence and

(a) pursuant to the Local Government Act or the Offence Act or both shall be liable on summary conviction to: (i) a fine not exceeding two thousand dollars ($2,000.00), imprisonment of not more than 6 months, or both, (ii) the costs of prosecution, and (iii) any other penalty or remedy imposed or permissible pursuant to an enactment; (b) the penalties and remedies imposed under subsection (a) shall be in addition to and not in substitution for any other penalty or remedy imposed by or permissible under this bylaw or any other enactment; and (c) each day that a violation is caused or allowed to continue constitutes a separate offence under this bylaw.

11. EFFECTIVE DATE

This bylaw shall take force and be in effect May 1, 2016.

READ A FIRST TIME this 27th day of April , 2016.

READ A SECOND TIME this 27th day of April , 2016.

READ A THIRD TIME this 27th day of April , 2016.

ADOPTED this 27th day of April , 2016.

______Jack Crompton Kristen Clark Chair Secretary

Page 154 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

SQUAMISH-LILLOOET REGIONAL DISTRICT

SCHEDULE “A”

Attached to and forming part of Britannia Beach Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1479- 2016.

1. WATER RATES (non-metered)

(1) Single Family Residence $18.00 per month

(2) Townhouse, Duplexes, apartments/condos and $18.00 per month each unit secondary suites, as well as mobile homes within mobile home parks – each unit

(3) Bed & Breakfast - each room in addition to residence $9.50 per month

(4) Hotel - Base rate $63.00 per month - Rate per room $4.00 per month

(5) Coffee Shop, Café or Neighbourhood Pub - 50 seats and under $52.50 per month - Over 50 seats $78.75 per month

(6) Commercial Garage, Service Station or Shop $34.50 per month

(7) Store or Business Premises $16.50 per month

(8) Swimming Pools/Hot Tubs - Private residential pool or hot tub $9.50 per month

(9) Detached, Serviced Out Buildings $24.00 per month

(10) Trailer Recreational, Vehicles, Campground - Rate per space $3.50 per month

(11) Laundries - Rate per machine $6.30 per month

(12) Mill and Industrial sites, not metered $22.75 per month

Page 155 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

2. WATER CONNECTION CHARGES

Application Installation Fee Fee or CONNECTION AND/OR SERVICE CLASS Connection Deposit

A Water Service (Connection already installed) $250 Not 1. Applicable

A Water Connection – no impact to road structure or 2. pavement $400 $2,000

A Water Connection – impact to road structure; no 3. impact to pavement structure $400 $2,500

A Water Connection – impact to both road structure and pavement structure, short side or centerline 4. $450 $4,000 Water Main

A Water Connection – impact to both road structure 5. and pavement structure, long side Water Main $500 $6,000

Road structure is considered to be impacted when the installation requires an excavation to a depth equal to or greater than the distance from the edge of pavement or concrete.

Pavement structure is considered to be impacted (connection class 3 – 5) when the installation will require the pavement and or/concrete surface to be altered, this includes installations that require an excavation within one half (0.5) of a meter from the pavement and/or concrete edge. Connection classes 3 - 5 still apply for services where other means of road crossings are used, such as directional drilling.

A Connection is considered to be on the long side of the Water Main if the Water Main is located more than halfway across the pavement surface from the Premises.

The Connection Deposit will be returned to the Owner per Section 5.9.

A deposit of the estimated cost to install the Water Connection, the Connection Deposit, must be received by the SLRD before a Connection Permit will be given.

Page 156 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

Water Connections are not to exceed 25 mm (1”) in diameter without approval by the Administrator. A rate of $20 per linear meter will be added to the Installation Fee or Connection Deposit for every 12.5 cm (1/2”) increase in pipe diameter.

3. OTHER CHARGES

Disconnection/Reconnection Charge $ 200.00 Service/Trouble calls $ 200.00 Irrigation $ 450.00 per year

4. METER INSTALLATION & BULK WATER RATES

(1) The installation of a water meter will be at the sole cost of the user.

(2) The water user rate pursuant to a meter reading for ICI Users and Residential Users shall be $0.66 per cubic meter for those Water Connections where meter data is collected.

(3) The Bulk Water Purchase Rate pursuant to the purchase of Bulk Water is $1.90 per cubic meter.

(4) Minimum annual usage charge for metered systems is $216.00

Page 157 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

SCHEDULE "B”

Attached to and forming part of the Britannia Beach Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1479-2016.

CONNECTION AND/OR SERVICE APPLICATION

APPLICATION FOR A CONNECTION PERMIT TO A WATER SYSTEM OWNED BY THE SQUAMISH-LILLOOET REGIONAL DISTRICT

I/We Owner/agent of Owner, hereby make an application for a Water Connection and/or Service and for the supply of water to:

Civic address and legal description of Premises

I herewith tender the sum of $ to cover the cost of such Connection, and further agree to pay the amount assessed against the aforesaid Premises from time to time in respect to the said service pursuant to the provisions of the bylaws of the SLRD; and

I agree and to abide by the terms and conditions as established by the Britannia Beach Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1479-2016, regulating the conditions for the use of the Water Systems of the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District; and

I agree to protect, release, indemnify and save harmless the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District from all claims, demands and damages of whatever kind arising out of or in any manner incident to or caused by any stoppage or effect or other thing pertinent to the said Water System or the Connection.

Attached to this application: Cheque to cover Connection Fees as detailed in Schedule “A” If applicable, proof of Ministry of Transportation and Infrastructure approval and copies of permits per Section 5.9 (b). Detailed engineered drawing per Section 5.9 (c) and a site plan per Section 6.1.

Dated: 20 ______Signature of Owner or Agent

PERMIT APPROVAL

Dated: 20 ______Signature of Administrator

Page 158 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

SCHEDULE "C”

Attached to and forming part of the Britannia Beach Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1479-2016.

TEMPORARY HYDRANT USE APPLICATION AND PERMIT FORM

Permit No. ______SQUAMISH-LILLOOET REGIONAL DISTRICT

Applicant Name: ______Phone Number:______Company Name: ______City:______Prov. ______Postal Code: ______

Permission for Use: If there is a change in hydrants to be used from what is stated here, contact us by fax at 604-894-6526 or phone 604-894-6371 or e-mail at [email protected] in advance of its use. The Squamish-Lillooet Regional District (SLRD) does not guarantee that the hydrant will be available at the time you wish to use it. A maximum of four hydrants are covered under this permit.

HYDRANT NUMBERS: LOCATION:

Cost of Usage: This permit covers a maximum of two hydrants for up to a two month duration, at a cost of $150.00 plus taxes, and a damage deposit of $500.00.

Upon expiration of this permit, the permit holder agrees to pay the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District for the volume of water used at the Bulk Water Purchase Rate as detailed in Schedule ‘A’. The volume of water used will be based on the readings taken on the flow meter supplied by the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District or by another method, such as a trip tally, as agreed upon by the Administrator and the permit holder.

Duration of Use: Permit cannot exceed two months.

Today's Date: ______Permit Expiry Date: ______

Backflow Prevention: The Contractor must supply and install a Double Check Valve Assembly directly to the hydrant port or on the hose within five feet of the hydrant. Only equipment which has been tested by a certified tester can be used on the hydrant.

The Backflow Prevention Assembly Serial Number of the apparatus to be used on this hydrant is:

______

Backflow Prevention assembly test supplied? Yes____ No____

Fire Hydrant Access: Do you have a hydrant key? Yes____ No____

Page 159 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

Purpose of Use: What is the purpose of your use of the hydrant(s), please be specific: ______. The permit is issued only for the specified purpose.

Limitation of Use: This permit allows for only one hydrant to be accessed at any given time due to the possible effect on water pressure. Fire hydrants which have 'Fire Use Only' stamped on them, may not be used.

Hydrant Damage: Repairs will be performed by the SLRD and will be charged against the damage deposit and any surplus will be returned to the permit holder.

Method of Tracking Volume: Flow meter – initial reading: ______ Other method: ______

Declaration: I hereby declare that I have read, understand, and agree to abide by the above conditions. I understand that I may forfeit my damage deposit through the incorrect usage of a SLRD fire hydrant or through the use of a hydrant without prior approval from SLRD. I will ensure that all of the required attachments, including backflow prevention assembly, shall be in place and in good working order whenever a hydrant is in use. I hereby agree to pay all costs to the SLRD to repair any damage to the hydrant or surrounding utilities, roadworks, sidewalks, or other structures caused by my use of the hydrant. I agree to indemnify and save harmless at all times the SLRD, and all officers, servants and agents thereof, from any and all manner of loss, damage, expense, suits, claims and demands arising out of the granting of this permit, or sustained or incurred by the SLRD on account of, or in connection, with the use of the said hydrants by, or on behalf of, the undersigned.

Signature of Applicant: ______

Permit Fee $150.00 WHEN SIGNED BY the SLRD UTILITIES & G.S.T. on Permit Fee $ 7.50 ENVIRONMENTAL (UES) SERVICES DEPARTMENT TOTAL FEE $157.50 THIS IS YOUR PERMIT

Hydrant Deposit $500.00 This permit is issued for the temporary usage of fire (separate cheque) hydrants listed above.

This permit is approved and issued subject to terms and conditions as outlined above in the application portion of this form.

This permit is applicable only for the dates applied for and becomes null and void at midnight on the date of expiration.

UES Department Approval Date Issued Permit No.

DATE EXPIRES:______

Page 160 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

SQUAMISH-LILLOOET REGIONAL DISTRICT BYLAW NO. 1480-2016

A bylaw to establish the rates, terms and conditions under which owners of real property in the Pemberton North Water Service Area, established through Pemberton North Water Local Service Area Establishment Bylaw No. 420, 1989, as amended from time to time, must comply to receive water service from the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District The Board of the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District, in open meeting assembled, enacts as follows:

1. AMENDMENT AND APPLICATION

Pemberton North Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1285-2013 is hereby repealed.

2. CITATION

This bylaw may be cited as the "Pemberton North Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1480-2016".

3. INTERPRETATION

In this bylaw, unless the context otherwise requires:

Administrator means the Chief Administrative Officer of the SLRD or his or her designate. Application means Schedule “B”, the Connection and/or Service Application. Application Fee means the fee paid by the Owner to the SLRD regarding the costs associated with processing Schedule “A” and approving the construction of the Connection and/or Service. Bulk Water means water accessed from a fire hydrant, standpipe, lawn hydrant or other publicly owned infrastructure forming part of the Works for use not considered to be part of the day to day requirements of the ICI or Residential User. This includes third party bulk water purchases and is subject to the Bulk Water Purchase Rate. Bulk Water The cost per cubic meter for Bulk Water consumption as per Purchase Rate Schedule “A”. Connection means the refundable deposit paid by the Owner to the SLRD Deposit with respect to the installation of a new Connection, when the Owner wishes to perform the works themself as indicated in Schedule A of this bylaw. Connection Fees means the applicable Application Fees, Connection Deposit, and/or Installation Fee as indicated in Section 7 and Schedule “A” of this bylaw. Consumer means: (1) any Person who is an Owner or Occupier of any Premises to which water is supplied or made available from the Works; and (2) any Person who actually uses:

Page 161 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

(i) water supplied to any Premises; or (ii) any service benefitting from the Works. Installation Fee means the fee paid by the Owner to the SLRD for a new Water Connection as indicated in Schedule A of this bylaw. Industrial- means any Consumer which uses Premises for purposes other Commercial- than that of a single family residence, townhouse, secondary Institutional (ICI) suite, or duplex. User Irrigation Means the artificial application of water to the land or soil for the purpose of growing of agricultural crops or for domestic vegetable gardens larger than 200 sq.ft. Lawn sprinkling, including underground irrigation systems for lawn maintenance, or hand watering using a hose is not considered irrigation. MMCD means Master Municipal Contract Documents, Platinum Edition. Occupier means an “occupier” as defined in the Community Charter. Owner means an “owner” in respect of real property as defined in the Community Charter but, in addition, includes an agent of the Owner and, in respect of Premises, any improvements situate on the real property. Permit means an approved Schedule “B” of this bylaw. Person means a “person” as defined in the Interpretation Act. Premises means a parcel of land and any improvements situate on the land. Residential User means any Consumer using Premises for the purposes of a single family residence, an apartment, a suite, a duplex, or a trailer or mobile housing unit. Service Pipe means that portion of the water supply line extending from the property line of the Premises to the improvements situated thereon, and joining the Water Connection to the plumbing system of the improvements. SLRD means the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District. Storm Sewer means all storm sewerage works and all appurtenances thereto, System including storm sewer mains, storm sewer connections, conduits, drains and other equipment and facilities owned or otherwise under the control or jurisdiction of the SLRD, for collecting, pumping and transporting stormwater. Temporary means an approved Schedule “C” of this bylaw. Hydrant Use Permit Water Connection means the water line extending from the Water Main to the property line of the Premises being serviced or about to be serviced. Water Mains means any Water Service under the control of the SLRD which is

Page 162 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

intended for public use within the Pemberton North Water system service area, established through the Pemberton North Water Local Service Area Establishment Bylaw No. 420, 1989 (Pemberton North Water System Service Area”). Water Service means the supply of water from the Works to any Person and all the taps, valves, meters, connections and other things necessary to, and actually used for, the purpose of such supply for the Pemberton North Water System Service Area. Water User Rate means the applicable rate as classified for each Consumer in accordance with the categories set out in Schedule "A" attached hereto and forming part of this bylaw. Works means the waterworks of the SLRD within the Pemberton North Water System Service Area.

4. APPLICATION FOR SERVICE

4.1 Application in the form of Schedule "B" attached to and forming part of this bylaw for the supplying of water to any Premises shall be made and delivered to the Administrator, and must be signed by the Consumer applying for such service. Each application, when signed by the Consumer shall constitute an agreement whereby the Consumer agrees to abide by the terms and conditions of this bylaw.

4.2 Upon approval of the application by the Administrator, he or she may turn on or cause to be turned on, the Water Service to the Consumer's premises.

5. CONNECTIONS

5.1 Application in the form of Schedule "B" attached to and forming part of this bylaw for the installation and connection of a Water Service to any Premises shall be delivered to the Administrator, which shall be signed by the Owner of the Premises and shall be accompanied by the required connection charge as established in Section 7 of this bylaw.

5.2 Where a new building or structure is being built and will come within the provisions of this bylaw, the Owner shall make application for a Connection Permit at the same time as making application for a building permit.

5.3 The Administrator shall determine the size of the pipe that is to be used in supplying any Premises, the position to the street in which it is to be placed, the Water Main to which the Connection shall be made if there is a choice of Water Mains, and whether a service is to be metered.

5.4 All new ICI Users and multi-family developments shall have a water meter installed at their own cost.

5.5 All existing ICI Users and Residential Users may, at their option and at their sole expense, have a water meter installed. Water meters are to be installed at the property line in an appropriate chamber per MMCD Standard Drawing W2c or

Page 163 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

W2d and at a depth of 1.219 m. All water meters must be approved of in advance by the Administrator and be compatible with the current SLRD meter reading device and software.

5.6 Upon approval of the application by the Administrator, a Water Connection extending from the Water Main to the property line of the applicant’s Premises shall be laid, unless already laid and the Owner shall then connect his Service Pipe to the Water Connection in accordance with the regulations hereinafter contained.

5.7 No work shall be permitted to be done on or under any street other than by an employee or agent of the SLRD and no Persons whatsoever shall be allowed to make any Connection with the Works system without the permission in writing from the Administrator.

5.8 It shall be the responsibility of the Owner to supply, install and maintain the connection or joint at the property line between the Owner's Service Pipe and the SLRD's connection pipe. The said connection or joint shall be of a flange or flare-type fitting approved by the SLRD. No soldered joints below ground will be permitted.

5.9 Owners who wish to install a new Connection themselves shall:

(a) Pay the applicable fees per Schedule “A”, and the charges shall be payable to the SLRD to use in its reasonable discretion for items such as, but not limited to, damages to the Water System from the installation, damages to adjacent properties, deficiencies in site cleanup or site remediation following construction, earthworks, roadworks, or to replace a Connection that does not meet the approval of the SLRD Administrator. (b) The Owner is responsible for obtaining appropriate permits from the Ministry of Transportation and Infrastructure (MoTI) for works within any road rights of way. Road crossings must be approved by MoTI prior to approval being granted by the SLRD. (c) The Owner must provide for approval by the Administrator, a detailed engineered drawing of the proposed Connection showing location, a list of supplies and the proposed methodology of construction. (d) Owners will ensure that any road surface, shoulders, ditches, culverts, and landscaping of the Rights of Ways and adjacent properties disturbed during construction are returned to a condition that is the same as or better than before they were disturbed. (e) The Owner must arrange with the Administrator for site inspections of the installation of the Connection to the Water Main, and must request the inspections at least 2 business days in advance. At the discretion of the Administrator, some inspections can be combined into a single site visit. Site inspections for the following are required: i) Pre-construction site inspection; ii) Inspection of exposed Water Main at proposed site of tie-in; iii) Inspection of the Connection following tie-in;

Page 164 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

iv) Inspection of bedding sand; v) Final site inspection; (f) In the event of a road crossing, the inspection of the materials, backfilling and compaction will be required. All materials and specifications requested by MoTI must be adhered to and results must be submitted within 30 days of construction to MoTI. Failure to arrange for inspections may result in a forfeit of the deposit. (g) The construction site must be kept tidy at all times, with minimal interruption to traffic. Dirt and gravel must be prevented from entering any part of the Storm Sewer System, including all water courses. (h) Following construction, the Owner must provide the SLRD with an ‘As- Constructed’ drawing of the Connection sealed by a Professional Engineer within 30 days of construction. Failure to provide the As-Constructed drawing may result in a forfeit of the Connection Deposit. (i) The Connection Deposit will be refunded to the Owner following a one (1) year warranty period, provided that: i) The Owner adhered to Sections 5.9 (a) – (h) of this bylaw; and ii) All deficiencies noted during the inspections, and any deficiencies that are discovered up to one (1) year following the tie-in of the Connection to the Water Main, are resolved to the Administrator’s satisfaction; and iii) MoTI has provided a written statement that all disturbed MoTI infrastructure has been restored to their satisfaction;

5.10 Owners who wish the SLRD to provide a new Connection shall:

(a) Pay to the SLRD the applicable fees per Schedule “A”, and the charges shall be payable to the SLRD to use in its reasonable discretion for installation of the Connection, permitting fees, engineered drawings and other uses associated with the construction of a new Connection. (b) The Owner will provide, for approval by the Administrator, a general location request for the new Connection. (c) The SLRD will install a new Connection within ninety (90) days following the approval of the Permit.

6. SERVICE PIPES

6.1 Before any Person shall install or construct any Water Service, or commence doing any construction work in relation to or in connection with the Water Service, that Person shall notify the Administrator in writing The Person shall furnish a site plan and specifications which shall show:

(a) the purpose for which the water is to be used, the size of pipes and the number of outlets in connection with such an installation; (b) a description of the material which the applicant proposes to use in connection with such installation or construction.

Page 165 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

(c) the preferred alignment of the Service Pipe.

6.2 The installation of Service Pipes shall be the responsibility of the Owner but shall conform to specifications approved by the Administrator.

6.3 All underground pipes on any Premises shall be placed below the frost line, and in no case, not less than one point two one nine (1.219) meters below the surface of the ground or if placed under a driveway, sidewalk, or other area that will be cleared of snow, not less than one point five two four (1.524) meters below the surface of the ground. All other pipes exposed to frost shall be properly and sufficiently protected therefrom.

6.4 It shall be the duty of every Consumer to provide that all plumbing fixtures connected with the Service within the Premises are in good order and installed and connected in accordance with the provisions of the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District Building Bylaw 863, 2003, as amended from time to time, and the British Columbia Plumbing Code, as amended from time to time.

6.5 All Premises shall have a properly placed curb stop. Installation shall be done in accordance with MMCD Standard Drawings W2a – W2d.

6.6 When the Owner's Service Pipe plans and Water Connection application have been approved, the Owner may proceed with the installation of the Service Pipes. When the Service Pipes have been installed, but before the excavation is backfilled, the Administrator shall be notified that such work is ready for inspection and shall make such inspection or cause such inspection to be made, within two days thereafter excluding Saturdays, Sundays and holidays.

6.7 The backfilling of the Service Pipes shall not be commenced until the Administrator has signified in writing that he or she is satisfied that the materials and workmanship employed are to his or her satisfaction and that the pertinent sections of this and other bylaws have been met.

6.8 The Administrator and any other officer or employee of the SLRD shall refuse to turn on water to any Premises not complying with this section.

6.9 (a) In the event of any damage, blockage or other condition which causes water leakage or interruption of supply in the Service Pipe, repairs shall be the responsibility of the Consumer. If the Consumer feels that such conditions are present in the SLRD's connection pipe, and not in the Consumer's Service Pipe, the Consumer shall deposit with the SLRD a sum of money equal to the Administrator's estimate of the cost of excavation and backfilling required. (b) In the event that the SLRD's connection pipe is faulty and is the cause of the Consumer's complaint, the SLRD shall repair such faults and return the deposit to the Consumer. If there is no fault found in the SLRD's connection pipe, the Consumer shall forfeit that portion of the deposit in the amount equal to the actual cost of the work, any surplus being returned to the Consumer. The Consumer shall have the right to inspect the site of the

Page 166 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

excavation by the SLRD and satisfy himself as to the condition of the connection pipe.

6.10 Every Consumer shall provide, for each service to his Premises, a pressure- reducing valve and pressure relief valve to prevent water pressure in the Main serving his Premises from being or becoming so great as to cause damage.

7. CONNECTION AND SERVICE CHARGES

7.1 There is hereby imposed and levied fees and charges, in the form of a Water User Rate as defined herein, upon all users of water supplied by the Water Service.

7.2 To defray the cost of the Connection and/or Service tie in inspections, there is also hereby imposed upon Owners of land upon which are situate buildings or structures, a fee schedule as established in Schedule “A”, section 2, attached to and forming part of this Bylaw.

7.3 The Administrator shall classify each Consumer in accordance with the categories set out in Schedule "A" attached hereto and forming part of this bylaw and the Consumer is liable for the corresponding rate.

7.4 Application of the Water User Rate for ICI Users and Residential Users will be as follows:

(a) Newly constructed buildings are required to install a meter and will be assessed the Metered Water User Rate from the date that the water is turned on; (b) ICI Users and Residential Users occupying existing buildings who utilize their option to have a water meter installed will be assessed the metered Water User Rate effective January 1st of the calendar year immediately following the date of installation.

7.5 (a) The metered Water User Rate as outlined in Schedule “A”, section 4 will be applied to all metered ICI Users and Residential Users and shall be invoiced on a bi-annual basis for the period January through June (period 1) and July through December (period 2) for meter readings encompassing that term, and payable in full to the SLRD on or before September 1st (period 1 billing) and February 1st (period 2 billing) or 30 days from date of invoice, whichever is later. (b) A new Consumer shall be charged the applicable Water User Rate for each full month remaining in the calendar year. If the application for service is dated on or before the 15th day of the month the Consumer will be charged for that month, The Water User Rate for the remainder of the calendar year shall be paid by the new Consumer at the time application for service is made. (c) A discount of 5% will be allowed if a Consumer pays in advance the full amount of the Water User Rate for the year on or before the 15th of April of that year or 60 days after the invoice date, whichever date is the later.

Page 167 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

(d) A penalty of 10% of the total yearly Water User Rate due, will be billed to the Consumers who are in default of payment when due. The 10% surcharge will only be billed to those Consumers who have not submitted full payment for the calendar year on or before July 2nd of that calendar year. A further 5% penalty will be billed to Consumers who have not submitted full payment for the calendar year prior to the 1st of December of that calendar year. Any Water User Rate remaining unpaid on the 31st of December of that calendar year shall be deemed to be taxes in arrears in respect to the Premises serviced and shall forthwith be entered on the real property tax roll.

7.6 (a) No contractor, builder or other person shall use for building purposes of any kind any water from any pipe or Main of the Works, or from any other Consumer, without the written approval of the Administrator. (b) Applications for such service as described in Section 7.6 (a) shall be made in the manner prescribed in Section 4 of this bylaw and the user shall agree to pay the rates applicable and the Connection Fee if one is required, and to properly protect the supply pipes and other facilities of the Works.

7.7 (a) No Person, except an employee of the SLRD in the course of his or her employment, or an on duty member of a fire department operating within the Pemberton North Water System Service Area, shall, without the written authority of the Administrator, operate any hydrant, standpipe or valve of the Water Service, or use any water therefrom. Such authority shall reserve to the SLRD the right to stop unauthorized such use at any time for any reason without liability for damage resulting therefrom in any manner whatsoever. (b) Application in the form of Schedule "C" for a Temporary Hydrant use Permit attached to and forming part of this bylaw for the temporary use of a fire hydrant shall be delivered to the Administrator. Every person who receives authority under Section 7.7 (a) shall deposit with the Administrator the applicable fees as described in Schedule “C”. (c) The holder of the Temporary Hydrant Use Permit will be invoiced for the volume of water used at the Bulk Water Purchase Rate. Payment of the invoice must be received within 30 business days after issuance of the invoice.

8. REGULATIONS

8.1 No Person shall destroy, injure or tamper with any hydrant, or other fixture of the Works, and no Person shall in any manner interfere or meddle with the Water Connection or Works in any street or make any additions or alterations to the Works or any connection or turn on or off any SLRD curb stop, service valve or gate-valve without express approval of the Administrator.

8.2 No Person shall sell or dispose of water from the SLRD's Water Service, or to give it away to any Persons whatsoever, or to permit it to be taken away or carried away by any Persons whomsoever, or to use or supply it to the use or benefit of others.

Page 168 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

8.3 No connection or cross connection between the Works or any part of the Pemberton North Water System and any other water system or source of water supply shall be permitted without the approval of the Administrator.

8.4 No Person shall use water for Irrigation purposes without first making application and having received written approval for such from the Administrator and in accordance with the applicable rates and charges per Schedule A.

8.5 No Person shall obstruct at any time or in any manner the access to any hydrant, valve, stop-cock or other fixture connected with the Works, and should any person obstruct such access, the Administrator or any other employee or servant of the SLRD may, by his or her order, remove such obstruction and the expense of such removal shall be charged to and shall be payable on demand as a debt due and owing by the Person so offending, recoverable by the SLRD in a Court of competent jurisdiction.

8.6 No Person shall obstruct or prevent the Administrator or any person authorized by him or her from carrying out any or all of the provisions of this bylaw, nor shall any Person refuse to grant the Administrator or any Person authorized by him or her, permission to inspect the Works or any part of the Pemberton North Water System at any reasonable time.

9. ADMINISTRATION

9.1 The Administrator is hereby authorized and directed to have general supervision over the Water Service and to see that the provisions of this bylaw are carried out.

9.2 The Administrator shall have the power, to appoint assistants and inspectors for the purpose of effectually carrying out the provisions of this bylaw, and wherever the Administrator is authorized or directed to perform any act or duty under this bylaw, such act or duty may be performed by any inspector or employee authorized by the Administrator to perform such act or duty.

9.3 Nothing contained in this bylaw shall be construed to impose any liability on the SLRD to service any Person or Premises or to give a continuous supply of water to any Person or Premises.

9.4 In the event of a stoppage of service continuing for more than five consecutive days, an equitable reduction shall be made on all Water User Rates or SLRD services affected thereby.

9.5 The SLRD may, without notice, disconnect the Water Service to any Premises for any of the following reasons, and the SLRD shall not be liable for damages by reason of discontinuing the Water Service for any such reasons:

(a) for repairs to SLRD infrastructure or forced repairs on Service Pipes; (b) for want of supplies, including water, pipes or other requisite materials; (c) for unnecessary or wasteful use of water, or violation of regulations concerning watering or sprinkling, such as not abiding by summer watering restrictions, by a Consumer;

Page 169 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

(d) for non-payment by a Consumer of Water User Rates or other charges specified in Schedule A; (e) for failure of a Consumer to replace or repair defective Service Pipes or other pipes, fittings, valves, tanks or appliances which are the responsibility of the Consumer and which are leaking or are otherwise not in a good state of repair and which are or may become a cause of waste of water; (f) for a Consumer employing any pump, booster or other device for the purpose of, or having the effect of, increasing water pressure in service lines, without obtaining the approval of the Administrator; or (g) for violation of any of the provisions of this bylaw.

9.6 The Administrator may, in its discretion, whenever the public interest so requires, suspend or limit the consumption of water from the Water Service, or may regulate the hours of use, or may further prescribe the manner in which such water may be used.

10. OFFENCE AND PENALTY

Any Person who violates any of the provisions of this bylaw or who suffers or permits any act or thing to be done in contravention of this bylaw, or who refuses, or omits or neglects to fulfill, observe, carry out or perform any duty or obligation imposed by this bylaw, is guilty of an offence and

(a) pursuant to the Local Government Act or the Offence Act or both shall be liable on summary conviction to: (i) a fine not exceeding two thousand dollars ($2,000.00), imprisonment of not more than 6 months, or both, (ii) the costs of prosecution, and (iii) any other penalty or remedy imposed or permissible pursuant to an enactment; (b) the penalties and remedies imposed under subsection (a) shall be in addition to and not in substitution for any other penalty or remedy imposed by or permissible under this bylaw or any other enactment; and (c) each day that a violation is caused or allowed to continue constitutes a separate offence under this bylaw.

11. EFFECTIVE DATE

This bylaw shall take force and be in effect May 1, 2016.

Page 170 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

READ A FIRST TIME this 27th day of April , 2016.

READ A SECOND TIME this 27th day of April , 2016.

READ A THIRD TIME this 27th day of April , 2016.

ADOPTED this 27th day of April , 2016. ______Jack Crompton Kristen Clark Chair Secretary

Page 171 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

SQUAMISH-LILLOOET REGIONAL DISTRICT SCHEDULE “A” Attached to and forming part of Pemberton North Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1480-2016.

1. WATER RATES (non-metered)

(1) Single Family Residence $57.00 per month

(2) Townhouse, Duplexes, apartments/condos and $57.00 per month each unit secondary suites, as well as mobile homes within mobile home parks – each unit

(3) Bed & Breakfast - each room in addition to residence $30.10 per month

(4) Hotel - Base rate $199.50 per month - Rate per room $12.70 per month

(5) Coffee Shop, Café or Neighbourhood Pub - 50 seats and under $166.25 per month - Over 50 seats $249.45 per month

(6) School - Base rate $199.50 per month - Each classroom $31.70 per month - Works building $199.50 per month

(7) Commercial Garage, Service Station or Shop $109.25 per month

(8) Store or Business Premises $52.25 per month

(9) Swimming Pools/Hot Tubs - Private residential pool or hot tub $9.50 per month

(10) Detached, Serviced Out Buildings $50.70 per month

(11) Trailer Recreational, Vehicles, Campground - Rate per space $11.10 per month

(12) Laundries - Rate per machine $19.95 per month

(13) Mill and Industrial sites, not metered $72.10 per month

Page 172 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

2. WATER CONNECTION CHARGES

Application Installation Fee Fee or CONNECTION AND/OR SERVICE CLASS Connection Deposit

A Water Service (Connection already installed) $250 Not 1. Applicable

A Water Connection – no impact to road structure or 2. pavement $400 $2,000

A Water Connection – impact to road structure; no 3. impact to pavement structure $400 $2,500

A Water Connection – impact to both road structure and pavement structure, short side or centerline 4. $450 $4,000 Water Main

A Water Connection – impact to both road structure 5. and pavement structure, long side Water Main $500 $6,000

Road structure is considered to be impacted when the installation requires an excavation to a depth equal to or greater than the distance from the edge of pavement or concrete.

Pavement structure is considered to be impacted (connection class 3 – 5) when the installation will require the pavement and or/concrete surface to be altered, this includes installations that require an excavation within one half (0.5) of a meter from the pavement and/or concrete edge. Connection classes 3 - 5 still apply for services where other means of road crossings are used, such as directional drilling.

A Connection is considered to be on the long side of the Water Main if the Water Main is located more than halfway across the pavement surface from the Premises.

The Connection Deposit will be returned to the Owner per Section 5.9.

A deposit of the estimated cost to install the Water Connection, the Connection Deposit, must be received by the SLRD before a Connection Permit will be given.

Page 173 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

Water Connections are not to exceed 25 mm (1”) in diameter without approval by the Administrator. A rate of $20 per linear meter will be added to the Installation Fee or Connection Deposit for every 12.5 cm (1/2”) increase in pipe diameter.

3. OTHER CHARGES

Disconnection/Reconnection Charge $ 200.00 Service/Trouble calls $ 200.00 Irrigation $ 450.00 per year

4. METER INSTALLATION & BULK WATER RATES

(1) The installation of a water meter will be at the sole cost of the user.

(2) The water user rate pursuant to a meter reading for ICI Users and Residential Users shall be $1.25 per cubic meter for those Water Connections where meter data is collected.

(3) Bulk Water is not available for purchase at this time. As such, there is no Bulk Water Purchase Rate.

(4) Minimum annual usage charge for metered systems is $585.00

Page 174 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

SCHEDULE "B”

Attached to and forming part of the Pemberton North Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1480-2016.

CONNECTION AND/OR SERVICE APPLICATION

APPLICATION FOR A CONNECTION PERMIT TO A WATER SYSTEM OWNED BY THE SQUAMISH-LILLOOET REGIONAL DISTRICT

I/We Owner/agent of Owner, hereby make an application for a Water Connection and/or Service and for the supply of water to:

Civic address and legal description of Premises

I herewith tender the sum of $ to cover the cost of such Connection, and further agree to pay the amount assessed against the aforesaid Premises from time to time in respect to the said service pursuant to the provisions of the bylaws of the SLRD; and

I agree and to abide by the terms and conditions as established by the Pemberton North Water System Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1480-2016, regulating the conditions for the use of the Water Systems of the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District; and

I agree to protect, release, indemnify and save harmless the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District from all claims, demands and damages of whatever kind arising out of or in any manner incident to or caused by any stoppage or effect or other thing pertinent to the said Water System or the Connection.

Attached to this application: Cheque to cover Connection Fees as detailed in Schedule “A” If applicable, proof of Ministry of Transportation and Infrastructure approval and copies of permits per Section 5.9 (b). Detailed engineered drawing per Section 5.9 (c) and a site plan per Section 6.1.

Dated: 20 ______Signature of Owner or Agent

PERMIT APPROVAL

Dated: 20 ______Signature of Administrator

Page 175 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

SCHEDULE "C”

Attached to and forming part of the Pemberton North Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1480-2016.

TEMPORARY HYDRANT USE APPLICATION AND PERMIT FORM

Permit No. ______SQUAMISH-LILLOOET REGIONAL DISTRICT

Applicant Name: ______Phone Number:______Company Name: ______City:______Prov. ______Postal Code: ______

Permission for Use: If there is a change in hydrants to be used from what is stated here, contact us by fax at 604-894-6526 or phone 604-894-6371 or e-mail at [email protected] in advance of its use. The Squamish-Lillooet Regional District (SLRD) does not guarantee that the hydrant will be available at the time you wish to use it. A maximum of four hydrants are covered under this permit.

HYDRANT NUMBERS: LOCATION:

Cost of Usage: This permit covers a maximum of two hydrants for up to a two month duration, at a cost of $150.00 plus taxes, and a damage deposit of $500.00.

Upon expiration of this permit, the permit holder agrees to pay the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District for the volume of water used at the Bulk Water Purchase Rate as detailed in Schedule ‘A’. The volume of water used will be based on the readings taken on the flow meter supplied by the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District or by another method, such as a trip tally, as agreed upon by the Administrator and the permit holder.

Duration of Use: Permit cannot exceed two months.

Today's Date: ______Permit Expiry Date: ______

Backflow Prevention: The Contractor must supply and install a Double Check Valve Assembly directly to the hydrant port or on the hose within five feet of the hydrant. Only equipment which has been tested by a certified tester can be used on the hydrant.

The Backflow Prevention Assembly Serial Number of the apparatus to be used on this hydrant is:

______

Backflow Prevention assembly test supplied? Yes____ No____

Fire Hydrant Access: Do you have a hydrant key? Yes____ No____

Page 176 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

Purpose of Use: What is the purpose of your use of the hydrant(s), please be specific: ______. The permit is issued only for the specified purpose.

Limitation of Use: This permit allows for only one hydrant to be accessed at any given time due to the possible effect on water pressure. Fire hydrants which have 'Fire Use Only' stamped on them, may not be used.

Hydrant Damage: Repairs will be performed by the SLRD and will be charged against the damage deposit and any surplus will be returned to the permit holder.

Method of Tracking Volume: Flow meter – initial reading: ______ Other method: ______

Declaration: I hereby declare that I have read, understand, and agree to abide by the above conditions. I understand that I may forfeit my damage deposit through the incorrect usage of a SLRD fire hydrant or through the use of a hydrant without prior approval from SLRD. I will ensure that all of the required attachments, including backflow prevention assembly, shall be in place and in good working order whenever a hydrant is in use. I hereby agree to pay all costs to the SLRD to repair any damage to the hydrant or surrounding utilities, roadworks, sidewalks, or other structures caused by my use of the hydrant. I agree to indemnify and save harmless at all times the SLRD, and all officers, servants and agents thereof, from any and all manner of loss, damage, expense, suits, claims and demands arising out of the granting of this permit, or sustained or incurred by the SLRD on account of, or in connection, with the use of the said hydrants by, or on behalf of, the undersigned.

Signature of Applicant: ______

Permit Fee $150.00 WHEN SIGNED BY the SLRD UTILITIES & G.S.T. on Permit Fee $ 7.50 ENVIRONMENTAL (UES) SERVICES DEPARTMENT TOTAL FEE $157.50 THIS IS YOUR PERMIT

Hydrant Deposit $500.00 This permit is issued for the temporary usage of fire (separate cheque) hydrants listed above.

This permit is approved and issued subject to terms and conditions as outlined above in the application portion of this form.

This permit is applicable only for the dates applied for and becomes null and void at midnight on the date of expiration.

UES Department Approval Date Issued Permit No.

DATE EXPIRES:______

Page 177 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

SQUAMISH-LILLOOET REGIONAL DISTRICT BYLAW NO. 1481-2016

A bylaw to establish the rates, terms and conditions under which owners of real property in the Gold Bridge Water Service Area, established through Gold Bridge Water System Service Establishment Bylaw No. 1021–2006, as amended from time to time, must comply to receive water service from the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District The Board of the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District, in open meeting assembled, enacts as follows:

1. AMENDMENT AND APPLICATION

Gold Bridge Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1280–2013, and Gold Bridge Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1280-2013, Amendment Bylaw No. 1329-2014, are hereby repealed.

2. CITATION

This bylaw may be cited as the "Gold Bridge Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1481-2016".

3. INTERPRETATION

In this bylaw, unless the context otherwise requires:

Administrator means the Chief Administrative Officer of the SLRD or his or her designate. Application means Schedule “B”, the Connection and/or Service Application. Application Fee means the fee paid by the Owner to the SLRD regarding the costs associated with processing Schedule “A” and approving the construction of the Connection and/or Service. Bulk Water means water accessed from a fire hydrant, standpipe, lawn hydrant or other publicly owned infrastructure forming part of the Works for use not considered to be part of the day to day requirements of the ICI or Residential User. This includes third party bulk water purchases and is subject to the Bulk Water Purchase Rate. Bulk Water The cost per cubic meter for Bulk Water consumption as per Purchase Rate Schedule “A”. Connection means the refundable deposit paid by the Owner to the SLRD Deposit with respect to the installation of a new Connection, when the Owner wishes to perform the works themself as indicated in Schedule A of this bylaw. Connection Fees means the applicable Application Fees, Connection Deposit, and/or Installation Fee as indicated in Section 7 and Schedule “A” of this bylaw. Consumer means: (1) any Person who is an Owner or Occupier of any Premises to which water is supplied or made available from the Works; and

Page 178 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

(2) any Person who actually uses: (i) water supplied to any Premises; or (ii) any service benefitting from the Works. Installation Fee means the fee paid by the Owner to the SLRD for a new Water Connection as indicated in Schedule A of this bylaw. Industrial- means any Consumer which uses Premises for purposes other Commercial- than that of a single family residence, townhouse, secondary Institutional (ICI) suite, or duplex. User Irrigation Means the artificial application of water to the land or soil for the purpose of growing of agricultural crops or for domestic vegetable gardens larger than 200 sq.ft. Lawn sprinkling, including underground irrigation systems for lawn maintenance, or hand watering using a hose is not considered irrigation. MMCD Means the Master Municipal Contract Documents, Platinum Edition Occupier means an “occupier” as defined in the Community Charter. Owner means an “owner” in respect of real property as defined in the Community Charter but, in addition, includes an agent of the Owner and, in respect of Premises, any improvements situate on the real property. Permit means an approved Schedule “B” of this bylaw. Person means a “person” as defined in the Interpretation Act. Premises means a parcel of land and any improvements situate on the land. Residential User means any Consumer using Premises for the purposes of a single family residence, an apartment, a suite, a duplex, or a trailer or mobile housing unit. Service Pipe means that portion of the water supply line extending from the property line of the Premises to the improvements situated thereon, and joining the Water Connection to the plumbing system of the improvements. SLRD means the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District. Storm Sewer means all storm sewerage works and all appurtenances thereto, System including storm sewer mains, storm sewer connections, conduits, drains and other equipment and facilities owned or otherwise under the control or jurisdiction of the SLRD, for collecting, pumping and transporting stormwater. Temporary means an approved Schedule “C” of this bylaw. Hydrant Use Permit Water Connection means the water line extending from the Water Main to the property line of the Premises being serviced or about to be

Page 179 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

serviced. Water Mains means any Water Service under the control of the SLRD which is intended for public use within the Gold Bridge system service area, established through the Gold Bridge Water System Service Establishment Bylaw No. 1021–2006, as amended from time to time (the “Gold Bridge Water System Service Area”). Water Service means the supply of water from the Works to any Person and all the taps, valves, meters, connections and other things necessary to, and actually used for, the purpose of such supply for the Gold Bridge Water System Service Area. Water User Rate means the applicable rate as classified for each Consumer in accordance with the categories set out in Schedule "A" attached hereto and forming part of this bylaw. Works means the waterworks of the SLRD within the Gold Bridge Water System Service Area.

4. APPLICATION FOR SERVICE

4.1 Application in the form of Schedule "B" attached to and forming part of this bylaw for the supplying of water to any Premises shall be made and delivered to the Administrator, and must be signed by the Consumer applying for such service. Each application, when signed by the Consumer shall constitute an agreement whereby the Consumer agrees to abide by the terms and conditions of this bylaw.

4.2 Upon approval of the application by the Administrator, he or she may turn on or cause to be turned on, the Water Service to the Consumer's premises.

5. CONNECTIONS

5.1 Application in the form of Schedule "B" attached to and forming part of this bylaw for the installation and connection of a Water Service to any Premises shall be delivered to the Administrator, which shall be signed by the Owner of the Premises and shall be accompanied by the required connection charge as established in Section 7 of this bylaw.

5.2 Where a new building or structure is being built and will come within the provisions of this bylaw, the Owner shall make application for a Connection Permit at the same time as making application for a building permit.

5.3 The Administrator shall determine the size of the pipe that is to be used in supplying any Premises, the position to the street in which it is to be placed, the Water Main to which the Connection shall be made if there is a choice of Water Mains, and whether a service is to be metered.

5.4 All new ICI Users shall have a water meter installed at their own cost. All existing ICI Users may, at their option and at their sole expense, have a water meter

Page 180 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

installed. All water meters must be approved of in advance by the Administrator and be compatible with the current SLRD meter reading device and software.

5.5 Upon approval of the application by the Administrator, a Water Connection extending from the Water Main to the property line of the applicant’s Premises shall be laid, unless already laid and the Owner shall then connect his Service Pipe to the Water Connection in accordance with the regulations hereinafter contained.

5.6 No work shall be permitted to be done on or under any street other than by an employee or agent of the SLRD and no Persons whatsoever shall be allowed to make any Connection with the Works system without the permission in writing from the Administrator.

5.7 It shall be the responsibility of the Owner to supply, install and maintain the connection or joint at the property line between the Owner's Service Pipe and the SLRD's connection pipe. The said connection or joint shall be of a flange or flare-type fitting approved by the SLRD. No soldered joints below ground will be permitted.

5.8 Owners who wish to install a new Connection themselves shall:

(a) Pay the applicable fees per Schedule “A”, and the charges shall be payable to the SLRD to use in its reasonable discretion for items such as, but not limited to, damages to the Water System from the installation, damages to adjacent properties, deficiencies in site cleanup or site remediation following construction, earthworks, roadworks, or to replace a Connection that does not meet the approval of the SLRD Administrator. (b) The Owner is responsible for obtaining appropriate permits from the Ministry of Transportation and Infrastructure (MoTI) for works within any road rights of way. Road crossings must be approved by MoTI prior to approval being granted by the SLRD. (c) The Owner must provide for approval by the Administrator, a detailed engineered drawing of the proposed Connection showing location, a list of supplies and the proposed methodology of construction. (d) Owners will ensure that any road surface, shoulders, ditches, culverts, and landscaping of the Rights of Ways and adjacent properties disturbed during construction are returned to a condition that is the same as or better than before they were disturbed. (e) The Owner must arrange with the Administrator for site inspections of the installation of the Connection to the Water Main, and must request the inspections at least 2 business days in advance. At the discretion of the Administrator, some inspections can be combined into a single site visit. Site inspections for the following are required: i) Pre-construction site inspection; ii) Inspection of exposed Water Main at proposed site of tie-in; iii) Inspection of the Connection following tie-in; iv) Inspection of bedding sand; v) Final site inspection; (f) In the event of a road crossing, the inspection of the materials, backfilling and compaction will be required. All materials and specifications requested by

Page 181 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

MoTI must be adhered to and results must be submitted within 30 days of construction to MoTI. Failure to arrange for inspections may result in a forfeit of the deposit. (g) The construction site must be kept tidy at all times, with minimal interruption to traffic. Dirt and gravel must be prevented from entering any part of the Storm Sewer System, including all water courses. (h) Following construction, the Owner must provide the SLRD with an ‘As- Constructed’ drawing of the Connection sealed by a Professional Engineer within 30 days of construction. Failure to provide the As-Constructed drawing may result in a forfeit of the Connection Deposit. (i) The Connection Deposit will be refunded to the Owner following a one (1) year warranty period, provided that: i) The Owner adhered to Sections 5.8 (a) – (h) of this bylaw; and ii) All deficiencies noted during the inspections, and any deficiencies that are discovered up to one (1) year following the tie-in of the Connection to the Water Main, are resolved to the Administrator’s satisfaction; and iii) MoTI has provided a written statement that all disturbed MoTI infrastructure has been restored to their satisfaction;

5.9 Owners who wish the SLRD to provide a new Connection shall:

(a) Pay to the SLRD the applicable fees per Schedule “A”, and the charges shall be payable to the SLRD to use in its reasonable discretion for installation of the Connection, permitting fees, engineered drawings and other uses associated with the construction of a new Connection. (b) The Owner will provide, for approval by the Administrator, a general location request for the new Connection. (c) The SLRD will install a new Connection within ninety (90) days following the approval of the Permit.

6. SERVICE PIPES

6.1 Before any Person shall install or construct any Water Service, or commence doing any construction work in relation to or in connection with the Water Service, that Person shall notify the Administrator in writing The Person shall furnish a site plan and specifications which shall show:

(a) the purpose for which the water is to be used, the size of pipes and the number of outlets in connection with such an installation; (b) a description of the material which the applicant proposes to use in connection with such installation or construction. (c) the preferred alignment of the Service Pipe.

6.2 The installation of Service Pipes shall be the responsibility of the Owner but shall conform to specifications approved by the Administrator.

6.3 All underground pipes on any Premises shall be placed below the frost line, and in no case, not less than one point two one nine (1.219) meters below the surface of the ground or if placed under a driveway, sidewalk, or other area that will be cleared of snow, not less than one point five two four (1.524) meters

Page 182 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

below the surface of the ground. All other pipes exposed to frost shall be properly and sufficiently protected therefrom.

6.4 It shall be the duty of every Consumer to provide that all plumbing fixtures connected with the Service within the Premises are in good order and installed and connected in accordance with the provisions of the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District Building Bylaw 863, 2003, as amended from time to time, and the British Columbia Plumbing Code, as amended from time to time.

6.5 All Premises shall have a properly placed curb stop. Installation shall be done in accordance with MMCD Standard Drawings W2a – W2d.

6.6 When the Owner's Service Pipe plans and Water Connection application have been approved, the Owner may proceed with the installation of the Service Pipes. When the Service Pipes have been installed, but before the excavation is backfilled, the Administrator shall be notified that such work is ready for inspection and shall make such inspection or cause such inspection to be made, within two days thereafter excluding Saturdays, Sundays and holidays.

6.7 The backfilling of the Service Pipes shall not be commenced until the Administrator has signified in writing that he or she is satisfied that the materials and workmanship employed are to his or her satisfaction and that the pertinent sections of this and other bylaws have been met.

6.8 The Administrator and any other officer or employee of the SLRD shall refuse to turn on water to any Premises not complying with this section.

6.9 (a) In the event of any damage, blockage or other condition which causes water leakage or interruption of supply in the Service Pipe, repairs shall be the responsibility of the Consumer. If the Consumer feels that such conditions are present in the SLRD's connection pipe, and not in the Consumer's Service Pipe, the Consumer shall deposit with the SLRD a sum of money equal to the Administrator's estimate of the cost of excavation and backfilling required. (b) In the event that the SLRD's connection pipe is faulty and is the cause of the Consumer's complaint, the SLRD shall repair such faults and return the deposit to the Consumer. If there is no fault found in the SLRD's connection pipe, the Consumer shall forfeit that portion of the deposit in the amount equal to the actual cost of the work, any surplus being returned to the Consumer. The Consumer shall have the right to inspect the site of the excavation by the SLRD and satisfy himself as to the condition of the connection pipe.

6.10 Every Consumer shall provide, for each service to his Premises, a pressure- reducing valve and pressure relief valve to prevent water pressure in the Main serving his Premises from being or becoming so great as to cause damage.

7. CONNECTION AND SERVICE CHARGES

7.1 There is hereby imposed and levied fees and charges, in the form of a Water User Rate as defined herein, upon all users of water supplied by the Water Service.

Page 183 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

7.2 To defray the cost of the Connection and/or Service tie in inspections, there is also hereby imposed upon Owners of land upon which are situate buildings or structures, a fee schedule as established in Schedule “A”, section 2, attached to and forming part of this Bylaw.

7.3 The Administrator shall classify each Consumer in accordance with the categories set out in Schedule "A" attached hereto and forming part of this bylaw and the Consumer is liable for the corresponding rate.

7.4 Application of the Water User Rate for ICI Users will be as follows:

(a) Newly constructed buildings are required to install a meter and will be assessed the Metered Water User Rate from the date that the water is turned on; (b) ICI Users occupying existing buildings who utilize their option to have a meter installed will be assessed the Metered Water User Rate effective January 1st of the calendar year immediately following the date of installation.

7.5 (a) The Metered Water User Rate will be applied to all ICI Users and shall be invoiced on a bi-annual basis for the period January through June (period 1) and July through December (period 2) for meter readings encompassing that term, and payable in full to the SLRD on or before September 1st (period 1 billing) and February 1st (period 2 billing) or 30 days from date of invoice, whichever is later. (b) A new Consumer shall be charged the applicable Water User Rate for each full month remaining in the calendar year. If the application for service is dated on or before the 15th day of the month the Consumer will be charged for that month, The Water User Rate for the remainder of the calendar year shall be paid by the new Consumer at the time application for service is made. (c) A discount of 5% will be allowed if a Consumer pays in advance the full amount of the Water User Rate for the year on or before the 15th of April of that year or 60 days after the invoice date, whichever date is the later. (d) A penalty of 10% of the total yearly Water User Rate due, will be billed to the Consumers who are in default of payment when due. The 10% surcharge will only be billed to those Consumers who have not submitted full payment for the calendar year on or before July 2nd of that calendar year. A further 5% penalty will be billed to Consumers who have not submitted full payment for the calendar year prior to the 1st of December of that calendar year. Any Water User Rate remaining unpaid on the 31st of December of that calendar year shall be deemed to be taxes in arrears in respect to the Premises serviced and shall forthwith be entered on the real property tax roll.

7.6 (a) No contractor, builder or other person shall use for building purposes of any kind any water from any pipe or Main of the Works, or from any other Consumer, without the written approval of the Administrator. (b) Applications for such service as described in Section 7.6 (a) shall be made in the manner prescribed in Section 4 of this bylaw and the user shall agree to pay the rates applicable and the Connection Fee if one is required, and to properly protect the supply pipes and other facilities of the Works.

Page 184 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

7.7 (a) No Person, except an employee of the SLRD in the course of his or her employment, or an on duty member of a fire department operating within the Gold Bridge Water System Service Area, shall, without the written authority of the Administrator, operate any hydrant, standpipe or valve of the Water Service, or use any water therefrom. Such authority shall reserve to the SLRD the right to stop unauthorized such use at any time for any reason without liability for damage resulting therefrom in any manner whatsoever. (b) Application in the form of Schedule "C" for a Temporary Hydrant use Permit attached to and forming part of this bylaw for the temporary use of a fire hydrant shall be delivered to the Administrator. Every person who receives authority under Section 7.7 (a) shall deposit with the Administrator the applicable fees as described in Schedule “C”. (c) The holder of the Temporary Hydrant Use Permit will be invoiced for the volume of water used at the Bulk Water Purchase Rate. Payment of the invoice must be received within 30 business days after issuance of the invoice.

8. REGULATIONS

8.1 No Person shall destroy, injure or tamper with any hydrant, or other fixture of the Works, and no Person shall in any manner interfere or meddle with the Water Connection or Works in any street or make any additions or alterations to the Works or any connection or turn on or off any SLRD curb stop, service valve or gate-valve without express approval of the Administrator.

8.2 No Person shall sell or dispose of water from the SLRD's Water Service, or to give it away to any Persons whatsoever, or to permit it to be taken away or carried away by any Persons whomsoever, or to use or supply it to the use or benefit of others.

8.3 No connection or cross connection between the Works or any part of the Gold Bridge Water System and any other water system or source of water supply shall be permitted without the approval of the Administrator.

8.4 No Person shall use water for Irrigation purposes without first making application and having received written approval for such from the Administrator and in accordance with the applicable rates and charges per Schedule A.

8.5 No Person shall obstruct at any time or in any manner the access to any hydrant, valve, stop-cock or other fixture connected with the Works, and should any person obstruct such access, the Administrator or any other employee or servant of the SLRD may, by his or her order, remove such obstruction and the expense of such removal shall be charged to and shall be payable on demand as a debt due and owing by the Person so offending, recoverable by the SLRD in a Court of competent jurisdiction.

8.6 No Person shall obstruct or prevent the Administrator or any person authorized by him or her from carrying out any or all of the provisions of this bylaw, nor shall any Person refuse to grant the Administrator or any Person authorized by him or her, permission to inspect the Works or any part of the Gold Bridge Water System at any reasonable time.

Page 185 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

9. ADMINISTRATION

9.1 The Administrator is hereby authorized and directed to have general supervision over the Water Service and to see that the provisions of this bylaw are carried out.

9.2 The Administrator shall have the power, to appoint assistants and inspectors for the purpose of effectually carrying out the provisions of this bylaw, and wherever the Administrator is authorized or directed to perform any act or duty under this bylaw, such act or duty may be performed by any inspector or employee authorized by the Administrator to perform such act or duty.

9.3 Nothing contained in this bylaw shall be construed to impose any liability on the SLRD to service any Person or Premises or to give a continuous supply of water to any Person or Premises.

9.4 In the event of a stoppage of service continuing for more than five consecutive days, an equitable reduction shall be made on all Water User Rates or SLRD services affected thereby.

9.5 The SLRD may, without notice, disconnect the Water Service to any Premises for any of the following reasons, and the SLRD shall not be liable for damages by reason of discontinuing the Water Service for any such reasons:

(a) for repairs to SLRD infrastructure or forced repairs on Service Pipes; (b) for want of supplies, including water, pipes or other requisite materials; (c) for unnecessary or wasteful use of water, or violation of regulations concerning watering or sprinkling, such as not abiding by summer watering restrictions, by a Consumer; (d) for non-payment by a Consumer of Water User Rates or other charges specified in Schedule A; (e) for failure of a Consumer to replace or repair defective Service Pipes or other pipes, fittings, valves, tanks or appliances which are the responsibility of the Consumer and which are leaking or are otherwise not in a good state of repair and which are or may become a cause of waste of water; (f) for a Consumer employing any pump, booster or other device for the purpose of, or having the effect of, increasing water pressure in service lines, without obtaining the approval of the Administrator; or (g) for violation of any of the provisions of this bylaw.

9.6 The Administrator may, in its discretion, whenever the public interest so requires, suspend or limit the consumption of water from the Water Service, or may regulate the hours of use, or may further prescribe the manner in which such water may be used.

10. OFFENCE AND PENALTY

Any Person who violates any of the provisions of this bylaw or who suffers or permits any act or thing to be done in contravention of this bylaw, or who refuses, or omits or neglects to fulfill, observe, carry out or perform any duty or obligation imposed by this bylaw, is guilty of an offence and

Page 186 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

(a) pursuant to the Local Government Act or the Offence Act or both shall be liable on summary conviction to: (i) a fine not exceeding two thousand dollars ($2,000.00), imprisonment of not more than 6 months, or both, (ii) the costs of prosecution, and (iii) any other penalty or remedy imposed or permissible pursuant to an enactment; (b) the penalties and remedies imposed under subsection (a) shall be in addition to and not in substitution for any other penalty or remedy imposed by or permissible under this bylaw or any other enactment; and (c) each day that a violation is caused or allowed to continue constitutes a separate offence under this bylaw.

11. EFFECTIVE DATE

This bylaw shall take force and be in effect May 1, 2016.

READ A FIRST TIME this 27th day of April , 2016.

READ A SECOND TIME this 27th day of April , 2016.

READ A THIRD TIME this 27th day of April , 2016.

ADOPTED this 27th day of April , 2016.

______Jack Crompton Kristen Clark Chair Secretary

Page 187 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

SQUAMISH-LILLOOET REGIONAL DISTRICT

SCHEDULE “A”

Attached to and forming part of Gold Bridge Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1481-2016.

1. WATER RATES (non-metered)

(1) Single Family Residence $10.00 per month

(2) Apartments, suites or duplexes, as well as mobile homes $10.00 per month each unit within mobile home parks

(3) Bed & Breakfast - each room in addition to residence $6.25 per month

(4) Hotel or Motel - Basic rate $125.00 per month - Rate per room (additional) $7.50 per month (5) Coffee Shop, Café or Neighbourhood Pub - 50 seats and under $103.75 per month - Over 50 seats $156.25 per month (6) School - Basic rate $125.00 per month - Rate per classroom (additional) $62.50 per month - Works building $125.00 per month (7) Commercial Garage, Service Station or Shop $68.13 per month

(8) Recreational vehicles and travel trailers (RV’s) parked on lots, campgrounds $8.13 per month - Rate per unit (RV’s) or per site (campground) (9) Store or Business Premises $32.50 per month

(10) Swimming Pools/Hot Tubs - Rate per private residential pool or hot tub $4.16 per month (11) Laundries - Rate per machine $12.50 per month (12) Mill and Industrial Site, not metered $45.00 per month

(13) Detached, Serviced Out Buildings $10.00 per month

Page 188 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

2. WATER CONNECTION CHARGES

Application Installation Fee Fee or CONNECTION AND/OR SERVICE CLASS Connection Deposit

A Water Service (Connection already installed) $250 Not 1. Applicable

A Water Connection – no impact to road structure or 2. pavement $400 $2,000

A Water Connection – impact to road structure; no 3. impact to pavement structure $400 $2,500

A Water Connection – impact to both road structure and pavement structure, short side or centerline 4. $450 $4,000 Water Main

A Water Connection – impact to both road structure 5. and pavement structure, long side Water Main $500 $6,000

Road structure is considered to be impacted when the installation requires an excavation to a depth equal to or greater than the distance from the edge of pavement or concrete.

Pavement structure is considered to be impacted (connection class 3 – 5) when the installation will require the pavement and or/concrete surface to be altered, this includes installations that require an excavation within one half (0.5) of a meter from the pavement and/or concrete edge. Connection classes 3 - 5 still apply for services where other means of road crossings are used, such as directional drilling.

A Connection is considered to be on the long side of the Water Main if the Water Main is located more than halfway across the pavement surface from the Premises.

The Connection Deposit will be returned to the Owner per Section 5.8.

A deposit of the estimated cost to install the Water Connection, the Connection Deposit, must be received by the SLRD before a Connection Permit will be given.

Page 189 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

Water Connections are not to exceed 25 mm (1”) in diameter without approval by the Administrator. A rate of $20 per linear meter will be added to the Installation Fee or Connection Deposit for every 12.5 cm (1/2”) increase in pipe diameter.

3. OTHER CHARGES

Disconnection/Reconnection Charge $ 200.00 Service/Trouble calls $ 200.00 Irrigation $ 450.00 per year

4. METER INSTALLATION & BULK WATER RATES

(1) The installation of a water meter will be at the sole cost of the user.

(2) The water user rate pursuant to a meter reading for ICI Users shall be $0.36 per cubic meter.

(3) The Bulk Water Purchase Rate pursuant to the purchase of Bulk Water is $1.50 per cubic meter.

(4) The minimum annual usage charge for a metered connection is $120.00.

Page 190 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

SCHEDULE "B”

Attached to and forming part of Gold Bridge Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1481-2016.

CONNECTION AND/OR SERVICE APPLICATION

APPLICATION FOR A CONNECTION PERMIT TO A WATER SYSTEM OWNED BY THE SQUAMISH-LILLOOET REGIONAL DISTRICT

I/We Owner/agent of Owner, hereby make an application for a Water Connection and/or Service and for the supply of water to:

Civic address and legal description of Premises

I herewith tender the sum of $ to cover the cost of such Connection, and further agree to pay the amount assessed against the aforesaid Premises from time to time in respect to the said service pursuant to the provisions of the bylaws of the SLRD; and

I agree and to abide by the terms and conditions as established by the Gold Bridge Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1481-2016, regulating the conditions for the use of the Water Systems of the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District; and

I agree to protect, release, indemnify and save harmless the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District from all claims, demands and damages of whatever kind arising out of or in any manner incident to or caused by any stoppage or effect or other thing pertinent to the said Water System or the Connection.

Attached to this application: Cheque to cover Connection Fees as detailed in Schedule “A” If applicable, proof of Ministry of Transportation and Infrastructure approval and copies of permits per Section 5.8 (b). Detailed engineered drawing per Section 5.8 (c) and a site plan per Section 6.1.

Dated: 20 ______Signature of Owner or Agent

PERMIT APPROVAL

Dated: 20 ______Signature of Administrator

Page 191 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

SCHEDULE "C”

Attached to and forming part of Gold Bridge Water Rates and Regulations Bylaw No. 1481-2016.

TEMPORARY HYDRANT USE APPLICATION AND PERMIT FORM

Permit No. ______SQUAMISH-LILLOOET REGIONAL DISTRICT

Applicant Name: ______Phone Number:______Company Name: ______City:______Prov. ______Postal Code: ______

Permission for Use: If there is a change in hydrants to be used from what is stated here, contact us by fax at 604-894-6526 or phone 604-894-6371 or e-mail at [email protected] in advance of its use. The Squamish-Lillooet Regional District (SLRD) does not guarantee that the hydrant will be available at the time you wish to use it. A maximum of four hydrants are covered under this permit.

HYDRANT NUMBERS: LOCATION:

Cost of Usage: This permit covers a maximum of two hydrants for up to a two month duration, at a cost of $150.00 plus taxes, and a damage deposit of $500.00.

Upon expiration of this permit, the permit holder agrees to pay the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District for the volume of water used at the Bulk Water Purchase Rate as detailed in Schedule ‘A’. The volume of water used will be based on the readings taken on the flow meter supplied by the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District or by another method, such as a trip tally, as agreed upon by the Administrator and the permit holder.

Duration of Use: Permit cannot exceed two months.

Today's Date: ______Permit Expiry Date: ______

Backflow Prevention: The Contractor must supply and install a Double Check Valve Assembly directly to the hydrant port or on the hose within five feet of the hydrant. Only equipment which has been tested by a certified tester can be used on the hydrant.

The Backflow Prevention Assembly Serial Number of the apparatus to be used on this hydrant is:

______

Backflow Prevention assembly test supplied? Yes____ No____

Fire Hydrant Access: Do you have a hydrant key? Yes____ No____

Page 192 of 304 Request for Decision - Britannia Beach, Pemberton North Wate...

Purpose of Use: What is the purpose of your use of the hydrant(s), please be specific: ______. The permit is issued only for the specified purpose.

Limitation of Use: This permit allows for only one hydrant to be accessed at any given time due to the possible effect on water pressure. Fire hydrants which have 'Fire Use Only' stamped on them, may not be used.

Hydrant Damage: Repairs will be performed by the SLRD and will be charged against the damage deposit and any surplus will be returned to the permit holder.

Method of Tracking Volume: Flow meter – initial reading: ______ Other method: ______

Declaration: I hereby declare that I have read, understand, and agree to abide by the above conditions. I understand that I may forfeit my damage deposit through the incorrect usage of a SLRD fire hydrant or through the use of a hydrant without prior approval from SLRD. I will ensure that all of the required attachments, including backflow prevention assembly, shall be in place and in good working order whenever a hydrant is in use. I hereby agree to pay all costs to the SLRD to repair any damage to the hydrant or surrounding utilities, roadworks, sidewalks, or other structures caused by my use of the hydrant. I agree to indemnify and save harmless at all times the SLRD, and all officers, servants and agents thereof, from any and all manner of loss, damage, expense, suits, claims and demands arising out of the granting of this permit, or sustained or incurred by the SLRD on account of, or in connection, with the use of the said hydrants by, or on behalf of, the undersigned.

Signature of Applicant: ______

Permit Fee $150.00 WHEN SIGNED BY the SLRD UTILITIES & G.S.T. on Permit Fee $ 7.50 ENVIRONMENTAL (UES) SERVICES DEPARTMENT TOTAL FEE $157.50 THIS IS YOUR PERMIT

Hydrant Deposit $500.00 This permit is issued for the temporary usage of fire (separate cheque) hydrants listed above.

This permit is approved and issued subject to terms and conditions as outlined above in the application portion of this form.

This permit is applicable only for the dates applied for and becomes null and void at midnight on the date of expiration.

UES Department Approval Date Issued Permit No.

DATE EXPIRES:______

Page 193 of 304 Information Report - Impacts of the New BC Water Sustainabil...

Information Report

Impacts of the New BC Water Sustainability Act

Meeting Dates: April 13 and 27, 2016

Intent:

To update the Board of Directors on the impacts due to the new BC Water Sustainability Act on the SLRD water services.

Attachments:

Letter from Minister Mary Polak Water Sustainability Act Brochure Link to the Water Sustainability Act: https://www.leg.bc.ca/Pages/BCLASSLegacy.aspx#%2Fcontent%2Flegacy%2Fweb% 2F40th2nd%2F3rd_read%2Fgov18-3.htm

Key Information:

The BC Water Sustainability Act (Act) came into effect on February 29, 2016, and replaces the old BC Water Act. The intent of the Act is to ensure BC waters stay healthy and secure by protecting water flows for ecosystems and fish. Included in the Act are requirements for groundwater use and licensing (previously only surface water diversion, for such use as drinking water, irrigation or hydro power, was licensed), well construction and maintenance, dam safety and compliance.

For the SLRD water systems, the main impact of the Act is with respect to the licensing of ground water wells for the purpose of municipal water systems. Currently, the SLRD operates 5 water systems that will require registering and licensing of wells – Furry Creek, Britannia Beach, Devine, Bralorne and Gold Bridge. In the case of Britannia Beach, there are 6 wells that will need to be licensed. Staff is still waiting confirmation as to whether the wells can be treated as one municipal system or if they need to be registered independently.

Registering the wells will be a time consuming process (8 – 12 hours, $640 – $960, per system) as the amount of information required is extensive and not readily available. As such, the Province has allowed for a 3 year transitory period to get the wells registered. Staff intends to have applications submitted for all of the wells prior to March 1, 2017, as the Province has also waived the application fees up to this time. After March 1, 2017, each application for a ground water license will cost $1,000. While the

Page 194 of 304 Information Report - Impacts of the New BC Water Sustainabil...

Information Report

Impacts of the New BC Water Sustainability Act

smaller cost centers such as Gold Bridge and Bralorne will have difficulty absorbing this cost, it can be done within the allotted operating budget. The Devine Cost Center will be unable to absorb this costs under the current staff time allocated. The extent of the information required was unknown at the time of budget preparation.

The expected cost per year for each groundwater license is $200. The fee is based on the greater of $2.25 per 1000 m3 or $200, and currently, none of the SLRD wells pump beyond the threshold of 88,889 m3 per year. For Britannia Beach, if required to register each well, the cost to the service will be $1,200. If the SLRD is allowed to register all of the wells as a single system, the cost will be $205.70 as the system supplies 91,422 m3 per year to the community.

The costs noted above are a yearly “water rental fee”. This fee is similar to the yearly fees paid for the surface water licences that the SLRD holds, of which there are seven and they will increase from $150 (2015 rate) to $200 (new rate in the Act) each.

Within the application process, there is a requirement to disclose current pumping (diversion) volumes. For systems that divert more than 100 m3 per day, the Ministry may request that a Well Development Plan be submitted. All but the Devine Water System divert in excess of 100 m3 per day. Each plan we are required to submit will entail 10 – 20 hours of staff time ($800 - $1,600) depending on the complexity of the water system and its potential impact to the environment/other stakeholders on the same aquifer. This has not been reflected in the current operating budgets for any of the affected systems; we are hopeful that the Ministry will not request these Well Development Plans in the short-term.

As the Pemberton North and D’Arcy Water Systems have a bulk water purchasing agreement with the Village of Pemberton and N’Quatqua respectively, the SLRD is not responsible for ground water licensing for these systems. The Pinecrest Estates water system already has a surface water licence that is in the process of being transferred from the Pinecrest Estates Strata Council to the SLRD as part of the transfer agreement (see rates above).

Submitted by: Janis Netzel, Director of UES Reviewed by: Lynda Flynn, Chief Administrative Officer Approved by: Lynda Flynn, Chief Administrative Officer

Page 195 of 304 Information Report - Impacts of the New BC Water Sustainabil...

Reference: 296832

March 30, 2016

Dear Mayors, Councillors and Regional District Chairs and Directors:

On February 29, 2016, the Province brought the Water Sustainability Act into force along with the first phase of regulations. The Act updates and replaces the old Water Act and will better protect stream health, regulate groundwater, address water use during times of scarcity and expand opportunities to participate in decision-making processes.

The Act and regulations help protect water flows for ecosystems and fish and include new and improved requirements for groundwater use and licensing, well construction and maintenance, dam safety, and compliance. Much of this work was informed by public comment and the Province’s policy intentions that were released last summer.

Key changes include new licensing requirements for non-domestic groundwater use such as irrigation, industrial purposes, and community water supply. For existing groundwater users, the regulations provide a three-year transition period in which to apply for a licence; application fees will be waived during the first year of the transition period. Surface water and non-domestic groundwater users will also be subject to the new water fees and rentals announced last year. Individual household wells do not require a licence, nor are they subject to water fees or rentals. More information about the Water Sustainability Act and the implications of the new regulations can be found on the Province’s water webpages at http://gov.bc.ca/water. For specific direction and guidance on how to apply for a groundwater licence, please visit FrontCounter BC at http://www.frontcounterbc.gov.bc.ca.

Provincial government staff will also be presenting highlights of the changes at a series of teleconferences specifically for local government during April 2016. Ministry staff will provide further details under separate cover.

I appreciate the broad support for the Water Sustainability Act from local governments across the province, and the many British Columbians who contributed to the discussions around the Water Sustainability Act and this first phase of regulations. Work on the next phase of regulations and policies will be initiated later this year and includes measuring and reporting, livestock watering, water objectives, planning and governance. The Province looks forward to continuing to work with you during implementation of the Act and the development of future policies. …2

Ministry of Environment Office of the Minister Mailing Address: Telephone: 250 387-1187 Parliament Buildings Facsimile: 250 387-1356 Victoria BC V8V 1X4

Page 196 of 304 Information Report - Impacts of the New BC Water Sustainabil...

- 2 -

Visit http://gov.bc.ca/water for more information. If you have questions about the changes, please contact Ian Graeme, Manager, Watershed Sustainability, at 250 356-6663 or [email protected].

Sincerely,

Mary Polak Minister

Attachment

cc: Honourable Peter Fassbender, Minister of Community, Sport and Cultural Development Chair Al Richmond, President, Union of B.C. Municipalities Gary MacIsaac, Executive Director, Union of B.C. Municipalities

Page 197 of 304 Information Report - Impacts of the New BC Water Sustainabil...

Government also has new tools for managing water during shortages, including temporarily restricting surface water and groundwater use Water to protect essential household needs and critical environmental flows. Sustainability An updated and expanded Groundwater Protection Regulation (GWPR) applies to all well owners regardless of how the water is used. Act The new GWPR includes more requirements to ensure that water wells are properly constructed, NEW RULES NOW IN EFFECT maintained, and at the end of their service, February 29, 2016 deactivated and decommissioned to protect the quality and safety of our groundwater. An updated Dam Safety Regulation introduces new requirements for dam owners related to emergency planning, contact information and placement of signage. What happens next? With the regulations related to essential water management activities, e.g., authorizing water use, now in effect, work on other regulations to fully implement the Water Sustainability Act will be initiated. Priority regulations to be started in the coming years include livestock watering, measuring and reporting, and water objectives, among others. For more information: For more on applying for licences and approvals contact FrontCounterBC at 1-877-855-3222 or visit www.frontcounterbc.gov.bc.ca For more on the provincial water program visit: www.gov.bc.ca/water For more on the development of the legislation and implementation visit: http://engage.gov.bc.ca/watersustainabilityact Questions on these changes? Email: [email protected]

3717_WSA Overview_Brochure.indd 1-2 Page 198 of 304 2016-02-29 2:36 PM Information Report - Impacts of the New BC Water Sustainabil...

Water Sustainability Act now in force Domestic well owners — i.e., homeowners with a well that provides water for household use, lawn The Water Sustainability Act (WSA) and the first and garden watering, and water for domestic phase of regulations were brought into force on animals — are exempt from licensing and paying February 29, 2016. The WSA will benefit all British provincial water fees and rentals. Domestic well Columbians — our communities and families, owners are strongly encouraged to register their our environment and our economy. well by contacting FrontCounterBC to make their Important Changes for Water Users use known so it can be protected. Visit www.frontcounterbc.gov.bc.ca for information The WSA updates and replaces the previous on how to apply for a groundwater licence or to Water Act, bringing in a number of important register your domestic well. changes for existing and new surface water and groundwater users. New water fees and rentals Key changes that are now in effect under the WSA New fees and rentals, announced in February 2015, and new regulations include: are intended to recover the costs of implementing »» New water rights and licensing requirements the new WSA, and provide more tools to sustainably manage B.C.’s water resources, including regulating for non-domestic groundwater users groundwater use for the first time. All rates are the (e.g., industrial, agricultural) same for surface water and groundwater use. Fees »» Stronger protection for aquatic ecosystems and rentals are generally not applied to provincial »» New fees and rentals for water use or federal governments, or First Nations use on »» Expanded protection of groundwater including reserves or treaty lands. new requirements for well construction and maintenance Annual water rentals for existing non-domestic groundwater users accrue starting February 29, »» Increased dam safety and awareness, and 2016, regardless of when an application for a licence compliance and enforcement is submitted within the three-year transition period. Much of the Water Act has been brought into the Applications for existing non-domestic groundwater WSA and existing surface water rights granted use filed within 12 months from when the WSA under the Water Act will continue. In some came into force (on or before March 1, 2017) circumstances, the WSA may change how these are exempt from the application fee. rights may be exercised, such as during times of If you already have a water licence for surface water, drought or water scarcity. the change in your water bill will depend on the Licensing Groundwater Use water use purpose(s) specified in your water licence. Use the Water Rent Estimator (www.gov.bc.ca/ Managing groundwater and surface water waterrentestimator) to estimate your application fees together will better protect the security and safety and water rentals for a water licence or use approval. of this resource. As of February 29, 2016, all non- domestic groundwater users including existing Other changes under the WSA users are required to apply for a water licence, and A new requirement to consider environmental flow pay an application fee and annual water rentals. needs in decisions, and expanded prohibitions on There is a three-year transition period for existing dumping debris into streams and aquifers provides groundwater users to submit this application. stronger protection for aquatic ecosystems.

3717_WSA Overview_Brochure.indd 3-4 Page 199 of 304 2016-02-29 2:36 PM Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal... REQUEST FOR DECISION

Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hall Purposes – Gun Lake Fire Protection Society

Date of Meetings: Electoral Area Committee – April 13, 2016 SLRD Board – April 27, 2016

Recommendations:

THAT the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District, as holder of the License of Occupation for fire hall purposes from the Province of British Columbia in respect of the land legally described as “That part of the surface of District Lot 2413, Lillooet District, being surveyed as “Eve No. 2” Mineral Claim, except Plan H16902, containing 0.75 hectares, more or less (the “Land”), apply to the Province of British Columbia for its consent to the SLRD entering into a sublicence agreement (“Sublicence to Occupy”) with the Gun Lake Fire Protection Society for an initial term of 10 years with up to four (4) renewal periods of five (5) years each for a total possible period of 30 years; and

THAT as part of such application, the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District Board Chair and/or Chief Administrative Officer be authorized to execute the Sublicence to Occupy in respect of the Land on substantially the same terms and conditions as the Sublicence to Occupy that is attached to the staff report, as well as any additional documentation that may be required for such application.

Background

Head Tenure

The Land is located in the community of Gun Lake in Electoral Area A and has been subject to a licence of occupation between the Province of British Columbia (the “Province”) and the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District (“SLRD”) since at least 1995. The previous Licence of Occupation dated as of October 5, 2005 (“Licence of Occupation”) was for a term of 10 years and was due to expire on October 5, 2015. Due to the Province’s delay in not providing renewal tenure documents until late October 2015, the SLRD carried on in possession as a monthly occupier.

The SLRD Board passed the following resolutions on November 25, 2015:

THAT the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District agrees to acquire the Licence of Occupation for the term of 30 years from the Province of British Columbia over the land legally described as “That part of the surface of District Lot 2413, Lillooet District, being surveyed as “Eve No. 2” Mineral Claim, except Plan H16902, containing 0.75 hectares, more or less (the “Land”) for fire hall purposes; and

1 Page 200 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal... REQUEST FOR DECISION

Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hall Purposes – Gun Lake Fire Protection Society

THAT the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District Board Chair and Chief Administrative Officer be authorized to execute the Licence of Occupation in respect of the Land as well as any additional documentation that may be required for such application.

The staff report dated November 25, 2015 which was prepared in support of the above resolutions is attached.

On January 18, 2016, the Province of British Columbia granted License of Occupation No. 347759 in respect of the Land for fire hall purposes for a term of 30 years, commencing October 5, 2015 and ending on October 4, 2045 (the “Head Tenure”). The Head Tenure grants non- exclusive use of the Land to the SLRD, and the Province is entitled to grant additional uses/tenures of the Land to other persons at any time.

It is a requirement of the Head Tenure that the SLRD obtain the consent of the Province for any sublicence arrangement. To consider providing its consent to the sublicence, the Province requires the SLRD to submit the proposed sublicence agreement as executed by the SLRD and the sublicensee, Gun Lake Fire Protection Society (GLFPS) as well as payment of a sublicence fee. Therefore, this report is asking the Board to consider the terms of the sublicence agreement with the GLFPS.

Sub-License

The SLRD entered into a Sublicence to Occupy Agreement dated November 13, 2012 (“2012 Sublicence Agreement”) with the GLFPS. The 2012 Sublicence Agreement expired on October 4, 2015 (i.e. to coincide with the term of the head licence). Similarly to the SLRD’s status described in the previous paragraph, the GLFPS has stayed in possession after expiry of the term and is considered to be a monthly occupier. SLRD staff was in contact with the GLFPS Fire Chief to advise of the delay in securing the head tenure with the Province.

The only structure on the Land is a fire equipment shed (the “Improvements” as noted in the 2012 Sublicence Agreement.) According to records of the SLRD Building Department, two building permits have been issued in respect of the Land since 2012:

 BP#10727 dated November 2, 2013 - fire equipment shed; and  BP#10869 dated March 26, 2015 - alteration to the fire equipment shed.

In March, staff provided an earlier draft of the sublicence agreement to GLFPS and has received some initial feedback and requests. Staff has accommodated some of GLFPS’ requests (these are reflected in the attached agreement) and some requests have not been accommodated, mostly due the requirement that the sublicence agreement must pass along the

2 Page 201 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal... REQUEST FOR DECISION

Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hall Purposes – Gun Lake Fire Protection Society

requirements of the Head Tenure. While there may be additional minor changes to the proposed sublicence agreement, the wording of the recommended resolutions above allows for staff to complete discussions with GLFPS. For example, GLFPS would like its insurer to review the requirements and to explore the potential costs related to the environmental requirements. Any changes considered not to be minor would have to be brought back to the Board for consideration.

The proposed sublicence agreement pertains only to the use of the Land by the GLFPS. The purpose of the fire equipment shed currently situated on the Land is to house a fire truck and related fire-fighting equipment to protect them from the elements, and it does not have any plumbing, office space or any other occupancy other than what is required for the storage of the fire truck and equipment. (The SLRD Board in 2012 exempted the building from post-disaster designation as the costs of achieving such designation was beyond the means of the GLFPS and the building was only intended for housing fire equipment.) If the GLFPS wishes to construct additional buildings in the future, the SLRD would consider such a request at that time including the requirements around post-disaster designation of fire stations and housing for equipment used for such purposes (or exemption thereof) and if so approved by the Board, the sublicence agreement would be revised to reflect the new intended structure.

The proposed sublicence agreement is based upon the 2012 Sublicence Agreement with various revisions, including:

 that the fire equipment shed is now constructed (while the equipment shed was contemplated in the 2012 Sublicence Agreement – there was a pending building permit, it had not yet been constructed);

 recovery of the expenses associated with the Head Tenure and consent to sublicence; and

 any new terms/requirements flowing from the Head Tenure.

Some highlights of the proposed sublicence agreement:

 Initial term is 10 years and up to four renewal terms of 5 years each, dependent upon the continued interest of the SLRD in the Head Tenure (i.e. the Province does not terminate the Head Tenure due to some default on the part of the SLRD);

 While the SLRD has no control over whether the Province decides to grant additional tenures to other persons in respect of the Land, the SLRD will not grant sublicences to other persons without first consulting the GLFPS.

3 Page 202 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal... REQUEST FOR DECISION

Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hall Purposes – Gun Lake Fire Protection Society

 The sublicence fee is $1.00 plus the expenses associated with the SLRD’s applications to the Province for securing the Head Tenure ($200 plus GST) and the consent to sublicence ($250 plus GST) – total expenses of $450.00 plus GST. GLFPS has not previously been asked to reimburse the SLRD for those expenses and expenses related to making the tenure application were paid out of Cost Centre #1000 General Government. However, it is more appropriate that tenure application expenses be borne by the party receiving the benefit of the sublicence as the SLRD would not undertake this tenure if not for the use by the GLFPS. In response to concerns raised by GLFPS of paying the expenses, staff proposes that the expenses be pro-rated and repaid on a yearly basis over the initial 10 year term (i.e. $45.00 plus GST per year) rather than as a lump sum at the commencement of the sublicence agreement.

 Upon expiration or termination, GLFPS must remove improvements within 30 days of written request by SLRD and if it fails to remove after 60 days, the SLRD may dispose or retain the improvements at its discretion with costs to be recouped from proceeds of sale or from tax requisition for the Gun Lake fire protection service.

 GLFPS is responsible for any property taxes that may be levied (presently, with the Province’s current taxation status/rules, the Land/improvements are not taxable).

 GLFPS is responsible for all utilities supplied for the Land for use by the GLFPS or on its behalf (presently, the GLFPS pays for any utilities it uses).

 GLFPS provides liability insurance of $2 million.

 GLFPS indemnifies the SLRD against any claims/losses arising out of:

o Construction, maintenance, use or operation of the improvements; o Use and occupation of the license area or improvements by the GLFPS; o A breach of the agreement; o Any act or omission in the performance of or related to fire protection services of the GLFPS; o Any conflict between GLFPS use and lawful use of the Land by any other person who has been granted any use by the Province, including any use that has not yet been granted by the Province as at the date of the Head Tenure.

 The SLRD may terminate the sublicence agreement for various causes, including: if the Head Tenure is terminated for any reason; if required to put into place another form of agreement in respect of the Gun Lake fire protection service; for non-payment; for failure to perform obligations; for abandonment of Land or no longer using Land for

4 Page 203 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal... REQUEST FOR DECISION

Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hall Purposes – Gun Lake Fire Protection Society

storage purposes; if GLFPS substantially changes its society’s purposes or fails to hold annual general meetings as well as other boilerplate causes.

 GLFPS is responsible for any costs associated with reports that may be required by the Province of British Columbia to investigate the environmental condition of the Land.

 GLFPS must provide a certificate that it is in compliance with hazardous substances obligations under the agreement.

 GLFPS has asked that section 9(f) be revised to allow them to cut dead trees on the Land without SLRD approval. However, the SLRD, as Head Licensee, should be involved in any planning by the GLFPS to cut dead or live trees and can ensure permits, if required, are obtained – i.e. such permits may be required to ensure that no commercial log sales result.

Regional Considerations:

None

Options:

Option 1 (PREFERRED OPTION): Approve the Recommendations as presented; Option 2: Suggest changes; Option 3: Refer this matter back to staff with directions.

Next Steps:

Submit the application for consent to sublicence to the Province of British Columbia for their consideration, as required under the terms of the Head Tenure.

Attachments: 1. Proposed sublicence agreement; and 2. Staff Report dated November 25, 2015 (in respect of the Head Tenure).

Submitted by: Kristen Clark, Director of Legislative and Corporate Services Approved by: Lynda Flynn, Chief Administrative Officer

5 Page 204 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

SUBLICENCE TO OCCUPY

THIS AGREEMENT dated as of April 27, 2016 is

BETWEEN:

SQUAMISH-LILLOOET REGIONAL DISTRICT, 1350 Aster Street, Pemberton, British Columbia V0N 2L0

(the “Regional District”)

AND:

GUN LAKE FIRE PROTECTION SOCIETY, an organization duly incorporated under the Society Act of British Columbia under number S39643 and having a postal address of: General Delivery, Gold Bridge, British Columbia, V0K 1P0

(the “Sublicensee”)

WHEREAS:

A. The Sublicensee is a not for profit society incorporated for the purpose of providing fire protection in and around the community of Gun Lake, more particularly known and described as Schedule “A” to the Regional District’s Gun Lake Fire Protection Contribution Local Service Establishment Bylaw No. 559, 1994, as amended by Gun Lake Fire Protection Contribution Local Service Establishment Bylaw No. 559, 1994, Amendment Bylaw No. 1143-2009 and Gun Lake Fire Protection Contribution Local Service Establishment Bylaw No. 559, 1994, Amendment Bylaw No. 1381-2015 (the “Bylaw”), copies of which has been provided to the Sublicensee;

B. The Regional District, as principal Licensee, holds Licence of Occupation No. 347759 from the Province of British Columbia for fire protection purposes (the “Head Licence”), attached as Schedule “A” to, and forming a part of, this Agreement, for non-exclusive use and occupancy of lands having a civic address of 22 Lakeview Rd., Gun Lake, more particularly known and described as:

That part of the surface of District Lot 2413, Lillooet District, being surveyed as “Eve No.2” Mineral Claim, except Plan H16902, containing 0.75 hectares, more or less,

(the “Licence Area”);

C. The Sublicensee has constructed improvements within the Licence Area for the protection and safe keeping of the Sublicensee’s fire protection equipment and apparatus (the “Improvements”), as specified in SLRD Building Permit No. 10727 and SLRD Building Permit Application No. 10869, and which may be added to over time as approved by the Regional District.

Page 205 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

2 NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the representations, warranties, covenants and promises provided for in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which both parties hereby acknowledge, the parties agree as follows:

Grant of Licence

1. The Regional District hereby grants to the Sublicensee the non-exclusive right and licence to enter onto the Licence Area for fire equipment storage purposes and on the terms and conditions specified in this Agreement.

No Interest in Land

2. The rights granted under this Agreement do not constitute any interest in land or in the Licence Area or entitle the Sublicensee to exclusive possession of the Licence Area and the Sublicensee’s rights under this Agreement are at all times subject to the rights and interests of the Regional District as the principal Licencee of the Licence Area.

2A. Other persons may hold or acquire interests in or over the Licence Area granted by the Province of British Columbia in accordance with provincial enactments/legislation. Such rights may exist as of the commencement of this Agreement and may be granted by the Province of British Columbia or acquired subsequent to the commencement of this Agreement and may affect the Sublicensee’s use of the Licence Area. In addition, the area or boundaries of the Licence Area may change as a result of the granting of such interests. The Sublicensee has no right to compensation and releases the Regional District from all claims, actions, causes of action, suits and demands that it has or may at any time in the future have against the Regional District arising out of any conflict between the Sublicensee’s use of the Licence Area under this Agreement and any use of, or impact on the Licence Area arising from the exercise, or operation of the interests described in this section.

2B. For greater clarity, despite the ability of the Province of British Columbia to issue at any time further interests in respect of the Licence Area, the Regional District will not issue any further sublicensees in respect of the Head Tenure without first consulting the Sublicensee.

Access

3. The Regional District grants the Sublicensee a non-exclusive right to enter over the Licence Area to enable the Sublicensee (including, without limitation, its agents, employees, contractors, licensees and permittees) to install, construct, operate, maintain, repair and replace the Improvements as defined herein and to have unlimited, non- exclusive ingress and egress to and from the Licence Area during the Term..

Term

4. The term of the Sublicence shall be 10 years with a start date coinciding with the start date of the Regional District’s Head Licence granted by the Province of British Columbia, being October 5, 2015 and the end date of October 4, 2025 (the “Term”),

Page 206 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

3 subject to earlier termination as provided therein, and as provided herein. .

Renewal

5. Subject to the continued interest of the Regional District as the principal Licensee of the Licence Area, and subject to the Regional District’s right to terminate this Agreement as provided herein, the Sublicensee shall have the right to renew the Term for up to four (4) further consecutive renewal periods of five (5) years less a day (the “First Renewal Period” and the “Second Renewal Period”, the “Third Renewal Period” and the “Fourth Renewal Period” respectively), provided that:

(a) the Sublicensee duly and punctually observes and performs the covenants, agreements, conditions, and provisos in this Agreement on the part of the Sublicensee to be observed and performed;

(b) the Sublicensee is not in default of this Agreement at the time the right to extend is exercised; and

(c) the Sublicensee gives written notice to the Regional District in the manner provided in this Agreement not earlier than three hundred and sixty (360) days and not later than ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the Term or the First Renewal Period, the Second Renewal Period, the Third Renewal Period or the Fourth Renewal Period, as the case may be.

The renewal(s) shall be upon all of the covenants, agreements, conditions, and provisos contained in this Agreement except this covenant for renewal. Subject to the aforesaid, the exercise of this right of renewal is solely within the control of the Sublicensee and the Regional District is not obligated to remind the Sublicensee to give notification of its intention to renew within the required time period.

Licence Fee

6. The Sublicensee shall pay to the Regional District a licence fee in the amount of $1.00 per year (the “Licence Fee”), plus applicable taxes , the receipt of which is acknowledged by the Regional District for the use of and access to the Licence Area and Improvements as granted by the Regional District herein.

6A. The Sublicensee shall reimburse the Regional District for the expenses associated with the Regional District’s applications to the Province of British Columbia in respect of the (i) the Head Tenure; and (ii) the consent to sublicense (which consent is a requirement of the Head Tenure):

a. application fees of $450.00, plus GST, for a total amount of $472.50 (the “Expenses”).

The Expenses shall be paid payable by the Sublicensee to the Regional District over the Term as follows: $45.00 plus GST on the first day of May of each year of the Term, such that upon the expiration of the Term (initial 10 year term) and provided that the

Page 207 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

4 Sublicensee is not in default of payment, the Expenses will have been paid in full by the Sublicensee. For clarity, in the event of renewal(s), no further payment is due by the Sublicensee to the Regional District.

Holding Over

7. If the Sublicensee continues to use and occupy the Licence Area and Improvements after the expiration of the Term or any renewal period without any further written agreement and without objection by the Regional District, the Sublicensee shall be entitled to use the Licence Areas and Improvements on a month-to-month basis at a monthly licence fee equal to 1/12 of the annual Licence Fee amount in force during the last month of the Term, and (except as to length of tenancy) on and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

Sublicensee Improvements

8. For the fire equipment storage purposes established in this Agreement, and subject to the terms and conditions of any building permit that may be required in the circumstances, the Sublicensee may construct the improvements on the Licence Area, in a good and workmanlike manner and all installation, construction, maintenance, repair and operation of any improvements shall be done at the Sublicensee’s own expense and risk.

Sublicensee’s Covenants

9. The Sublicensee covenants with the Regional District as follows:

(a) to use the Licence Area only for the purposes of installing, removing, repairing replacing, modifying, substituting, constructing, erecting, maintaining and operating the Improvements in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

(b) to comply with all bylaws of the Regional District and all other applicable federal and provincial laws and regulations, including, without limitation, those pertaining to tenures and licenses of occupation over Crown lands, all WorkSafe BC regulations, and obtain all required permits, licences and consents from all authorities (including the Regional District) having jurisdiction, including, without limitation, a building permit from the Regional District;

(c) not to erect any sign on the Licence Area or the Improvements without the prior written consent of the Regional District, acting reasonably;

(d) except as granted herein, not to use or permit to be used, in or upon the Licence Area or any part thereof including the Improvements, any noisy, noxious or offensive art, trade, business, occupation or calling and not to carry on, suffer or permit to be carried on, anything on the Licence Area or Improvements that constitutes a nuisance or an unreasonable annoyance to the public, to other users of the Licence Area or Improvements, or to any occupant of lands in the vicinity of the Licence Area;

Page 208 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

5 (e) to: (i) undertake and complete all work in the Licence Area so as not to interfere with any existing public works or utilities or other users located in or near the Licence Area;

(ii) keep the Licence Area and the Improvements in a well-maintained, clean, tidy and safe state as a prudent owner would do; and

(iii) not commit, suffer or permit any wilful or voluntary waste, spoil or destruction of the Licence Area or Improvements;

(f) to pay, as and when due from time to time, its proportionate share of all taxes, levies and assessments, including, without limitation, local improvement charges imposed, assessed or levied during the existence of this Agreement by any statutory authority or public utility which are applicable to or imposed upon the Improvements or the Licence Area and to pay all charges for electricity or other utility or communication services, if any, which the Sublicensee uses or are provided on behalf of the Sublicensee in respect of the Licence Area or Improvements;

(g) not to suffer or permit any builders’ lien or claim of builders’ lien to be filed against the lands comprising the Licence Area by reason of work, labour, services or material supplied or claimed to have been supplied to the Sublicensee in connection with the Licence Area or Improvements and if any such lien or claim shall at any time be filed against such lands, the Sublicensee shall make application to cause a discharge of the lien or claim to be registered within thirty (30) days after the filing of the lien or claim has come to the notice of the Sublicensee;

(h) not to cut trees anywhere on or adjacent to the Licence Area without the prior written consent of the Regional District;

(i) to take all reasonable precautions to ensure the safety of persons using the Licence Area or Improvements; and

(j) to access the Licence Area and Improvements only in accordance with section 3 of this Agreement.

10. If the Sublicensee fails to keep the Licence Area and Improvements in a clean and tidy state to the reasonable satisfaction of the Regional District, the Regional District may provide the Sublicensee with written notice of the Regional District’s specific concern(s), and in such case the Regional District shall provide the Sublicensee with no less than thirty (30) days in which to address the concern(s) identified by the Regional District.

11. If the Sublicensee fails to keep the Licence Area and Improvements in a safe state to the reasonable satisfaction of the Regional District, the Regional District may provide the Sublicensee with written notice of the Regional District’s specific concern(s), and in such case the Regional District shall provide the Sublicensee with no less than ten (10) days in which to address the concern(s) identified by the Regional District.

Page 209 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

6 12. In the event that the Sublicensee fails to address to the Regional District’s reasonable satisfaction the concern(s) identified by the Regional District in sections 10 and 11 herein, within the time set out above or such further period as the parties may agree, the Regional District shall be entitled to do such work as is necessary to address the concern(s) identified by the Regional District, and the Sublicensee shall pay forthwith to the Regional District the costs of such work upon receipt of an invoice.

Removal of Improvements

13. Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, the Sublicensee shall, at its own expense, within thirty (30) days of a written request by the Regional District, remove the Improvements from the Licence Area and shall restore the Licence Area to its condition prior to the construction of the Improvements, reasonable wear and tear excepted, and shall leave the same in a neat and tidy condition, but the foregoing shall only apply to the Sublicensee if directed by the Regional District to do so.

14. If the Sublicensee fails to remove the Improvements within sixty (60) days of a written request by the Regional District following expiration or termination of this Agreement, then the Regional District may, at its option remove the Improvements, restore the Licence Area and:

a. dispose of the Improvements as it sees fit; or

b. retain the Improvements for use elsewhere within the service area established by the Bylaw, as amended from time to time, or as replaced by another service establishment bylaw for fire protection service for the Gun Lake community.

Any costs associated with these remedies may be recouped from the proceeds of disposal or from the tax requisition(s) for the Gun Lake fire protection service in whatever form that service may exist at the time.

Ownership of Improvements

15. The Regional District and the Sublicensee agree that title to and ownership of the Improvements shall, throughout the Term and any renewal period, and at all times thereafter, be vested in the Regional District.

Installation of Additional Equipment on the Improvements or within the Licence Area

16. The Regional District may, and may permit others to, throughout the Term and any renewal period, locate radio transmitters, receivers or any other communications or other equipment and works on the Improvements or within the Licence Area (the “Additional Equipment”), and the Regional District or its permittee, as the case may be, shall be responsible for all costs associated with the installation, removal and replacement of the Additional Equipment, including antennas, mounts, lines, cables, electrical and ancillary equipment.

17. No fees or charges shall be payable by the Regional District or the Regional District’s

Page 210 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

7 permittees to the Sublicensee for the co-location of the Additional Equipment on the Improvements or within the Licence Area.

Insurance

18. The Sublicensee shall, at its sole expense, obtain and maintain at all times during the Term comprehensive general liability insurance providing coverage for death, bodily injury, property loss and damage, and all other losses, arising out of or in connection with its use of the Licence Area and the exercise of its other rights under this Agreement in an amount of not less than two million dollars ($2,000,000.00) per occurrence.

19. Any policy or policies of insurance required to be taken out by the Sublicensee shall be with companies satisfactory to the Regional District, acting reasonably, and shall:

(a) name the Regional District as an additional insured;

(b) include that the Regional District is protected notwithstanding any act, neglect or misrepresentation by the Sublicensee which might otherwise result in the avoidance of a claim and that such policies are not affected or invalidated by any act, omission or negligence of any third party which is not within the knowledge or control of the insureds;

(c) be issued by an insurance company entitled to carry on the business of insurance under the laws of British Columbia;

(d) be primary and non-contributing with respect to any policies carried by the Regional District and that any coverage carried by the Regional District is in excess coverage;

(e) be maintained for a period of twelve (12) months per occurrence;

(f) include a cross-liability clause; and

(g) be on other terms acceptable to the Regional District, acting reasonably.

20. The Sublicensee shall obtain all required insurance at its sole expense and shall, on the commencement of the Term and for each anniversary thereof, including any renewal period, provide the Regional District with certificates of insurance confirming the placement and maintenance of the insurance.

Indemnity

21. Except to the extent arising out of the negligent acts or omissions of the Regional District and its directors, officers, employees, agents, contractors, successors and assigns, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, the Sublicensee shall release, indemnify and save harmless the Regional District and its directors, officers, employees, agents, contractors, successors and assigns, from and against any and all liabilities, actions, damages, claims, losses, costs and expenses whatsoever (including, without limitation,

Page 211 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

8 the full amount of all legal fees and disbursements) in any way directly or indirectly arising out of or caused, in whole or in part, by:

(a) the construction, installation, maintenance, use or operation by the Sublicensee of the Improvements or of the apparatus or equipment stored therein;

(b) the use and occupation of the Licence Area or Improvements by the Sublicensee and its directors, officers, employees, contractors, agents or permittees;

(c) any breach of any obligation set forth in this Agreement to be observed or performed by the Sublicensee;

(d) any act or omission in the performance of or related to fire protection services of or by the Sublicensee, or

(e) any conflict between the Sublicensee’s use of the Licence Area under this Agreement and the lawful use of the Licence Area by any other person who has been granted any use by the Province of British Columbia, including any use that has not yet been granted by the Province of British Columbia as at the date of the Head Tenure

as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

22. This release and indemnity shall survive the expiry or termination of this Agreement.

Termination by the Regional District

23. If and whenever:

(a) the head Licence between the Regional District and the Province of BC is terminated for any reason whatsoever;

(b) the Regional District chooses, at its own discretion and for whatever reason, to replace this Sublicence with a new form of agreement to occupy the Licence Area and Improvements or any other lands or premises in the general vicinity of the Gun Lake community for the same or similar purposes;

(c) the Regional District, at its own discretion and under terms of its own choosing, opts to present to the Sublicensee a form of agreement for the provision of fire protection services in and around the community of Gun Lake in accordance with Schedule “A” or otherwise, which the Sublicensee fails or refuses to execute;

(d) the Sublicensee is in default in the payment of the Expenses or any sum payable under this Agreement thirty (30) days after the receipt of written notice of such default from the Regional District;

(e) the Sublicensee fails to observe or perform any other covenants, agreements, stipulations, obligations, conditions or other provisions of this Agreement

Page 212 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

9 applicable to the Sublicensee within ten (10) days (or such longer time stipulated by the Regional District or by this Agreement) after the receipt of written notice of such failure from the Regional District;

(f) the Sublicensee vacates or abandons the Licence Area or Improvements for more than thirty (30) consecutive days and notice of such abandonment is given by the Regional District, as evidenced by the removal of the Improvements or any of the apparatus or equipment located therein or otherwise;

(g) any of the goods or chattels of the Sublicensee shall be at any time seized in execution or attachment by any creditor of the Sublicensee;

(h) a receiver or receiver-manager is appointed in respect of any property of the Sublicensee;

(i) the Sublicensee should make any assignment for the benefit of creditors or shall make any bulk sale of its assets;

(j) if the Sublicensee should become bankrupt or insolvent or take the benefit of any Act now or hereafter in force for bankrupt or insolvent debtors, or if the sublicensee receives from any of its secured creditors a notice under the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) advising the Sublicensee that the secured creditor intends to realize upon security located on the Licence Area; or

(k) any order should be made for the winding up of the Sublicensee or other termination of the corporate existence of the Sublicensee;

(l) fails to hold a general meeting for a period of eighteen (18) months or fails to maintain itself under the Society Act of the Province of British Columbia and any amendments thereto or regulations thereunder;

(m) there is any substantive change in the purposes for which the Sublicensee is incorporated;

(n) the Sublicensee stops using the Licence Area for fire equipment storage purposes;

then in any such case, at the option of the Regional District, this Agreement may be immediately terminated by notice to the Sublicensee, and the Sublicensee shall cease all use and occupation of the Licence Area and return the Licence Area to the Regional District in the manner required as if this Agreement had expired.

Surrender

24. At the expiry or earlier termination of this Agreement, but only upon written notice by the Regional District, the Sublicensee shall:

(a) remove the Improvements in accordance with section 13 and deliver possession of the Licence Area in good repair as required by this Agreement and in a clean, tidy, safe

Page 213 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

10 condition and clear of contamination arising since the occupation of the Licence Area by the Sublicensee; and

(b) at the further direction of the Regional District:

(i) deliver and install the Improvements to and upon other lands as determined and directed by the Regional District; or

(ii) hold the Improvements in trust for the Regional District pending the further direction of the Regional District.

Acknowledgements and Agreements

25. The Sublicensee acknowledges and agrees that:

(a) the Regional District makes no representations, warranties or assurances with respect to the Licence Area or the lands with respect thereto or their suitability for the Sublicensee’s intended use;

(b) the Sublicensee uses the Licence Area on an “as is, where is” basis;

(c) nothing in this Agreement requires the Regional District to repair or maintain the the Licence Area or any any structures or improvements, newly constructed or otherwise, located thereon; and

(d) it is understood that this Agreement is strictly between the Regional District and the Sublicensee and in no way shall be interpreted as creating any employment relationship between the Regional District and the Sublicensee and its employees, servants, agents, contractors or subcontractors. Should any differences arise between the Sublicensee and any of its employees, servants, agents, contractors, or subcontractors, they shall be resolved directly between them and the Sublicensee. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as creating any employment relationship between the Regional District and the Sublicensee its employees, servants, agents, contractors or subcontractors.

Environmental Protection

26. During the Term and any renewal period, the Sublicensee shall:

(a) not use, bring or store or permit to be used, brought or stored on the Licence Area, other than fuels required for the normal operation of fire fighting apparatus and equipment, any contaminant, pollutant, dangerous or noxious or toxic substance, hazardous waste, special waste, flammable or explosive or radioactive materials, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, asbestos, PCBs and substances or any other materials declared or defined to be hazardous, toxic, contaminants or pollutants under or pursuant to any statutes, laws, regulations, bylaws, building codes, orders and requirements of any federal, provincial, municipal or other public authority having jurisdiction at any time and from time to time in force (collectively, the

Page 214 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

11 “Hazardous Substances”);

(b) be solely responsible for compliance with all applicable environmental laws in respect of the Improvements and the Sublicensee’s use of the Licence Area and, without limiting section 21, the Sublicensee shall indemnify and hold the Regional District and its directors, officers, employees, agents, contractors, successors and assigns harmless from and against any fine, penalty, damage, liability, obligation to remediate or other liability, damage or loss under any applicable environmental laws arising from the Licensee bringing Hazardous Substances on to the Licence Area or storing or using Hazardous Substances on the Licence Area; and

(c) not be responsible for Hazardous Substances in or on the Licence Area prior to the Sublicensee’s occupancy if identified in writing at or prior to the signing of this Agreement, which shall be defined to include any occupancy of the Licence Area prior to commencement of the Term, or Hazardous Substances resulting from activities of the Regional District or other occupants of the Licence Area or that migrate onto the Licence Area.

26A. The Sublicensee is responsible for any costs associated with reports that may be required pursuant to the terms of the Head Tenure to investigate the environmental condition of the land in the Licence Area.

26B. The Sublicensee must, if requested by the Regional District (which request may be made annually), provide its certificate certifying that it is in compliance with obligations under this Agreement with respect to Hazardous Materials and that no adverse environmental occurrences have taken place on the land in the Licence Area other than as disclosed in writing to the Regional District.

Sublicensee in Good Standing

27. The Sublicensee represents and warrants to the Regional District that it is a not-for-profit society incorporated under the Society Act (British Columbia).

28. The Sublicensee shall, at its own cost and expense, take all steps necessary to maintain its registration with the Registrar of Companies in good standing.

29. The Sublicensee shall, from time to time, at the request of the Regional District, provide the Regional District with evidence satisfactory to the Regional District of the Sublicensee’s status as a non-profit society and the particulars of its registration.

Authority

30. The Sublicensee represents and warrants to the Regional District that it has full authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the transactions contemplated by it and that those persons executing this Agreement on behalf of the Sublicensee have been duly authorized to do so.

Page 215 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

12

No Assignment or Sublicensing

31. The Sublicensee shall not assign or further sublicence its interest in the Licence Area or its rights under this Agreement in whole or in part.

Notice

32. Any notice required pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and may be delivered by hand, sent by facsimile, or sent by registered mail and addressed as follows:

if to the Regional District:

Squamish-Lillooet Regional District PO Box 219, 1350 Aster Street Pemberton, BC V0N 2L0 Attention: Chief Administrative Officer Facsimile No. (604) 894-6526 Email: [email protected]

if to the Sublicensee:

Gun Lake Fire Protection Society General Delivery Gold Bridge, BC V0K 1P0 Attention: President Facsimile No. ______Email: ______

If mailed, notice shall be deemed to have been received three (3) days following the date upon which it was mailed. Written notice that is delivered by hand shall be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery. Notice sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been received on the date of transmission.

Any notice given during a strike, lockout or other disturbance at Canada Post shall be delivered by hand or faxed and not mailed.

A party shall give written notice of a change of address, in which event such notice shall thereafter be given to it as above provided at such changed address

Enurement

33. This Agreement enures to the benefit of and binds the Sublicensee and the Regional District and their respective successors and, in the case of the Regional District, its assigns.

Page 216 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

13

Entire Agreement

34. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the Licence Area and there are no prior representations, either oral or written, between them other than those set forth in this Agreement. This Agreement supersedes and revokes all previous negotiations, arrangements, representations and information conveyed, whether oral or written, between the parties hereto.

Modification

35. No change or modification to this Agreement shall be valid unless it is in writing and is duly executed by both parties hereto.

No Waiver

36. Waiver by the Regional District of any default by the Sublicensee shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent default. A waiver is effective only if it is in writing.

No Joint Venture

37. Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute the Sublicensee as the agent, joint venturer or partner of the Regional District or give the Sublicensee any authority or power to bind the Regional District in any way.

Powers Preserved

38. Nothing in this Agreement affects the rights of the Regional District to exercise its powers within its jurisdiction.

Further Assurances

39. The parties shall execute and do all such further deeds, acts, things and grant such assurances as may be reasonably required to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

Governing Law

40. This Agreement is governed by, and is to be construed in accordance with, the laws in force in the Province of British Columbia.

Time of the Essence

41. Time is of the essence in this Agreement.

Page 217 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

14

SQUAMISH-LILLOOET REGIONAL DISTRICT by its authorized signatories:

Lynda Flynn, Chief Administrative Officer

Dated the ___ day of ______, 2016

GUN LAKE FIRE PROTECTION SOCIETY by its authorized signatory(ies):

Authorized Signatory:

Authorized Signatory:

Dated the ___ day of ______, 2016

Page 218 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

SCHEDULE “A”

Map

Page 219 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

Page 220 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

SCHEDULE “B”

The Head License (18 pages), is attached hereto.

Page 221 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

Page 222 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

Page 223 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

Page 224 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

Page 225 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

Page 226 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

Page 227 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

Page 228 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

Page 229 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

Page 230 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

Page 231 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

Page 232 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

Page 233 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

Page 234 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

Page 235 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

Page 236 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

Page 237 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

Page 238 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal...

Page 239 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal... REQUEST FOR DECISION

Replacement Tenure/Licence of Occupation for Fire Hall Purposes (Fire Equipment Shed, 22 Lakeview Road, Gun Lake )

Date of Board Meeting: November 25, 2015

Recommendations:

1. THAT the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District agrees to acquire the Licence of Occupation for the term of 30 years from the Province of British Columbia over the land legally described as “That part of the surface of District Lot 2413, Lillooet District, being surveyed as “Eve No. 2” Mineral Claim, except Plan H16902, containing 0.75 hectares, more or less (the “Land”) for fire hall purposes; and

2. THAT the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District Board Chair and Chief Administrative Officer be authorized to execute the Licence of Occupation in respect of the Land as well as any additional documentation that may be required for such application.

Background

The Land is located in the community of Gun Lake in Electoral Area A and has been subject to a licence of occupation between the Province of British Columbia (“Province”) and the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District (“SLRD”) since at least 1995. The current Licence of Occupation dated as of October 5, 2005 (“Licence of Occupation”) was for a term of 10 years and expired on October 5, 2015. Pursuant to the terms of the Licence of Occupation regarding staying in possession after expiry of the term, in these circumstances where there is a delay by the Province (see below) in providing renewal tenure documents, the SLRD is deemed to be a monthly occupier.

The SLRD entered into a Sublicence to Occupy Agreement dated November 13, 2012 (“Sublicence Agreement”) with the Gun Lake Fire Protection Society (“GLFPS”). The Sublicence Agreement expired on October 4, 2015 (i.e. to coincide with the term of the head licence). Similarly to the SLRD’s status described in the previous paragraph, the GLFPS has stayed in possession after expiry of the term and is considered to be a monthly occupier. SLRD staff has been in contact with the GLFPS Fire Chief regarding the delay to begin discussions for the new (or the renewal of the) Sublicence Agreement, as the head tenure (between the Province and the SLRD) must first be secured before discussions begin in regards to the new (or renewed) Sublicence Agreement (between the SLRD and the GLFRS).

According to records of the SLRD Building Department, two building permits have been issued in respect of the Land:

 November 2, 2013 - fire equipment shed; and  March 26, 2015 - alteration to the fire equipment shed.

1 Page 240 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal... REQUEST FOR DECISION

Replacement Tenure/Licence of Occupation for Fire Hall Purposes (Fire Equipment Shed, 22 Lakeview Road, Gun Lake )

Current Status

In anticipation of the impending expiry of the Licence of Occupation (on October 5, 2015), SLRD staff contacted the Province in January 2015 seeking a renewal for 30 years or for the longest term it would be willing to give (note: the previous two terms were 10 years each).

SLRD staff received the proposed tenure document (attached) from the Ministry of Forests, Lands and Natural Resource Operations (“FLNRO”) on November 2, 2015. The proposed tenure document is to be effective as of October 5, 2015 so as to retroactively eliminate the gap between expiry of the previous tenure and the commencement of the new tenure.

Highlights of the proposed tenure document:

 Section 2.1 - Licence of occupation is for fire hall purposes only and is not for exclusive use and occupancy of the Land.

 Section 2.2 - 30 year term (previously was 10 years).

 Section 4.1(a) - Costs associated with the tenure:

o Licence fee for the term is $1.00; o SLRD is responsible for property taxes and assessments; o SLRD is responsible for all utilities supplied to the land; and o No security deposit is required.

 Section 4.1 - The SLRD must:

o Comply with all applicable laws and bylaws; o Keep the Land and improvements in a safe, clean and sanitary condition satisfactory to the Province; o Not alter or repair any improvements unless the prior written consent of the provincial government is obtained (it appears that this is just for any improvement other than with respect to the existing fire shed); o Maintain a natural buffer of 20 metres adjacent to Lajoie Creek; o Avoid disturbing any archaeological material found on the Land; and o Upon termination, deliver possession of the Land and improvements to the Province.

2 Page 241 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal... REQUEST FOR DECISION

Replacement Tenure/Licence of Occupation for Fire Hall Purposes (Fire Equipment Shed, 22 Lakeview Road, Gun Lake )

 Section 4.1(n) - The SLRD must indemnify the Province against any claims/losses arising out of:

o Breach of the agreement; o Conflict between SLRD use and lawful use of the Land by any other person [note: this could possibly include any use that had not yet been granted by the Province as of the date of the tenure document – see section 5.1 below]; and o Personal injury, bodily injury or property damage by virtue of the SLRD’s use and occupation of the Land.

 Sections 4.2 to 4.6 - Hazardous substances (these are all new requirements):

o Storage and use of hazardous substances must comply with all laws; o Removal of hazardous substances upon expiry of agreement or if in breach of agreement; o Upon the occurrence of certain events, the Province may require the SLRD (at the SLRD’s expense) to provide a report on the environmental condition of the Land to ensure the SLRD has complied with its obligations with respect to hazardous substances; and o Upon request of the Province, the SLRD must provide a certificate certifying that the SLRD is in compliance with all obligations under the agreement regarding hazardous substances and no adverse environmental occurrences have taken place on the Land, other than as disclosed to the Province.

 Section 5.1 - Others may hold or acquire rights to use the Land – such rights may already exist or be granted or acquired subsequent to the commencement date of this agreement and may affect the SLRD’s use of the Land.

 Section 6.6 – The SLRD must carry commercial general liability of $2 million (previously was $1 million).

 Sections 7.1 and 7.2 – The SLRD cannot sublicence this agreement without the prior written consent of the Province, which consent it may withhold, and prior to considering a request for consent, the SLRD may be required to provide a report of the environmental condition of the Land.

 Section 11.3 - The granting of a sublicence of this agreement does not release the SLRD from its obligations to perform all the provisions of this agreement unless the Province specifically releases the SLRD.

3 Page 242 of 304 Request for Decision - Sublicence of Occupation for Fire Hal... REQUEST FOR DECISION

Replacement Tenure/Licence of Occupation for Fire Hall Purposes (Fire Equipment Shed, 22 Lakeview Road, Gun Lake )

 Section 11.6(d) – The SLRD waives the right to be provided with a site profile in respect of the Land under the Environmental Management Act.

Regional Considerations:

None

Options:

Option 1 (PREFERRED OPTION): Approve the Recommendations as presented; Option 2: Suggest changes; Option 3: Refer this matter back to staff with directions.

Next Steps:

The FLRNO’s tenure renewal process involves the following steps:

 Authorization of the Board via the above Recommendations;  The Chair and the Chief Administrative Officer sign the proposed tenure document;  SLRD staff submits the proposed tenure document, along with payment of the licence fee ($1.00) and the replacement fee ($200.00), plus GST, to FLNRO for final review (note: these fees are refunded if FLNRO declines the tenure application); and  The Province’s (FLNRO) final decision (regarding the tenure application) is expected by the end of January 2016.

Follow Up Action: If/once the SLRD’s tenure application is approved by FLRNO, SLRD staff will bring a report to the Board to consider a sublicence agreement with the GLFPS effective October 5, 2015 to retroactively eliminate the gap between the expiry of the previous sub-tenure and the commencement of the new sub-tenure. The sublicence agreement would be drafted to pass along some of the obligations of the SLRD and requirements of the tenure to the GLFPS, although the SLRD would ultimately remain responsible for all obligations pursuant to section 11.3 (unless expressly released from such obligations by the Province).

Attachment: Proposed tenure document (Licence of Occupation dated for reference October 5, 2015).

Submitted by: Kristen Clark, Director of Legislative and Corporate Services Approved by: Lynda Flynn, Chief Administrative Officer

4 Page 243 of 304 Direction Request - BC Rural Dividend Fund DIRECTION REQUEST

BC RURAL DIVIDEND FUND

Date of Meetings: Electoral Area Directors/Board of Directors – April 13/27, 2016

Documents: AVAILABLE – Program Guide

Request:

The Board provide direction to staff in relation to projects for grant funding applications available through the BC Rural Dividend Fund.

The spring application intake period begins on April 4, 2016 and closes on May 31, 2016. There will be a second intake of applications for 2016/17 commencing on October 3, 2016 and ending on October 31, 2016.

Program Overview:

The three-year $75 million Rural Dividend was committed by the Province of BC during the September 2015 Union of BC Municipalities convention. The program provides $25 million per year over three years, beginning in 2016, to help rural BC communities with populations under 25,000 reinvigorate and diversify their local economies. The program aims to contribute to the overall wellness, sustainability, livability and resilience of small rural communities. It was developed in consultation with the Rural Advisory Council composed of 13 members from across rural BC with a mandate to advise the government on how to best support rural prosperity and thriving communities. Funding is available in four categories:  Community capacity building;  Workforce development;  Community and economic development; and  Business sector development. Local governments (municipalities and regional districts), incorporated not-for-profit organizations and First Nations governments are eligible to apply. The program is administered by the BC Ministry of Forests, Lands and Natural Resource Operations (MFLNRO).

1 Page 244 of 304 Direction Request - BC Rural Dividend Fund

DIRECTION REQUEST

BC RURAL DIVIDEND

FUND

Program Information:

Eligible Communities

 A community with a population of 25,000 or less (based on the 2011 Census data), located outside of Metro Vancouver and the Capital Regional District.

 An unincorporated area with a population of 25,000 people or less (see further details on this below).

Eligible Applicants

 A municipal or regional government established by or under British Columbia legislation with a population of 25,000 or less;  An unincorporated area with a population of 25,000 or less whose application is submitted through a regional district or a not-for-profit organization. A community is considered to be a settlement area within a regional district electoral area. A community’s boundaries may also coincide with a service area boundary (existing or proposed).  A band council within the meaning of section 2 of the Indian Act or any successor to a band council established under federal legislation, governing bodies of a treaty First Nation, Nisga’a Lisims Government and a Nisga’a Village Government;  A corporation controlled by a First Nation;  An incorporated not-for-profit organization in good standing, based in an Eligible Community whose mandate is focused on an Eligible Community.

Eligible Partners

 Eligible Applicants can partner with governments, First Nations or not-for-profit organizations to deliver a project. The partner(s) must meet the criteria of Eligible Applicant and have an active role in the project. They may or may not contribute financially to the project.

2 Page 245 of 304 Direction Request - BC Rural Dividend Fund

DIRECTION REQUEST

BC RURAL DIVIDEND

FUND

 An Eligible Applicant can partner with for-profit entities as long as the proposed project identifies broad community benefits and does not negatively impact other businesses.

Project Categories

Funding Streams

There are three funding streams for the Program, detailed below: 1. Project Development - Maximum Funding of $10,000  Help communities to develop feasibility assessments and business cases for projects.  Eligible Applicants can apply for up to 100% of total project cost (to a maximum of $10,000).

3 Page 246 of 304 Direction Request - BC Rural Dividend Fund

DIRECTION REQUEST

BC RURAL DIVIDEND

FUND

 Eligible Applicants must show how the funding would support future eligible project applications.  No guarantee of funding in subsequent applications. 2. Single Applicant - Maximum Funding of $100,000  Eligible Applicants can apply for up 80% of the total project cost.  Eligible Applicants must contribute at least 20% of the total cost of the project (maximum 10% in-kind contribution).*  Eligible Applicant's contribution cannot be sourced from another government program at any level (except the Community Works Fund). 3. Partnerships - Maximum Funding of $500,000  Eligible Applicants must have at least one Eligible Partner.  Eligible Applicants can apply for up to 60% of the total cost of the project.  Eligible Applicants and Eligible Partner(s) must contribute at least 40% of total project cost via financial or in-kind contributions (maximum 10% contribution).*  Contributions from Eligible Applicants and Eligible Partner(s) cannot be sourced from another government program at any level (except the Community Works Fund).  Eligible Applicant is the signatory on the funding agreement.

*In-kind contributions include goods and services donated to a project by the Eligible Applicant and/or Partners (e.g. staff time, use of space or equipment). These types of contributions are to be valued at fair market value.

Stacking limitations

 Applicants can seek funding from other government sources. However, Eligible Applicants must still contribute to the total project cost (at least 20% for single applicants and 40% for partnerships), and the contribution cannot be sourced from another government program (except for the Community Works Fund).

Project Timelines

 Applications for projects that do not require additional steps before they can start (e.g. securing other funding, obtaining permits and approvals, etc.) will be more favourably ranked in the assessment process. Applications requiring additional steps may also be deferred for consideration to a future intake round.

4 Page 247 of 304 Direction Request - BC Rural Dividend Fund

DIRECTION REQUEST

BC RURAL DIVIDEND

FUND

 Projects may have timelines that continue into fiscal 2017/18. However, the timeline must demonstrate that the project will be completed within two years from the project start date.

Application Limit

 An applicant can submit one Project Development application and one project application (Single Applicant or Partnership) in each intake.

 If multiple applications are submitted from a range of applicants in support of one Eligible Community, these applications will be reviewed and assessed in relation to one another in addition to being reviewed and assessed against all other applications.

 Staff has contacted the Program Administrator to clarify how many applications the SLRD can submit (i.e. one for each community / settlement area, one per electoral area, or one per organization.) A response has not yet been received.

Eligible and Ineligible Costs

Eligible costs must be considered direct and essential. Costs will be reviewed to determine if they are reasonable and have been accurately estimated. Costs that were incurred before the application is approved are ineligible. Inclusion of ineligible, unessential or unreasonable costs will be considered in the assessment and ranking of projects.

A table containing examples of eligible and ineligible costs follows on the next page. Of particular note, the following costs are not considered eligible under the terms of the program:

 Administrative costs  Operational costs  Infrastructure projects where the majority of the cost is charged to the Program  Water/sewer/road/sidewalk infrastructure projects  New structures or building construction costs for new facilities  Land acquisition  Large capital purchases  Technology updates or software

5 Page 248 of 304 Direction Request - BC Rural Dividend Fund

DIRECTION REQUEST

BC RURAL DIVIDEND

FUND

6 Page 249 of 304 Direction Request - BC Rural Dividend Fund

DIRECTION REQUEST

BC RURAL DIVIDEND

FUND

Review and Assessment Process and Timelines:

Selection Criteria

Applications will be subject to a competitive review and assessment process. The following selection criteria will be weighted more heavily:

 Job creation and retention

 Rural communities most in need

 Significant leveraging

7 Page 250 of 304 Direction Request - BC Rural Dividend Fund

DIRECTION REQUEST

BC RURAL DIVIDEND

FUND

Timelines

 Decisions on Project Development applications will undergo an expedited review process; funding decisions are expected in early summer 2016.

 Decisions on other applications are expected within four months of the application deadline.

Other details

How to Apply

 Download and complete the application: www.gov.bc.ca/ruraldividend

 Submit the application along with the following Mandatory Supporting Documentation:

o Signed certification form o Certified Board Resolution (note: the resolution must include the names of the persons who moved and seconded the resolution) o Approved 5-year financial plan o Letters from partners (if any) confirming role and commitment o Letters of support

 The following Optional Supplementary documentation may also be submitted to support the application:

o Business plans and / or feasibility study o Applicable information from project consultation and community engagement (First Nations, Public, Stakeholders) o Copies of relevant management plans and / or community plans o Copies of any required federal, provincial, or municipal licenses, approvals or permits o Vendor quotes to support project budget

Contracts and Reporting Requirements

 Awarding of funding is conditional upon finalization of a funding agreement which sets out the terms and conditions of the funding, including reporting requirements.

8 Page 251 of 304 Direction Request - BC Rural Dividend Fund

DIRECTION REQUEST

BC RURAL DIVIDEND

FUND

More information

 Program Guide  Frequently Asked Questions  Application form

Next Steps

 Determination by the Electoral Area Directors / Board of project(s), if any to be applied for. A second intake into the program runs from October 3 – 31, should additional actions be required prior to making a determination.  Allocate the staff time necessary to conduct further project research (including the determination of funding sources, community engagement, etc.), if needed, and to prepare the application. Technical, financial and grant-writing skill-sets will be required.

Submitted by: Jeannette Nadon, Communications and Grants Coordinator Approved by: Lynda Flynn, CAO

9 Page 252 of 304 Electoral Area Priorities (From March 2, 2016 EAD Meeting)

Electoral Area Priorities

Area A: 1. Infrastructure * Bralorne Sewer upgrades/replacement is a critical issue; complete communication/information * Bralorne Pioneer Museum replacement/relocation * Development of a sustainable effective method to maintain the physical plant of community/SLRD owned assets and support the revitalization of certain assets * Establishment of an Area A specific Community Parks Service to cover operating costs of Bralorne Church, Halymore Heritage Site, Bridge River Valley Cemetery and other (some existing services will be discontinued) 2. Roads Advocacy (access to Bridge River Valley) * Continue lobbying for appropriate levels of maintenance and funding for the Hurley * Continue lobbying for appropriate levels of road improvements and safety initiatives - i.e. Tyaughton Lake turn-off to Gold Bridge, Gold Bridge and Bralorne; safety improvements Antoine Bluffs area

3. Planning and Economic Development * Support and resource community economic development and population growth initiatives to ensure sustainable population and economic activity * i.e. completion of current cemetery and road naming projects with BRVCA; McGillivray Pass Trail; how to support heritage assets of the upper Bridge River Valley via OCP and bylaws

Area B: 1. Expansion of Lillooet recreation service cost centre * i.e. to potentially include Yalakom, Fountain Valley, Pavilion Lake and Seton 2. Continuation of work to implement the Area B/Lillooet/St'at'imc Agricultural Plan 3. Concerns with current logging practices * i.e. visual effects, working around streams and watersheds, good communication prior to the beginning of logging in an area 4. Area B noise bylaw The protection of the Duffy corridor was also identified as a regional concern

Area C: 1. Completion of the Anderson Lake Dock and operating/ownership structure thereof 2. Completion of upgrades/amenities at Gates Lake Park * i.e. water pump, vault toilet(s), etc. 3. Roads * Additional paving/upgrades on roads such as the road to D'Arcy The Highway 99 (Friendship Trail) and the Catiline Creek issues were also identified as regional concerns

Area D: 1. Black Tusk Water and Wastewater services * Potential establishement of 2 new cost centres (i.e. like Pinecrest) or combination with Pinecrest 2. Development of facilities for Furry Creek beaches * Signage, composting toilets, refuse containers, obtain rights of way, etc. to minimize the impacts of beach users on the community (i.e. increasing popularity of this beach for fishers)

Page 1 of 1 Page 253 of 304 East Hurley Road as Emergency Route (Director Demare) Debbie Demare Area A, Electoral Area Director

[email protected] [email protected]

Box 219, 1350 Aster Street Pemberton, BC V0N 2L0 P. 604-894-6371 TF. 800-298-7753 F. 604-894-6526 [email protected] www.slrd.bc.ca

March 11, 2016

Director’s Report – East Hurley Rd. – Letter re importance as an emergency exit

The E. Hurley Rd. is a public road classified as an 8F by the Ministry of Transportation. i.e. it is not maintained in winter, and is maintained only to be passable. The E. Hurley Rd. runs from an intersection with the Hurley River Rd. at the “steel bridge” to Bralorne, approximately 8 km. When this road is impassable, it is a 22 km round trip down to Gold Bridge on the Hurley River Rd. FSR then up Hwy 40 to Bralorne.

Bralorne and immediate area currently has one route into the community, Road 40. This is a mountain road which would have a high risk of closure During a slide, forest fire etc. The E. Hurley Rd. is the only other exit.

The E. Hurley Rd., without maintenance, is coming to the point of being impassable. This is of concern in that it leaves this community vulnerable in the event of an emergency which closes Rd. 40 from Bralorne to Gold Bridge.

The Bralorne Community Advisory Committee is pursuing some attention to ensure the E. Hurley Rd. is reasonably passable in the event of an emergency. I am requesting that we write a letter to the District Manager, MOTI indicating the need for a passable second exit route via the E. Hurley & expressing our concern for the deteriorating condition of this road.

Respectfully, Debbie Demare

Members: District of Squamish, Resort Municipality of Whistler, Village of Pemberton, District of Lillooet, Electoral Areas A, B, C, and D.

Page 254 of 304

East Hurley Road as Emergency Route (Director Demare)

Box 219, 1350 Aster Street Pemberton, BC V0N 2L0 P. 604-894-6371 TF. 800-298-7753 F. 604-894-6526 [email protected] www.slrd.bc.ca

April XX, 2016

Brad Moores District Operations Manager (Acting) Cariboo District Office Ministry of Transportation and Infrastructure 301 – 640 Borland Street Williams Lake, BC V2G 4T1 Via Email: [email protected]

Dear Mr. Moores:

Re: East Hurley Road Maintenance and Evacuation Route Designation

The Upper Bridge River Valley (BRV), comprised of the communities of Gold Bridge, Bralorne, Gun Lake, Tyaughton Lake and Marshall Lake and located in Electoral Area A of the Squamish- Lillooet Regional District (SLRD), is a particularly remote area of BC’s Southern Interior. All communities in the BRV have year-round residents, and as such, the SLRD has a mandate and responsibility to plan for emergencies that may affect those residents. Currently, the SLRD has concerns with the East Hurley Rd. Categorized by the BC Ministry of Transportation and Infrastructure (MoTI) as 8F, the road is in poor condition, and is not maintained during winter months. It is swiftly approaching a state where it is not passable by 2 wheel drive vehicles in good weather, and poses challenges to 4 wheel drive vehicles in adverse weather conditions.

Road 40, the main access to Bralorne, is often closed due to rock falls and slides. As such, the SLRD relies on the East Hurley Rd. to serve as an alternate egress from Bralorne in the case of an emergency. During spring, summer, and fall months, when the population of Bralorne is augmented by tourists and seasonal residents, the importance of a secondary egress from the community is compounded. Threat of wildfire to the BRV is considered by the BC Wildfire Service to be “extreme”, and each fire season the SLRD prepares for evacuations in the BRV. The East Hurley Rd. is key to those plans, and given the remoteness of the area, it is essential that residents and visitors alike have a route that allows for self-evacuation in non-specialized vehicles.

The SLRD is aware of the challenges that the Cariboo District of MoTI faces in maintaining rural routes. However, given the importance of the East Hurley Rd., not only to year-round and seasonal residents of Bralorne, but as a designated evacuation route for the community, the SLRD respectfully request that MoTI institute measures to assure that the road is passable to conventional vehicles, and that regular maintenance is carried out to restore the route.

Sincerely,

Members: District of Squamish, Resort Municipality of Whistler, Village of Pemberton, District of Lillooet, Electoral Areas A, B, C, and D

Page 255 of 304

Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako - Strategic Emergency M...

Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako - Stategic Emergency Management Framework for Agriculture in Canada - Consultation Letter

From: Deborah Jones-Middleton Sent: March 30, 2016 To: Lynda Flynn Cc: Bill Miller

Subject: Draft Strategic Emergency Management Framework for Agriculture in Canada Importance: High

Good Afternoon Ms Flynn

Attached is the Consultation – Draft Strategic Emergency Management Framework for Agriculture in Canada and the Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako’s letter of response to the committee as per Chair Miller’s request.

Thank you,

Deborah Jones-Middleton Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako Protective Services Manager

Know the Risks – Make a Plan – Test the Plan

Page 256 of 304 Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako - Strategic Emergency M...

Page 257 of 304 Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako - Strategic Emergency M...

Page 258 of 304 Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako - Strategic Emergency M...

Page 259 of 304 Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako - Strategic Emergency M...

Draft Strategic Emergency Management Framework for Agriculture in Canada

Federal, provincial and territorial Emergency Management Framework Task Team Contents

 1.0 Introduction  2.0 Purpose and scope of the framework  3.0 Vision  4.0 Guiding principles  5.0 Shared responsibility  6.0 Outcomes and strategies  6.1 Enhanced prevention and mitigation  6.2 Collaborative action  6.3 Building sector resilience  7.0 Measuring success  Annex 1: Matrix of agriculture emergency management roles and responsibilities  Annex 2: Logic model for the framework  Annex 3: Glossary of definitions 1.0 Introduction

Emergency management (EM) within the agriculture sector is a shared responsibility among federal, provincial and territorial governments (FPT) and municipal governments, sector stakeholders, producers and individuals. FPT governments define an emergency "as a present or imminent event that requires prompt coordination of actions concerning persons or property to protect the health, safety or welfare of people, or to limit damage to property or the environment".Footnote 1 EM in Canada is comprehensive, covering natural and human-induced risks. The EM continuum is addressed across four pillars: prevention and mitigation; preparedness; response; and recovery. These four pillars work together in advance of, during, and after an emergency event.

Page 260 of 304 Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako - Strategic Emergency M...

Prevention and mitigation: actions taken to identify, prevent and reduce the impacts and risks of hazards before an emergency occurs.

Preparedness: actions to increase the ability to respond quickly and effectively to emergencies and to recover more quickly from their long-term effects; involves actions taken prior to an event to assure that the capabilities and capacities to respond are in place.

Response: actions taken during or immediately after an emergency or disaster to manage the consequences.

Recovery: actions taken after an emergency or disaster to re-establish or rebuild conditions and services to an acceptable level.

Activities under each of the four pillars may be undertaken sequentially or concurrently, but not in isolation. Emergency management in an agriculture setting uses a comprehensive all-hazards approach to coordinate and integrate prevention and mitigation, preparedness, response and recovery activities functions to maximize the resilience of the sector. Assuring strong and seamless linkages across these pillars and between partners (FPT and municipal governments, non-governmental organizations (NGOs), industry, producers, individuals) is critical to EM effectiveness and sustainability.

Emerging challenges:

The agricultural operating environment is changing rapidly and the threats, hazards and risks that can lead to emergencies are increasingly complex and diverse. Some key factors include, but are not limited to:

 Demographic shifts and changing global trade patterns, resulting in increased demands for, and volumes of, new commodities from new sources and the emergence of new markets for Canadian products abroad.  Climate change resulting in (a) extreme weather events, and (b) Canada’s environment becoming more suitable for pests and diseases which were previously of low risk due to a cold climate.  Sector consolidation, concentration and integration, which are increasingly characterizing the Canadian agricultural sector and may increase vulnerability by magnifying the impact of emergency events on the sector as a whole.  Technological changes and advancements, which have increased the ability to predict, detect and monitor risks, but in some cases also present vulnerabilities in that

Page 261 of 304 Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako - Strategic Emergency M...

advancements may outpace the ability of governments to revise regulations and address any potential new risks from these technologies.  The evolution of communication platforms are revolutionizing the speed and level of information sharing between governments and the public. Maintaining the public trust of consumers increasingly requires transparency in decision making, clear communication and sharing of information.

Given these continually evolving challenges, emergency events have the potential for significant impacts that go well beyond economic concerns (e.g., loss of public trust, impacts to the environment and human health). Consequently, there is a need to focus directed attention and effort earlier in the EM continuum in terms of preventing emergencies and mitigating their impacts, should they arise, while improving the collective FPT ability to respond to and recover from events. This will shift the current reactive system to a comprehensive approach that manages risks proactively and maximizes the use of collective capacities. 2.0 Purpose and scope of the framework

The Framework sets the strategic direction for partners (FPT and municipal governments, non- governmental organizations (NGOs), industry, producers, individuals) to collaboratively manage emergencies facing the agriculture sector in a cohesive, forward thinking manner. It guides the development and eventual implementation of strategies to fully realize the desired long-term outcomes.

The Framework focuses on agriculture, including agricultural products, primary inputs (including fertilizers, seeds and feed), animals (including veterinary biologics, and animal welfare) and plants. The Framework applies to all types of risks to the agriculture sector. These include severe or extreme meteorological and climatological events, animal diseases, plant pests, contamination events and tampering at the farm level.

Depending on respective mandates, some of the authorities and responsibilities of the various FPT governments may extend beyond the traditional definition of agriculture, to forestry and aquatics. When these areas of overlap arise they should be considered in the appropriate EM context.

While the Framework does not cover food safety EM specifically, it will remain closely aligned and complementary to established FPT government roles and responsibilities and other considerable processes already in place. This Framework reflects the interconnected role that food safety plays throughout the EM continuum, and the potential impacts to human health and the agri-food sector if food safety and/or quality is compromised. 3.0 Vision

The Framework informs EM activities in the agriculture sector across the four pillars. It is recognized that a paradigm shift is required by all parties in placing greater emphasis on prevention and mitigation, given the potential for significant emergency impacts faced by the

Page 262 of 304 Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako - Strategic Emergency M...

agriculture sector, particularly with respect to Canada’s economy and environment. Directed focus on preventing and mitigating emergencies will create a more resilient and sustainable agriculture sector. The challenges facing the agriculture sector have resulted in partners collectively supporting the following common vision for emergency management:

Integrated and collaborative emergency management focused on prevention and mitigation and improving our ability to prepare, respond and recover – thereby promoting the resilience, sustainability and competitiveness of the agriculture sector.

While the vision places increased focus on prevention and mitigation, it also recognizes that not all risks can be prevented. There are times when the cost to prevent an emergency may be prohibitive and, therefore, a risk management decision could instead be made to respond and recover. Central to achieving the vision are the following themes and outcomes:

 Enhanced prevention and mitigation: Risks are prevented or mitigated through a culture of proactivity, responsible action, policies and programming.  Collaborative action: EM partners place collaboration at the forefront and maximize the use of each other’s strengths, capacities and expertise for seamless, coordinated and sustainable EM activities.  Building sector resilience: A sector that proactively addresses risk, adapts to changing conditions, and is able to withstand and recover from emergencies.

The vision and central themes cannot be achieved without sound guiding principles that set expectations for partner engagement in all EM activities. All agriculture partners have a key role in building and maintaining a sector that is sustainable, competitive and resilient to emergencies. 4.0 Guiding principles

The guiding principles are integral to the Framework and are applicable across all four EM pillars. They shape collective EM actions and lay the foundation for how partners will work together for the benefit of Canada’s agriculture sector. Collective, sustained commitment is necessary to effectively prevent and mitigate, prepare for, respond to and recover from emergencies. Accordingly, partners both acknowledge and commit to:

 Respect authorities and roles and responsibilities to achieve common goals across all EM activities given the shared responsibility between FPT governments, municipalities, industry and other stakeholders. This emphasizes the optimal use and collaborative leveraging of authorities, expertise and capacity.  Effective collaboration to facilitate integrated and coherent action by all partners, including industry and other stakeholders.  Clear and coordinated communications in a timely manner through sustained effort prior to and during a crisis, and follow-through after an event. This recognizes the critical importance of information sharing among all implicated partners, including the industry sector and the public.  A risk-based approach across the four EM pillars that prioritizes efforts and resources on those risks with the greatest impact and probability, with an emphasis on risks that

Page 263 of 304 Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako - Strategic Emergency M...

could result in significant economic, social or health consequences, while recognizing that proactive actions prevent risks from manifesting, particularly in those areas that are controllable.  A comprehensive approach to the prevention and mitigation, preparedness, response, and recovery pillars of EM that recognizes the value of balanced efforts to address hazards in agriculture including those that are natural, biological or economic.  Build government and sector resilience through a process of continuous improvement that as a consequence, improves the capacity of FPT governments and the sector to address adverse events as well as adapt to other long-term trends.  Enhance public trust and maintain social license regarding EM activities and more broadly for the agriculture sector through applying shared values, transparency, stewardship and responsible behaviour in decision making. 5.0 Shared responsibility

The fundamental approach to emergency situations begins with initial response actions being taken by those individuals directly affected by an emergency, as they are exposed to all of the potential hazards. The response is then elevated to municipal, then provincial and/or federal levels of government, depending on the nature of the emergency situation and the legislative authorities involved. However, effective EM goes beyond response and includes shared responsibilities across the four pillars of EM. For an overview of agriculture emergency management roles and responsibilities from prevention to recovery, see Annex 1.

Recognizing that EM in the agriculture sector is a shared responsibility emphasizes the importance of acting together, and the important role that all parties play. Effective EM in the agriculture sector requires that the activities of FPT governments, municipalities, industry and other stakeholders are integrated and coordinated. FPT governments and stakeholders have an understanding of their respective authorities, expertise and capacity. However, in order to be able to effectively leverage the authorities, expertise and capacity of partners, a better collective understanding of the interrelated and complementary nature of each other’s roles and responsibilities in the agriculture sector is required. Achieving this requires effective collaboration coupled with clear and coordinated communications. The text box illustrates the benefits of improved communication, coordination and cohesion. Bringing together our collective strengths and capacities will allow us to achieve the Framework’s vision for EM in the agriculture sector.

The 2014-15 Avian Influenza outbreaks in southwestern Ontario and British Columbia serve as an example of where increased biosecurity measures adopted by industry helped the effectiveness of response, and also demonstrated how industry association collaboration can improve government response efforts by providing direct information and communication with their membership. These activities were critical to the successful control of these outbreaks.

Page 264 of 304 Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako - Strategic Emergency M...

6.0 Outcomes and strategies

The outcomes and strategies outlined in the following sections are based on the key themes of collaborative action, enhanced prevention and mitigation, and building sector resilience. The potential strategies demonstrate how they help to realize the vision, and outcome statements explain what will be achieved within the theme should the strategies be implemented. While these overarching strategies have been aligned to particular themes, many strategies influence and support each theme and their outcomes.

6.1 Enhanced prevention and mitigation

Prevention and mitigation provide the greatest return on investment of resources in terms of efficiency and effectiveness in managing emergencies. There is an estimated 4:1 return on investment for prevention and mitigation measures when compared with the potential financial assistance needed for recovery after an emergency occurs.Footnote 2 Although prevention is never absolute, in some situations actions can be taken to reduce the probability of an event. Mitigation measures can also be put in place to minimize the impact of an emergency event when it does occur.

Desired outcome:

Risks are prevented or mitigated through a culture of proactivity, responsible action, policies and programming.

Potential strategies to achieve this outcome:

Incorporate risk-based approaches in those areas where the most efficient and effective use of resources will proactively mitigate risks that are controllable.

 Promote the strengthening of common and collaborative approaches to risk foresight, assessment and prioritization to mitigate risk through appropriate EM responses and consider climate change scenarios and their impact on risk.  Proactively identify, detect and analyze potential threats through collaborative cross- jurisdictional surveillance and monitoring networks to better inform multi-hazard early warning systems and sharing of information.  Refocus risk mitigation efforts within modernized plant and animal programs (e.g., enhanced pre-border oversight by capitalizing on existing authorities and capacities).

Develop strong prevention and mitigation measures to prevent emergencies and mitigate their impacts should they occur.

 Develop and implement a strategy to modernize and enhance plant pest and animal disease prevention and management to mitigate risks to Canada’s plant and animal resource base through proactive, collaborative and sustainable approaches.

Page 265 of 304 Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako - Strategic Emergency M...

 Encourage widespread adoption and consistent application of prevention and biosecurity measures to mitigate the introduction and spread of pests, diseases and contamination events.  Strengthen public risk communication through effective and continual engagement to build individual awareness, and reinforce a culture of emergency prevention, resilience and responsible action by each partner in practising preventive approaches and efforts to mitigate the impacts of emergencies.  Explore how to enhance scientific and technical work on risk reduction and its mobilization through the coordination of existing networks and scientific research institutions at all levels, and in all regions, in order to strengthen the evidence-base in support of transparent decision making.

Recognize critical roles played by all partners in prevention.

 Encourage the development and dissemination of best practices/strategies, aligning responsibilities with the associated level of risk.  Improve information sharing across government and industry regarding preventive programming and sharing of data, statistics and intelligence to reduce duplication of effort and collectively improve risk reduction strategies.

6.2 Collaborative action

Effective and coherent EM cannot succeed without collaboration that draws on the strengths, capacities and collective resources of all partners. Collaborative action helps partners to more efficiently and effectively prevent, prepare for, respond to and recover from an emergency. The key roles played by stakeholders and their ability to contribute to EM within the agriculture sector are recognized in this regard.

Desired outcome:

EM partners place collaboration at the forefront and maximize the use of each other’s strengths, capacities and expertise for seamless, coordinated and sustainable EM activities.

Potential strategies to achieve this outcome:

Enhance cohesiveness in preparedness measures across jurisdictions, thereby augmenting the capacity and sustainability of the entire agriculture sector over the long term.

 Proactively leverage legislative tools (e.g., shared use of federal and provincial authorities during a response activity) and share knowledge bases, expertise and operational capacity prior to an event to facilitate prompt, coordinated action when required.  Enhance all partner preparedness and opportunities to provide mutual support, drawing on successes such as common incident command systems training, and accrediting recognized professionals to carry out designated FPT authorities, such as Canadian Veterinary Reserve and the Canadian Animal Health Surveillance Network.

Page 266 of 304 Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako - Strategic Emergency M...

 Promote regular emergency preparedness, response and recovery exercises locally, regionally and nationally, with a view to assuring rapid and effective collective response to different types of emergencies.

Coordinate actions as a part of proactive planning for a holistic approach to reduce risks.

 Encourage proactive and continual planning to be integrated at the individual farm level and carried on to the national level, with common approaches and processes used consistently across all risk types and emergencies.  Deliver on Ministerial commitment of traceability for rapid tracing of animals, plants and agriculture products for effective response, thereby mitigating social, economic and environmental impacts.  Strengthen governance at the national, regional and local levels for effective and efficient management of shared responsibilities, and demonstrate transparency in decision making.  Establish information sharing agreements and use common language (for example, use of the incident command system terminology) to communicate and collaborate on decision making across the EM continuum. This in turn contributes to maintaining social license and public trust in emergency response action.

6.3 Building sector resilience

With the increasing challenges and number of emergencies facing the sector, improving its overall resilience is critical to enhancing EM. Not all risks are avoidable, such as droughts or other natural disasters, and even with rigorous preventive controls some emergency events will occur. It is important that FPT governments and industry work continually to improve sector resilience in order to minimize the impact of emergencies when they occur. These measures will support Canada’s agricultural ability to adapt and recover quickly from the impacts of emergencies. To achieve this goal, ongoing dialogue at all levels of government, as well as with industry and the general population, is needed to support development of tools, capabilities and implementation of best practices.

Desired outcome:

A sector that proactively addresses risk, adapts to changing conditions, and is able to withstand and recover from emergencies.

Potential strategies to achieve this outcome:

Build continuous improvement approaches into all EM activities.

 Share lessons-learned, with input from stakeholders, as part of continuous improvement and transparency in actions taken. Incorporate lessons learned from previous EM experience into prevention and mitigation activities as well as into preparedness and response planning.

Page 267 of 304 Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako - Strategic Emergency M...

 Develop and strengthen mechanisms to assess and publicly report on effectiveness of national and local preparedness plans, following emergencies as well as periodically outside emergency situations.  Build on work completed under the Livestock Market Interruption Strategy (LMIS) for Canada and explore its use as a model for strategies in other areas (e.g., approaches to governance and communication).

Recognize that the ability to adapt to change is important to the sustainability of the sector.

 Assure EM activities remain flexible and adaptable to meet the needs of the agriculture sector and the realities of the day.  Develop and strengthen coordinated approaches to prepare for and ensure rapid and effective emergency response in situations that exceed local coping capacities.  Promote emergency risk assessment, mapping and preparedness planning related to droughts and flooding, especially in flood plain areas, drylands and wetlands.

Develop comprehensive proactive approaches that allow the sector to prepare for, and recover from, emergencies when they do occur.

 Promote and encourage sound business management, for example, the use of tools such as business risk management and private insurance, in order to enable producers to proactively protect their business from the financial impacts of emergencies.  Build stakeholder awareness through enhanced transparency and outreach to support proactive informed decision making and preparedness. 7.0 Measuring success

Detailed implementation plans will be developed to assure that identified strategies and approaches are realized for the benefit of the agriculture sector, Canadians, the economy and the environment. The implementation plan will provide timelines, detailed goals and deliverables, include performance measurement considerations and outline who is responsible for certain activities.

By improving resilience and building a proactive, preventive culture that is based on collaboration, it is expected that successful implementation of the outlined strategies can bring about a more integrated, cohesive and coherent approach to agriculture EM in Canada.

Successful implementation of the potential strategies and approaches rests with all partners. Parameters for measuring success will be structured around the desired outcomes of the themes supported by the guiding principles as implementation plans are developed. The logic model for the Framework, as depicted in Annex 2 will assist in defining those parameters as part of implementation. Annex 1: Matrix of agriculture emergency management roles and responsibilities

Page 268 of 304 Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako - Strategic Emergency M...

The matrix outlines the roles and responsibilities in agriculture for emergency management which currently exist, and are intended to be the basis of collaboration as FPT governments and stakeholders move forward together to improve EM in Canada. It is not intended to be an exhaustive list, but rather to illustrate the type of roles that various emergency management stakeholders play and where overlap exists. It is intended to show that all stakeholders have roles and responsibilities for agriculture emergency management, that these extend across the four pillars, from prevention to recovery, and to highlight that these roles and responsibilities are interrelated and complementary.

Matrix of agriculture emergency management roles and responsibilities Type of Stakeholder Roles and responsibilities [a] activity [a] Part of engagement on the Framework is to ensure that the roles and responsibilities outlined here resonate with all stakeholders

[b] It is noted that BMPs and biosecurity plans are often comprehensive all-hazards approaches.

[c] Municipal governments have not been included here as the roles and responsibilities of different municipalities vary greatly between provinces. When defining specific governance structures within EM it might be necessary to work with provincial partners at a later time to gain a better understanding of these differences.  Implement known best management practices (BMPs) [b] and biosecurity plans and measures Prevention  Invest in addressing risk on farms and mitigation  Establish and maintain risk management plans

 Ensure comprehensive response and business continuity plans are in place  Subscribe to tools such as business risk Production level Preparedness stakeholders (Individual management programs and private insurance producers  Exercise the plans veterinarians, brokers, transporters,  Report event processors)  Communicate change in pest or disease status Response  Implement /assist in the implementation of response measures  Support investigations

 Review and update response plans, farm operating and physical structure, biosecurity Recovery measures and BMPs to determine if gaps existed

Page 269 of 304 Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako - Strategic Emergency M...

Matrix of agriculture emergency management roles and responsibilities Type of Stakeholder Roles and responsibilities [a] activity  Draw upon financial tools to support recovery and reinvestment, as appropriate

 Communicate importance of best management practices, biosecurity plans and measures with membership  Provide advice and strategic direction on best Prevention practices and mitigation  Act as information conduit regarding tools and services that can assist with emergency management (i.e., programs)

 Provide support for the creation of comprehensive response plans  Ensure comprehensive response and communication plans are developed and available  Develop and provide exercise simulations Preparedness and training opportunities for membership  Encourage uptake of tools such as business risk management and private insurance  Provide periodic foresighting opportunities Producer organizations to anticipate future risks

 Communicate status of actions or the investigation with membership  Provide assistance to membership for Response financial and stress management  Provide guidance to membership on "next steps"

 Communicate how to access support with membership  Evaluate the sector and consider any necessary adjustments or lessons-learned to improve response and communication plans Recovery for future events.  Work with governments to take action and make critical decisions in helping industry recover

Page 270 of 304 Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako - Strategic Emergency M...

Matrix of agriculture emergency management roles and responsibilities Type of Stakeholder Roles and responsibilities [a] activity  Create and oversee activities that serve to prevent and mitigate the impacts of events (e.g. spread of plant pests and animal Prevention diseases) within their province and mitigation  Lead on plant and animal diseases not identified through federal reporting lists

 Support producers, industry associations and federal government in the preparation of response plans  Promote and encourage sound business management, including the use of tools such as business risk management and private insurance  Develop business continuity plans for government  Ensure comprehensive response and Preparedness communication plans are in place  Develop inventories of equipment and supplies needed for response Provincial and  Develop and provide exercise simulations territorial governments and training opportunities [c]  Develop legislation, regulation and policies that outline responses to emergency management and specific risks  Provide periodic foresighting opportunities to anticipate future risks

 Lead, support, oversee and coordinate, as appropriate, the aspects of emergency response within their jurisdiction (e.g., extreme weather and other non-plant and animal emergencies)  Support federal response (e.g. Provincial Response veterinarians and production specialists assist in investigations during disease outbreaks and plant pest incursions, agricultural production experts assist in assessing extreme weather impacts, etc.)

 Provide assistance with recovery Recovery

Page 271 of 304 Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako - Strategic Emergency M...

Matrix of agriculture emergency management roles and responsibilities Type of Stakeholder Roles and responsibilities [a] activity  Create and oversee activities that serve to prevent and mitigate the impacts of events (e.g. the entry of plant pests and animal diseases into Canada as well as through inter-provincial trade)  Provide scientific advice and foster enabling Prevention environment for the creation of best and mitigation management practices and biosecurity plans and measures  Contribute to research and development that can provide large-scale benefits in reducing the potential for, and impacts of, emergencies

 Assist industry in the creation of comprehensive response plans  Ensure appropriate structures are in place within the Federal government to allow for timely and coordinated response  Develop tools and services to assist with the impacts of emergency events Federal government  Promote and encourage sound business management, including the use of tools such as business risk management and private insurance  Develop business continuity plans for Preparedness government  Ensure comprehensive response and communication plans are in place  Develop inventories of equipment and supplies needed for response  Develop and provide exercise simulations and training opportunities  Provide periodic foresighting opportunities to anticipate future risks  Develop legislation, regulation and policies that outline responses to emergency management, and specific risks

 Lead response where appropriate (e.g., to Response specific diseases and pests, national/regional events, etc.)

Page 272 of 304 Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako - Strategic Emergency M...

Matrix of agriculture emergency management roles and responsibilities Type of Stakeholder Roles and responsibilities [a] activity  Support response (e.g., localized extreme weather)  Address market access and economic impacts to the sector

 Provide assistance with recovery Recovery

 Provide advice and strategic direction on best practices Prevention  Foster communication between all and mitigation stakeholders

 Make recommendations regarding contingency procedures and response plans  Contribute to research and knowledge base Supporting players Preparedness (NGOs, academia, associated with emergencies and emergency government-industry management advisory boards)  Advise governments and industry on technical/scientific aspects of agriculture Response emergency management response

 Study and evaluate effectiveness of Recovery contingency procedures and response plans

Annex 2: Logic Model for the Framework

Vision

Integrated and collaborative emergency management focused on prevention and mitigation and improving our ability to prepare, respond and recover – thereby promoting the resilience, sustainability and competitiveness of the agriculture sector

Guiding principles

 respect authorities, roles and responsibilities;  effective collaboration;  clear and coordinated communications;  a risk-based approach;  a comprehensive approach;

Page 273 of 304 Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako - Strategic Emergency M...

 continuous improvement;  enhance public trust

Framework themes, desired outcomes, and potential strategies Theme 1 – Enhanced Theme 2 – Theme 3 – Building

prevention and mitigation Collaborative action sector resilience EM partners place collaboration at the A sector that proactively Risks are prevented or forefront and maximize addresses risk, adapts to mitigated through a culture Desired the use of each other’s changing conditions, and of proactivity, responsible outcomes strengths, capacities and is able to withstand and action, policies and expertise for seamless, recover from programming coordinated and emergencies sustainable EM activities  Incorporate risk-  Enhance  Build continuous based approaches in cohesiveness in improvement those areas where preparedness approaches into the most efficient measures across all EM activities and effective use of jurisdictions, o Incorporat resources will thereby e lessons proactively mitigate augmenting the learned risks that are capacity and o Assess controllable sustainability of effectiven o Promote the entire ess of common agriculture sector preparedn risk over the long ess plans foresight, term: o Build on assessment o Proactivel Livestock and y share Market Potential prioritizatio expertise, Interrupti strategies n capacity on o Proactively and Strategy address knowledg and potential e base explore threats o Enhance use as a o Refocus all partner model mitigation preparedn  Recognize that efforts ess the ability to  Develop strong o Promote adapt to change is prevention and regular important to the mitigation measures preparedn sustainability of to prevent ess the sector emergencies and exercises o Assure mitigate their  Coordinate EM impacts should they actions as a part activities occur of proactive

Page 274 of 304 Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako - Strategic Emergency M...

Framework themes, desired outcomes, and potential strategies Theme 1 – Enhanced Theme 2 – Theme 3 – Building

prevention and mitigation Collaborative action sector resilience o Develop planning for a remain plant and holistic approach flexible animal to reduce risks o Ensure health o Encourag effective strategy e response o Encourage continual in biosecurity planning situations measures o Deliver that o Strengthen on exceed public risk traceabilit local communicat y coping ion commitm capacities o Enhance ent o Promote risk o Strengthe risk reduction n assessmen  Recognize critical governanc t and roles played by all e preparedn partners in o Establish ess prevention informatio planning o Encourage n sharing for best agreement droughts practices/ s and use and strategies common flooding o Improve language  Develop information comprehensive sharing proactive approaches that allow the sector to prepare for, and recover from, emergencies when they do occur o Promote sound business managem ent o Build stakehold er awareness

Page 275 of 304 Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako - Strategic Emergency M...

Framework themes, desired outcomes, and potential strategies Theme 1 – Enhanced Theme 2 – Theme 3 – Building

prevention and mitigation Collaborative action sector resilience Implementati on plan To be developed To be developed To be developed activities

Strategic results

 greater coherence in managing risks and emergencies;  improved competitiveness of the sector;  confidence in Canada’s agriculture system Annex 3: Glossary of definitionsFootnote 3

All-hazards Emergency management adopts an all-hazards approach in every jurisdiction in Canada by addressing vulnerabilities exposed by both natural and human-induced hazards and disasters. The all-hazards approach increases efficiency by recognizing and integrating common emergency management elements across all hazard types, and then supplementing these common elements with hazard specific sub-components to fill gaps only as required. As such, "All-Hazards" does not literally mean preparing to address any and all potential hazards in existence. Rather, it emphasizes the leveraging of synergies common across hazards and maintaining a streamlined and robust emergency management system. The "All-Hazards" approach also improves the ability of emergency management activities to address unknown hazards or risks. Biosecurity A set of practices used to minimize the transmission of pests, diseases and contaminants including their introduction (bioexclusion), spread within populations (biomanagement), and release (biocontainment).Footnote 4 Disaster Essentially a social phenomenon that results when a hazard intersects with a vulnerable community in a way that exceeds or overwhelms the community’s ability to cope and may cause serious harm to the safety, health, welfare, property or environment of people; may be triggered by a naturally occurring phenomenon which has its origins within the geophysical or biological environment or by human action or error, whether malicious or unintentional, including technological failures, accidents and terrorist acts. Disaster risk reduction The concept and practice of reducing disaster risks through systematic efforts to analyze and manage the causal factors of disasters, including through the mitigation and prevention of exposure to hazards, decreasing vulnerability of individuals and society, strategic management of land and the environment, improved preparedness for disaster risks, coordinated response and planning and forward looking recovery measures. Emergency

Page 276 of 304 Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako - Strategic Emergency M...

A present or imminent event that requires prompt coordination of actions concerning persons or property to protect the health, safety or welfare of people, or to limit damage to property or the environment. Emergency management The management of emergencies concerning all-hazards, including all activities and risk management measures related to prevention and mitigation, preparedness, response and recovery. Environmental change A disaster risk reduction concept that includes consideration for both the hazard of global climate change, as well as community vulnerabilities and resilient capacities. Unsustainable alterations to the physical environment and human interactions with it, may create or exacerbate risks that exist with or without climate change. As such, sustainable adaptation must be considered both within context of climate change and the broader hazardscape. Hazard A potentially damaging physical event, phenomenon or human activity that may cause the loss of life or injury, property damage, social and economic disruption or environmental degradation. Incident Command System A standardized on-site management system designed to enable effective, efficient incident management by integrating a combination of facilities, equipment, personnel, procedures and communications operating within a common organizational structure.Footnote 5 Partner Any individual, group, or organization that might be affected by, or perceive itself to be affected by an emergency. Prevention Actions taken to avoid the occurrence of negative consequences associated with a given threat; prevention activities may be included as part of mitigation. Prevention/Mitigation Actions taken to eliminate or reduce the impact of disasters in order to protect lives, property, the environment, and reduce economic disruption. Prevention/mitigation includes structural mitigative measures (e.g. construction of floodways and dykes) and non-structural mitigative measures (e.g. building codes, land-use planning, and insurance incentives). Prevention and mitigation may be considered independently or one may include the other. Resilience Resilience is the capacity of a system, community or society exposed to hazards to adapt to disturbances resulting from hazards by persevering, recuperating or changing to reach and maintain an acceptable level of functioning. Resilient capacity is built through a process of empowering citizens, responders, organizations, communities, governments, systems and society to share the responsibility to keep hazards from becoming disasters. Resistance The ability to resist or withstand impacts so that inevitable damage from an extreme event does not reach "disastrous" proportions. Risk

Page 277 of 304 Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako - Strategic Emergency M...

The combination of the likelihood and the consequence of a specified hazard being realized; refers to the vulnerability, proximity or exposure to hazards, which affects the likelihood of adverse impact. Risk-based The concept that sound emergency management decision-making will be based on an understanding and evaluation of hazards, risks and vulnerabilities. Risk management The use of policies, practices and resources to analyze, assess and control risks to health, safety, environment and the economy. Sustainable A sustainable approach is one that meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs. Threat The presence of a hazard and an exposure pathway; threats may be natural or human- induced, either accidental or intentional. Traceability The ability to access any or all information relating to that which is under consideration, throughout its entire life cycle, by means of recorded identifications.Footnote 6 Vulnerability The conditions determined by physical, social, economic and environmental factors or processes, which increase the susceptibility of a community to the impact of hazards. It is a measure of how well prepared and equipped a community is to minimize the impact of or cope with hazards. Footnotes

Footnote 1

Derived from: An Emergency Management Framework for Canada, Second Edition.

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Footnote 2

Rose, A. et al. 2007. Benefit-Cost Analysis of FEMA Hazard Mitigation Grants. Nat Hazards Rev 8(4), 97–111.

Return to footnote 2 referrer

Footnote 3

All definitions from "An Emergency Management Framework for Canada (Second Edition)" unless otherwise referenced

Return to footnote 3 referrer

Page 278 of 304 Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako - Strategic Emergency M...

Footnote 4

Canadian Food Inspection Agency. 2015. Integrated Agency Inspection Model - Final Version February 11, 2015

Return to footnote 4 referrer

Footnote 5

ICS Canada. 2015. Incident Command System

Return to footnote 5 referrer

Footnote 6

Olsen P., Borit M. 2013. How to define traceability. Trends in Food Science and Technology. 29(2): 142-150.

Return to footnote 6 referrer

Date modified: 2016-01-28 Secondary menu

 About Us o Minister o Parliamentary Secretary o Deputy Minister o Associate Deputy Minister o What We Do o Key Departmental Initiatives o Partners and Agencies o Planning and Reporting o Public Opinion and Consultations o Publications o Acts and Regulations o Offices and Locations o Employment Opportunities

Page 279 of 304 Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako - Strategic Emergency M...

Consultation – Strategic Emergency Management Framework for Agriculture

Federal, provincial and territorial (FPT) agriculture ministers have committed to improving Canada’s approach to emergency management in agriculture and want your ideas and feedback. Emergency management is most effective when it reflects the combined thinking of governments and stakeholders.

The public consultation will be open until March 11, 2016. Consultation document

FPT governments have jointly drafted the Strategic Emergency Management Framework for Agriculture in Canada to encourage discussion. The current approach to emergency management has served Canada well; however, there are areas where improvements would strengthen its effectiveness. The Framework recognizes the evolving and increasingly complex risks faced by the Canadian agriculture sector and proposes a stronger, more cohesive and collaborative approach to preventing, mitigating, preparing for, responding to and recovering from emergencies.

FPT governments need your input to ensure that the Framework resonates with the needs and expectations of all stakeholders.

When reviewing the draft Framework, please consider the following:

 What are your suggestions to improve the prevention and mitigation of risks in the Canadian agriculture sector?  What are your suggestions to improve collaborative action and cooperation?  What are your suggestions to improve sector resilience?  Do the proposed strategies outlined in the draft Framework resonate with you?  Are there any additional strategies that should be added?  Do the proposed strategies reflect stakeholder roles, needs and experience in emergency management?  What activities/practices do you or your members currently undertake that you see as contributing to emergency management, now and in the future?  How can FPT governments best support you or your organization/association in terms of emergency management? Do the roles and responsibilities outlined in the draft Framework and Annex 1 resonate with you?  Are there any additional suggestions you would like to see considered in this Framework? Contributing your comments

Page 280 of 304 Regional District of Bulkley-Nechako - Strategic Emergency M...

You can provide your perspective until March 11, 2016 by reviewing the draft Framework and completing the consultation questions.

Alternatively, you may send an email to [email protected] to request an electronic copy of the draft Framework and consultation questions. Feedback can be:

 emailed to [email protected], or  mailed to: Policy, Planning and Emergency Management Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada Floor 5, Room 216 1341 Baseline Road, Tower 5 Ottawa ON K1A 0C5 Canada

Comments received will be included in a "What We Heard" report and posted on this website.

Please note that all information shall be collected in compliance with the Access to Information Act and the Privacy Act. All information shall be treated confidentially and used solely for the purposes of this consultation.

All comments will be considered as the Framework is finalized.

The revised Framework will be presented during an FPT agriculture ministers’ meeting in summer 2016. It will also be posted online and emailed to stakeholders following the meeting.

For more information on the Framework, please visit the questions and answers page.

Page 281 of 304 Page 282 of 304 of 282 Page

1U9P!93Jd-93!A9IOZ P919 ||aJa/xaq Aaup/kg 33%?” ’A|aJa3ugg

‘17LZ17-9SZ-OSZ1e a>1!o'sJw Jo vszo-6oz-81¢ 12 Ilamacl ABUP/‘S0/9SS1 01 /\IdaJ9593Id

'pa1epaJdde M12313aq mm3)|ELU uea no/Ksuop,nqgJJ,uo:) Auv

'S3Z[JdBundaaoeq1gM Buo;e J,ua/xa peJ9 lug aLp, Ja1ua 01 1591 JazA]eq1eaJq e LUOJ}Sugpeeu 1oqo3|e poo|q 0.182 e a/xeq 1SnLUa1enpeJ8 Ma/x3'|oqo3;e pue s8nJp 1noq1g/vx un; a/xeq pue s1ua/xa

pEJ§) AJQaqa,12 A21503, sa1enpeJB a?emoaua 01 sqa/\g13a[qoaqi weoozg 1e Bugpua pue wdoozu 3,2 8ug1Je),s91oz ‘H1172aunr’/Keppj anuag 333 :1aoo”n am,12 d|aq Sugaq s[1uaAa sgqi 'peJ9 Ma 12 mo ua/xg?aq on,sazudJo; suo11euop;o LuJo,1aq1ugd|aq JnoA BunsanbeuS!9102 ,to ssep peJ9 aq_g_

'1aoo||n ;o UMO), 9143,Jo; sJeaA ozJBAO ug1ua/xa p218 /up qzua/xas aq1 Aguosq

S§l.|1 pue ’suog1eJqa;a3 aeu; Bmp pue |oqo3|e am suop,eJqe|a3 pug) Mg "J29/Rsgql uog1eJqa|a3 p€J9 Mg 2 Bugpgoqsue a/v\1eq1 aounouue 01 pnoJd 3.12 91:02 ;o ssep peJ9 |ooq3g /uepuooag 3,aoo”n aqu,a/v\

'SJ3UMOssaugsng JEBQ

91oz ‘msMemqaa

/ST!’/m"3TfvT?§Ts1'T? nusqem 13%‘ §LZt7'9§Z(0§Z) IXB-5 nzv-9§z(09z) Ieuoqd 5“!u12a-1uI_ '-9’I‘~‘\ OAI )IOA 0'8 ‘1900II!"I .L3ooT\ 09L X08 ‘O'd I .

’IOOHDS AHVGNODEIS LEIOOTIFI Lillooet Secondary School Grad Class of 2016 - Dry Grad Cele... Grad Dry - 2016 of Class Grad School \’\ Secondary Lillooet Rotary Club of Pemberton / Pemberton & District Chamber of C...

From: Pemberton Chamber Sent: March-06-16 2:42 PM

Subject: Rotary/Chamber Fundraising Golf Tournament

11th ANNUAL ROTARY CLUB OF PEMBERTON AND PEMBERTON & DISTRICT CHAMBER OF COMMERCE 2016 GOLF TOURNAMENT FUNDRAISER

Greetings All,

The Rotary Club of Pemberton and the Pemberton & District Chamber of Commerce invite you to a joint fundraiser at The Meadows at Pemberton on Friday June 24, 2016. So make sure you mark that date on your calendars now!

This annual event has alternated between two great venues, Big Sky Golf Club and The Meadows at Pemberton.

The networking, fellowship, golf, competition and laughs participants experience are remembered long after the golf game ends.

The golf tournament is one of the largest and most important fundraisers for the Rotary Club of Pemberton that allows the club to continue to support local, international and youth-based projects. In recent years, the Club has raised funds for a playground at Signal Hill Elementary School, the completion of the kitchen at the Pemberton & District Community Centre, and a fitness circuit for One Mile Lake and the grass maze in Phase 1 of the Playscape project at the Pemberton & District Community Centre.

Currently, the club is raising funds to support the second phase of a Playscape project at the Community Centre in partnership with the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District, and Adopt a Highway Program for the Sea To Sky Highway. As well, Rotary is committed to supporting Pemberton Secondary School through its bursary program support of the school's Youth Interact Club.

This golf tournament is also the single biggest fundraiser for the Pemberton & District Chamber of Commerce. As a business organization, the Chamber is a strong advocate for business and dedicates its energy to strengthening the business community, helping the Village of Pemberton and surrounding area to thrive.

Funds from the golf tournament allow the Chamber to operate the Visitor Center, support the local business community by providing numerous networking opportunities and participate in business-enhancing initiatives. This year, one of those initiatives will be the installation of the northern Pemberton Gateway Entrance sign on Highway 99, near the Industrial park. The Chamber will also continue funding an annual bursary for a student graduating from Pemberton Secondary School graduating student.

Page 283 of 304 Rotary Club of Pemberton / Pemberton & District Chamber of C...

Enclosed, for your consideration, you will find a list various sponsorship opportunities for the 2016 Golf Tournament Fundraiser. We thank you for supporting this community event and look forward to seeing you in June!

For more information, please contact either:

Pat MacKenzie President of the Rotary Club of Pemberton Email: [email protected]

Garth Phare President of the Pemberton & District Chamber of Commerce Email: [email protected] T

Page 284 of 304 Rotary Club of Pemberton / Pemberton & District Chamber of C...

Pemberton

11th Annual Rotary Club of Pemberton and Pemberton & District Chamber of Commerce 2016 Golf Tournament Friday , June 24, 2016 The Meadows at Pemberton

Platinum Sponsor- $5,000 Includes 8 golfers; Logo in all advertising and title recognition, unlimited signage, banner on tee box, Sponsor and presentation of Longest Drive awards, Microphone for 5 minute during presentations to promote your business.

Gold Sponsor - $2,500 Includes 4 golfers; Logo in thank you ad, 4 company signs; 1 at Tee box and 1 at putting green Recognition during live speech.

Silver Sponsor - $1,250 Includes 2 golfers; Logo in thank you ad, 2 company signs 1 at Tee Box Recognition during live speech.

Bronze Sponsor - $500 Includes Logo in thank you ad, 1company sign at tee box and Recognition during live speech.

Package Selected: (please check)___ Title Sponsor __ Gold __Silver __Bronze Business Name:______Individual Name:______Phone Number ______Email Address: ______

Sponsorship Details: Confirmation and contract deadline for sponsorship: June 1, 2016. Signs and banners need to be provided by the sponsors one week prior to the event. PDF version of logo needs to be provided 2 weeks prior to event.

For player registration or more information please contact : Pemberton Chamber of Commerce Contact: Shirley Henry at Phone: 604.894.6477 Fax: 604.894.5571 E-Mail: [email protected]

Page 285 of 304 Rotary Club of Pemberton / Pemberton & District Chamber of C...

Pemberton

11th Annual Rotary Club of Pemberton and Pemberton & District Chamber of Commerce 2016 Golf Tournament Friday June 24, 2016 Meadows at Pemberton

REGISTRATION FORM Cost per person $125 (includes round of golf, cart & dinner)

Early Bird Registration – in by May 27, 2016. Early bird registrations qualify for a draw on 10 round golf pass at the Meadows at Pemberton . Registration Deadline is June 20, 2016

Registrations can be made as an individual or as a team. Please fax or email to Shirley Henry. Fax.604-894-5571 Email – [email protected]

Team Captain______Telephone ______Email ______

Player 2 ______Telephone ______Email ______

Player 3 ______Telephone ______Email ______

Player 4 ______Telephone ______Email ______

Please make all Cheques payable to “Pemberton & District Chamber of Commerce” Mail to: Pemberton & District Chamber of Commerce, Box 370, Pemberton ,B.C., V0N 2L0

Entry Fee Includes , Shared Power Cart ,Great Draw Prizes , Dinner , Auction DINNER ONLY - $45.00 for those not able to golf but wanting to attend the dinner. Please reserve in advance -email [email protected] or call 604-894-6477. Proceeds from tournament go to: Pemberton Chamber of Commerce & Pemberton Rotary Club projects. Page 286 of 304 Pemberton & District Public Library - Redesign and Refit of ...

March 8th, 2015

FAO: Russell Mack, Director Electoral Area C

Dear Russell,

I write on behalf of the Pemberton & District Public Library to request your consideration for grant funding through the SLRD Select Fund for a redesign of the Children’s Room in the Library.

We are requesting funding to the amount of CAD $50,000 to complete a full redesign and refit of the Children’s Room to better accommodate the needs of our young and growing community.

Since moving to the Community Centre in 2008, the Library has experienced considerable growth in terms of usage and as a result we are now experiencing challenges with our layout that were unforeseen during the original design.

Recent statistical figures all speak to the growing importance of the Library service and the physical Library space to the community. Between 2014 and 2015 alone, we had a 14% increase in the number of visits to the Library (68,226 and 77,999 respectively). We also experienced a 28% increase in the number of items being borrowed from the Library over the same period (60,779 (2014) and 77,640 (2015)). Furthermore, this same figure has increased by 49% since 2013 (52,038 (2013) and 77,640 (2015)) and by 95% since 2008 (39,851 (2008) and 77,640 (2015)), demonstrating the ever-growing value being placed on our collection and services. How our community uses the space has also evolved over the years and we have had to try to adapt our space accordingly to meet these changing needs and volume of visits. One area where we regularly experience high demand on the limited space is the Children’s Room, an area that accommodates our young families from ages 0-12. In a typical day, this room serves a variety of purposes which can range from somewhere quiet for parents to read with their children to the post-school hangout and homework area. Add into the mix a variety of children’s programs, class visits and the daily/weekly family trips to the Library, we have a truly well utilized space that is often close to capacity.

With the high usage throughout the day, we are finding that the current design of the room is becoming increasingly restrictive, particularly during many of the programs we offer. The majority of our children’s programs run during regular opening hours and so the area is still open to and utilized by our other patrons.

Examples of some of the programs we typically host in the Children’s Room on a weekly basis are: 7390 Cottonwood St., P.O. Box 430, Pemberton, B.C. V0N 2L0 Tel: 604-894-6916 http://pemberton.bc.libraries.coop [email protected]

@Pembylibrary facebook.com/pembertonlibrary

Page 287 of 304 Pemberton & District Public Library - Redesign and Refit of ...

 Parent Infant Drop-In: Run in partnership with the Public Health Nurse, we provide a weekly meeting space for parents and their infants up to the age of 1. This valuable program offers information sessions with guest speakers on topics such as Infant CPR training and developmental and nutritional advice. It is also an opportunity to meet with the Public Health Nurse, weigh their infants and support each other in a group setting. This program has grown considerably in recent years and can often have upwards of 20 attending.  Chess Club: Chess Club meets every week in the Library and has a regular attendance of 15-20 children.  Junior Book Club: this group of 12 also meets in the Library weekly after school during peak times.  3 x Storytime Sessions: for Infants, Toddlers and Pre-School. These are our most popular programs of the week and attendance at many of the sessions can regular exceed 30.

Similar to the increase in visits, we have also experienced increases in both the number of programs we offer and attendance at these programs. As the table below illustrates, between 2013 and 2015 we have more than doubled the total number of programs being offered in the library. Approximately 50% of all programming is exclusively children’s programming but it accounts for over 70% of overall program attendance.

YEAR Total Total Total Total % of overall Programs Attendance Programs Attendance program (Children’s (Children’s attendance Programs) programs) 2013 109 2251 58 1787 79% 2014 239 4154 111 3068 74% 2015 313 4531 188 3522 78%

These figures clearly demonstrate the increasing demand being placed upon one small section of our Library and the definite need to create a space that is more versatile and adaptive to the growing needs of our community.

We have consulted with the firm Jonathan Morgan & Company Limited in Vancouver, the firm responsible for the redesign at Whistler Public Library. The following solutions have been proposed:

 Removing existing shelving that is currently fixed in the centre of the room and replacing it with mobile shelving units. This will still enable us to create a natural ‘sectioning’ of the room but also permit us to create a flexible space that can be altered according to need by moving the shelving when required.  Reconfiguring the wall shelving to a height more accessible for our younger patrons.  Replacing the current 8-year-old carpet tile.  Re-painting to introduce more colour to the room, creating a more vibrant, youthful feel that is both inviting and engaging.

Page 288 of 304 Pemberton & District Public Library - Redesign and Refit of ...

 Re-locating the children’s computer to a wall mounted station in a more suitable location that does not obstruct the main access point to the room.  More seating options with the addition of lounge seating and a work table and chairs.  Relocating some materials to low mobile book browsers at a height more accessible to our younger patrons. The mobile function again affords us the flexibility to create more floor space when required by moving them against the wall.

We are requesting financial assistance from the SLRD so that we can realize this project and achieve our goal of providing a versatile, adaptive, welcoming space for the children and families of Pemberton & District.

Thank you for your time and consideration.

Yours sincerely,

Emma Gillis Library Director Pemberton & District Public Library

Page 289 of 304 Pemberton & District Public Library - Redesign and Refit of ...

March 20th, 2016

Dear Russell and Lynda,

Please find attached the breakdown of charges for the quote on the redesign of the children’s room. We have altered a few small items since the initial plans were received and this is reflected in the breakdown below. I have also attached the first draft of the floor plans so that you can visualise how it will alter the existing layout. This new arrangement will increase the number of seating options and most importantly, enable us to open up the whole room for programming when necessary, while still providing more open floor space than we can currently offer for general everyday use and smaller programs.

With reference to our funding request, we also have 10% set aside from our own capital reserve fund should the project run slightly over budget.

If you have any questions regarding the quote or floor plan I would be happy to discuss them with you.

Thank you again for your time and consideration of this project.

Yours sincerely,

Emma Gillis, BA MLIS Library Director Pemberton & District Public Library

7390A Cottonwood St., P.O. Box 430, Pemberton, B.C. V0N 2L0 Tel: 604-894-6916 Email: [email protected] http://pemberton.bc.libraries.coop

Page 290 of 304 Pemberton & District Public Library - Redesign and Refit of ...

Itemised quote for the redesign of the Children’s Room at the Pemberton & District Public Library Item $/unit $ Total Comments Shelving Parts required for $1332.20 $1332.20 We will be re-using reconfiguration the existing shelving where possible to save on costs. New laminate end panels for 66"H $1114.15 $1114.15 Single Face Wall Shelving BCI Low Mobile Book Browser – $2138.43 $2183.43 The original quote colour TBD included 3 browsers but we have determined one is sufficient to supplement the two existing ones (and more can be added at a later date if required)

6 x VS America "Shift +" Curved $1922.12 $11,352.71 Shelving unit mobile on casters, 60 degree, 3 tiered high, single sided, laminate construction with perforated steel back panel – colour TBD

6 x VS America "Shift +" Curved $1265.41 $7592.43 Lounge module – colour TBD

VS America "Puzzle" Children's Table, $670.99 $670.99 25 1/4"H

Page 291 of 304 Pemberton & District Public Library - Redesign and Refit of ...

4 x VS America Panto Swing $147.96 $591.82 Children's Chair, 15" seat height, poly seat and back – colour TBD

Wall Mounted OPAC station, holds $634.74 $634.74 CPU underneath, screen to mount to wall behind.

Carpet Tile & Cove Base Budget $8435.29 $8345.29 Pricing (includes removal and disposal of existing carpet) Filling in pass thru hole in wall. $2165.58 $2165.58 This refers to the Framing, drywall, mud/tape and paint “hobbit hole” that currently exists between the children’s room and the main Library. By filling in the hole we are regaining valuable wall space for shelving. Shipping to Pemberton $2837.65 $2837.65 This figure could reduce if we can co- ordinate with a delivery scheduled to Whistler Public Library Installation of Furniture $2987.00 $2987.00 Re-painting of the room $2500 $2500 3 quotes have been obtained from Pemberton businesses and this an average of all three quotes SUBTOTAL $46,548.24 GST 5% $2,327.41* PST 7% $3,258.38 TOTAL $52,134.03

($49,806.62 - less GST*)

*We receive annual rebates of all GST paid from Canada Revenue Agency

Page 292 of 304 Pemberton & District Public Library - Redesign and Refit of ...

Page 293 of 304

Pemberton Visitor Centre - 2016 Season - Request for Funding

March 8, 2016.

Russell Mack, Area C Director, Squamish Lillooet Regional District , Box 219, Pemberton, B.C., V0N 2L0

Dear Director Mack:

RE: Grant request for Pemberton Visitor Centre

The Pemberton Chamber of Commerce operates the Pemberton Visitor Centre (VC) from mid May - September 30 each year. Last year 23,666 visitors were recorded at the Visitor Centre up from 19,103 in 2014. The VC was staffed with students funded through grants from the Village, SLRD, Destination BC and Chamber funds.

Visitor enquiries and business requests continue all year long even though the Visitor Centre is not open. I continually get phone calls and email requests for information. The Chamber is the first line of contact for many visitors, new residents and prospective businesses to the Pemberton Valley. Many of the requests are forwarded to the Village of Pemberton, SLRD or appropriate businesses.

On behalf of the Board of Directors of the Pemberton & District Chamber of Commerce I would like to request that the SLRD consider a grant to the Pemberton Visitor Centre of $4000 for the 2016 season. The Village of Pemberton has committed $4000 for the Visitor Centre operation for 2016. The VC and Chamber provide a service not only for the visitors to our area but for potential investors and residents in our community. It is hoped that while you are in budget deliberations you will seriously consider the importance of the Visitor Centre and continue to give your financial support for this service.

Yours truly,

Shirley Henry, FBCC, Secretary-Treasurer

Encl.

Page 294 of 304 Pemberton Visitor Centre - 2016 Season - Request for Funding

PEMBERTON VISITOR CENTRE COMPARATIVE FINANCIAL REPORT

REVENUE 2015 2014

Destination BC 12,500.00 $12,500.00 Village of Pemberton $4,000.00 $4,000.00 SLRD 4,000.00 $2,500.00 Pemberton Chamber $11,225.09 $22,822.25 Racking Fees $300.00 $200.00 Visitor Sales $1,405.59 $1,622.11 Sani Dump Fees $4,758.60 $3,946.00 Map Profit 0 $3,398.00 Tourism Pemberton Donation 0 $1,000.00

TOTAL REVENUE 38,189.28 $51,988.36

EXPENSES

VC Purchases $511.67 $981.80 VC Uniforms $91.56 $43.96 Sani Dump $1,585.64 $10,652.19 Salaries $24,700.00 $28,480.00 Repairs,MMaintenance $3,793.90 $3,884.20 Postage $900.00 $900.00 Computer upgrade $0.00 $1,079.13 Telephone/Internet $1,592.68 $1,292.61 Utilities $631.91 $480.00 Training $0.00 $70.64 Supplies $1,557.73 $1,328.98 Accounting $765.14 $595.00 Travel/Meetings $463.55 $300.00 Insurance $1,133.00 $1,047.33 Interest & Bank Charges $212.50 $262.22 Tourism Pem.Membership $250.00 $250.00

Total Expenses $38,189.28 $51,648.06

Page 295 of 304 Pemberton Lions Club - 50 Years of Service - Fundraiser - Re...

Pemberton Lions Club - 50 Years of Service - Fundraiser - Request for Funding

From: Tony Medd

Date: March 09, 2016

To: Russell Mack

Subject: Fwd: Pemberton Lions event needs your support.

Dear Russell Mack

The Lions Club of Pemberton is celebrating 50 years of service in town. The past 50-years have been tremendously successful and we look forward to 50 more years of service in our community. We have been able to take part in many community events and programs, and we are very proud of our Senior Housing project and our continued support of this cause.

We have decided to make our celebration into a fundraiser. Of course, none of the events would be possible without the generous contribution of our sponsors. We would love to promote the SLRD as a prime supporter of these great events in our community. We are asking for a $1500 worth of donations. Funds raised by this event will be going towards the Playground Builders and many community projects, such as: school bursaries, athletic sponsorships, women’s shelter support, lunch programs at the schools, and so much more.

Since 1917, Lions Clubs International has provided millions of people with the opportunity to give something back to their communities. The 1.3 million members worldwide conduct vision and health screenings, build parks, support eye hospitals, award scholarships, assist youth, clean up local parks, provide help in time of disaster, and much more.

The Lions continue to make a difference every day and everywhere. Please be part of the good cause and assist the Lions’ Club of Pemberton in serving this community.

Warm regards,

Tony Medd Pemberton Lions

Page 296 of 304 Minto Communications Society - Industry Canada's Digital 150...

MINTO COMMUNICATIONS SOCIETY

- ° - " f 104 HAYLMORE AVE GOLD BRIDGE BC VOKIPO u“ www.mint0comm.ca

7 January 2016

To Squamish Lillooet Regional District By Email

Attention: Debbie DeMare, Squamish Lillooet Regional District, AreaA Director

Dear Director DeMare

Minto Communications Society has applied for funding to expand the high speed internet for residents of the Bridge River Valley as part of Industry Canada’s Digital 150 program. The funding applications were successful however there are some budget shortfalls due to price increases from when the original budget pricing was done in 2014 due to the weak Canadian dollar and an upgrade in some tower equipment to comply with CSA standards.

Minto Communications would like to request $7,000 in additional funding from the SLRD in 2016 to help cover these excess costs which were not in the budget. The SLRD would be recognized as a project partner along with the other funders on the website and in any media releases.

$ 52,517 - Industry Canada Connecting Canadians $ 50,017 - Network BC/NDlT

$ 5,000 — BC Hydro

$ 6,600 — Minto Communications

35 7,000 — SLRD $121,134 - Total Project Cost

We appreciate your attention to this matter.

Withregards

Michelle Nortje

Network Manager

Page 297 of 304 Lillooet Camelsfoot TV and Radio Association - Emergency Ale...

From: Lillooet Camelsfoot T. V. and Radio Association

To: Mickey Macri Director – Electoral Area B Squamish-Lillooet Regional District

From: Jeff O’Kelly Station Manager for CHLS-FM (Radio Lillooet) On behalf of the LCTVRA Board of Directors

March 8, 2016

Dear Mickey

In 2014, the Canadian Radio-Television and Telecommunications Commission (CRTC) put into effect regulations requiring that all Canadian broadcasters provide facilities for accommodating the automated broadcast of emergency alerts from a variety of governmental authorities who deal with emergencies. (http://www.crtc.gc.ca/eng/archive/2014/2014-444.htm) These alerts can be regarding extreme weather, forest fires, floods, toxic spills or other industrial accidents and a wide range of other situations. The CRTC requires that all broadcasters have the necessary facilities in place by March 31, 2016.

For Radio Lillooet (CHLS-FM) this will require the purchase of hardware and software at a cost of roughly $2,000 (see attachment) with an additional estimated cost of $700 for installation. This cost represents approximately 10% of the annual budget of the Lillooet Camelsfoot T.V. and Radio Association and puts a significant dent in our operating funds.

Accordingly, we are requesting financial assistance in the amount of $2,700 for this one-time expense from the area B discretionary funds of the Squamish-Lillooet Regional District. Any unused portion of this amount would be returned to the area B discretionary funds. If the installation costs are higher, the LCTVRA would cover the difference.

This service will benefit the entire broadcasting area through more timely broadcast of emergency alerts (although of course, the fewer the better!) The emergency alerts would also be available via our live-streaming service (radiolillooet.ca) to residents of the area who are outside of the broadcast range.

If you are unable to assist the LCTVRA with funding for this service requirement, we may be able to cover the whole expense but only by significantly cutting some of our other services or by reducing the service provided by Radio Lillooet.

Page 298 of 304 Lillooet Camelsfoot TV and Radio Association - Emergency Ale...

I would take this opportunity to remind you of the important service Radio Lillooet performed during the fires of 2004 and 2009 – providing frequent updates which were more detailed and more up-to-date than those provided by most of the major media outlets. When the situation requires, we intend to continue providing this service. Even in the event of an evacuation, this would still be possible so long as the internet service at the radio station is working and the station manager is in a location with access to the internet. Implementation of the CRTC’s requirement will improve our ability to provide emergency alerts to the whole community.

Please get in touch if you have any questions.

Yours truly,

Jeff O’Kelly Station Manager Radio Lillooet (CHLS-FM) on behalf of the L.C.T.V.R.A. Board of Directors:

Scott Hudson Chris Dreyer Merle Dreyer Vivian Birch-Jones Bob Chute

(Ph: 250-256-7561) (e-mail: [email protected])

Page 299 of 304 Lillooet Camelsfoot TV and Radio Association - Emergency Ale...

OpenBroadcaster Inc Box 87 Tagish YT Y0B 1T0 867-667-6397 [email protected] www.openbroadcaster.com GST Registration No.: 84428-2947 RT0001

INVOICE

INVOICE TO SHIP TO INVOICE # 1051 Rick Klusaerits Rick Klusaerits DATE 04-03-2016 CHLS - Radio Lillooet CHLS - Radio Lillooet DUE DATE 04-03-2016 #415 Main Street #415 Main Street TERMS Due on receipt Lillooet BC V0K 1V0 Lillooet BC V0K 1V0

SHIP VIA DHL

ACTIVITY QTY RATE TAX AMOUNT

Hardware:Player - Alert 1 1,695.00 GST 1,695.00 - Industrial\Fanless - Quad Core, 2 GB Ram, 32 GB SSD - 1 Year Manufacturer Warranty Hardware:USB XLR Cable 1 89.95 GST 89.95 Balanced Audio XLR in/out with USB Interface Office Services:Shipping DHL Courier 1 85.00 GST 85.00 DHL Courier

Terms & Conditions SUBTOTAL 1,869.95 Transmitters (if ordered) will be set to whatever frequency you designate GST @ 5% 93.50 with your order. TOTAL 1,963.45 Assembly of your station and services commences upon receipt of a firm BALANCE DUE purchase order. CAD 1,963.45 Shipment occurs upon receipt of payment. Allow 1 - 2 weeks from date of order for shipment of goods.

We accept Cheques, Major Credit Cards and Wire Transfers

TAX SUMMARY RATE TAX NET GST @ 5% 93.50 1,869.95

Page 300 of 304 Lillooet Hospice Society - Seniors Transit Program

Lillooet Hospice Society - Seniors Transit Program

From: Gail Madrigga Sent: March-04-16 To: Mickey Macri

Subject: Transit Program

Mickey,

I have been working on the development of a Transit program for the Seniors in our community for some time now. I have succeeded in accessing the Transit Bus that stays here in Lillooet from our BC Transit program. The bus is usually the one that operates as a Health Connection between Lillooet and Kamloops on Tuesday and Thursday each week. I have spoken with Ryan Little with BC Transit, and with Jack Keough with the Yellowhead Community Services Association. They have advised me that the vehicle they use for the Health Connections in Lillooet can be rented at a rate of 40.00 an hour, with a 30 minute pre and post inspection for any trip. I have developed a program that will suit the Seniors in our community. Briefly that would be to take seniors from Red Rock Manor, Sumac Suites, and McLean Manor for an excursion that would offer the opportunity to shop, and perhaps go for lunch. The society I volunteer for would also provide volunteers to assist elderly shoppers some assistance if they need this. I believe this would offer something for many of our seniors to look forward to, every two weeks. We would like to begin our program on April 29, 2016.

I have met with the interested groups and they have provided enthusiastic support.

Do you think that SLRD Area B would be able to provide $1065.00 to give financial support for this endeavour? I know that the seniors in our community would appreciate anything that you would offer.

Thank you Mickey, I look forward to hearing from you.

Sincerely, Gail Madrigga, Chairperson, Lillooet Hospice Society

Page 301 of 304 Lillooet Outdoors Society - Lillooet Outdoors Festival - Req...

Lillooet Outdoors Society 1881 Highway 99 North PO Box 758, Lillooet BC, V0K 1V0

April 6, 2016

Mickey Macri Director, Electoral Area B PO Box 219 Pemberton, BC V0N 2L0

Dear Mickey,

Re: Lillooet Outdoors Festival May 27-28, 2016, request for $1,000.00 grant from Select Funds

We’re writing to invite you to attend and participate in the 1st Annual “Lillooet Outdoors Festival” being organized by the Lillooet Outdoors Society May 27-28 at Fort Berens Estate Winery, and to request funding to support some of the cost associated with running the festival.

The idea for the festival arose during a discussion around tourism development between several of the members of the Lillooet & District Chamber of Commerce in February this year. Since then local businesses Splitrock Environmental, Xwisten Experience Tours, Green Earth Strategies and Fort Berens Estate Winery have formed the Lillooet Outdoors Society under the BC Society Act, and the society has in turn established an organizing committee to organize the Lillooet Outdoors Festival May 27-28.

The organizing committee has also developed a preliminary website which can be found at www.lillooetoutdoorsfestival.ca.

We’re very much hoping the SLRD will be able to support the festival financially from its Select Funds, and are requesting a grant of $1,000.00. Attached is a preliminary budget for the festival, which has been approved by the organizing committed. If approved, the grant funding from SLRD will be used to support the following activities:

- Digital advertising – estimated cost $1,000.000 In order to maximise the benefits of the festival to the emerging regional tourism economy, it is critical that we reach out to potential visitors from key markets in Vancouver, Whistler and Kamloops. Preliminary discussions with the Vancouver Sun indicate that their geo-referenced digital advertising can be highly effective in reaching targeted demographics, and that guaranteed ‘hits’ can be purchased as part of an online marketing package. The organizing committee has initiated a social media campaign that has already generated over 200 “likes” already in just a couple of days. We believe that the paid advertising will complement the social media campaign already underway, and will make a significant contribution to the success of the event.

Thank you in advance for considering this funding request. Please do not hesitate to contact me if you require any additional information, or have any questions on the above.

Page 302 of 304 Lillooet Outdoors Society - Lillooet Outdoors Festival - Req...

Looking forward to seeing you May 27th and 28th!

Neil Curtis Director, Lillooet Outdoors Society

Page 303 of 304 Lillooet Outdoors Society - Festival Req...

Preliminary budget - revised v2 Lillooet Outdoor Festival - Saturday May 28, 2016

Income Expenses

Activities Advertising Average ticket price $50 Digital (e.g. Vancouver Sun, geo-referenced) $1,000 Festival share 80/20 $10 $1,000 $1,000 Estimate five activities, total 50 participants $500 $500 Music Entrance tickets (by donation) Band $1,000 Average donation $5 $1,000 $1,000 Estimate 100 paying visitors $500 $500 Volunteers/Miscellaneous Liquor vendors Appreciation gifts/food $500 Society purchases from vendors, keeps proceeds $500 $500 Daytime sales $100 Evening sales $1,000 Business breakfast (break even) $1,100 $1,100 Estimate 15 participants @$25 $375 $375

Grant/sponsorship Estimate $1,000 $1,000 TOTAL EXPENSES $2,875

Business breakfast (break even) Estimate 15 tickets @$25 $375 $375

TOTAL INCOME $3,475 Page 304 of

Green Earth Strategies Ltd., March 2016 DRAFT